Dialectical Confusion: On Jason Moore’s Posthumanist Marxism

Alf Hornborg, Lund University

What constitutes acceptable Marxist theory is a topic of endless debate. Over the past few decades, much ink has been devoted to how we should go about reconciling Marxism and ecological concerns. As in earlier debates, people disagree about whose version of Marxism is most consistent with Marx’s own concepts, while accommodating pressing issues raised since his time. At stake is a contested and exclusionary Marxist identity, while Marxist discourse, amoeba-like, struggles to absorb the concerns of the day. This testifies to the lasting power of the core position established by Marx and adopted by his myriad of followers, which is arguably the insight that regular market exchange conceals asymmetric material transfers that contribute to the accumulation of capital in the hands of some individuals and groups, at the expense of other market actors. Beyond the diversity and antagonism, what unites Marxists is a distrust of business as usual and a passion for revealing and rectifying its injustices. But the challenge of applying such insights about societal asymmetries and injustices to ecological concerns has generated some divergent and antagonistic approaches.

In a 50-page review article on the Historical Materialism website,1Christopher R. Cox  eulogises Jason W. Moore’s (2015) efforts to “resuscitate the dialectic” by rephrasing “historical capitalism as a continuously unfolding regime of environment-making”. Although he concedes that Capitalism in the Web of Life would be difficult to “get through” for the average American undergraduate student, Cox defends Moore’s verbose deliberations by asserting that “thinking dialectically requires one to be able to accept not knowing”. This indeed seems to be Cox’s primary excuse for ingenuously promoting a treatise so conceptually amorphous that Cox himself admits being unable to digest it, riddled as it is with concepts (“i.e.Oikeios, ‘bundles’, and work/energy”; n. 12) that are, in Cox’s own words, “less th[an] completely fleshed out.” It does not seem to occur to Cox that the difficulties he has experienced in fathoming Moore’s book to a considerable extent reflect the analytical confusion of the author.

A self-professed part of the “world-ecology movement”, Cox explains that his mission is to reconcile Jason Moore and John Bellamy Foster – “two stars in the Marxist galaxy” – by guiding “Foster and his merry band of scholars” across the line that divides “the Oregon and the World-Ecology schools of thought”. Cox thus sets out to educate readers of Historical Materialism on what Moore means by “capitalism as world-ecology, the Law of Cheap Nature, the Oikeios, abstract social labour/nature, the Capitalocene, the ecological surplus, and the concept ofnegative value” (emphasis in original). He clearly believes that Moore’s book is an antidote to what Sartre referred to as the ‘sclerosis’ and ‘Scholasticism’ of “a stagnant and deservedly-maligned” conventional Marxism.

It is obvious that Cox’s understanding of capital is as fuzzy as Moore’s. We are treated to a long list of mysterious features of capital that make it very difficult to define. “Capital is messy. It materialises and dematerialises. It has agency”. “The project of capital is to make nature legible”. “Capital is dialectical”. Capital “is space”. It is “an instance of mobilised place”. It is “also an ‘historical place’, a ‘bundle of human and extra-human natures’”. It is “a place travelling through space-time”. Such dim notions of capital do not serve to increase clarity. A movement confronting capitalism could hardly conceptualise its enemy in foggier terms.2

Rather than attempting to sort out the ways in which societal and natural aspects of socioecological processes are entwined in capitalism, Moore’s “dialectics” intentionally blur the analytical boundaries between society and nature. And Cox rejoices in such holistic amorphousness: “The floating knots of relations of power, accumulation, and (re)production travel vertically and horizontally out across the earth, up into the atmosphere, and down into the fossilised past-lives of the planet”. He cites Moore’s (2015: 7) audacious proclamation that “[h]umans build empires on their own as much as beavers build dams on their own”. Once he managed to “warm to [the] rather strange term” of the Oikeios, Cox realised that it is “continuous with some of Haraway’s great work naming the intersection of the human and the non-human as, among other things, ‘cyborg’ and ‘natureculture’”. He explains this “indispensable spatial-temporal term” by quoting Moore’s own definition:

“The Oikeios is a multi-layered dialectic, comprising flora and fauna, but also our planet’s manifold geological and biospheric configurations, cycles, and movements” (Moore 2015: 36).

It is difficult to see what is not to be included in this all-embracing term – except astronomical phenomena at sufficient distance from the Earth to not exert any influence on it. It is no less difficult to see its analytical usefulness. In what sense is a concept that encompasseseverything that is relevant to life on Earth “indispensable” in explaining capitalism?

Cox explains in a note that “Haraway’s work is central to the evolution of the world-ecology method” (n. 46). Given this concession to posthumanism, and having proposed that capital has “agency”, it is incoherent to deny, as Cox does (n. 65), the affinity between Moore’s and Bruno Latour’s (1993) efforts to abandon the distinction between nature and society. For one thing, Cox’s assertion that “Latour is not mentioned anywhere in the book” (n. 65) is simply incorrect, as anyone who reads page 34 in that book can ascertain. But Latour would not need to be mentioned for it to be evident how his monistic jargon – perhaps mediated by Haraway – saturates Moore’s distortion of Marxist categories. Apparently, Cox is not sufficiently familiar with Latour’s approach to recognise the affinity, but it was recently verified by none other than Latour himself (2018: 119, n. 55), who until then had been consistently averse to Marxism and the very concept of “capitalism”.3  Moore’s diffuse brand of Marxism, it seems, has suddenly made Marx attractive to posthumanists. Contrary to Cox’s sentiment, I do not think that this is an accomplishment to celebrate.

To identify and attempt to rectify the ecological blind spots of traditional Marxism is obviously a worthy undertaking, but posthumanist jargon on bundles of multispecies entanglement is not the remedy. When I suggested, more than twenty years ago (Hornborg 1998), that global processes of capital accumulation involve asymmetric transfers of biophysical resources that tend to escape the Marxist focus on surplus labour value, Moore (2000) responded by criticising me for implying that Marx’s attention to ecology was less than perfect. At that time, he leaned heavily on Foster’s argument on the metabolic rift. Had he continued to do so, his position would have made more sense. The concept of metabolic rift is quite congruent with that of ecologically unequal exchange, as both refer to asymmetric resource transfers and thus nicely complement the classical Marxist emphasis on the appropriation of labour-power. But Moore’s deliberations on the Oikeios, the appropriation of “work/energy”, and the “Law of Cheap Nature” are a disservice to the analytical ambitions of historical materialism.

Although Cox has been charmed by Moore’s efforts to think holistically about “world-ecology”, he does not appear to notice the fundamental philosophical flaw at the core of Capitalism in the Web of Life. This flaw is the failure to distinguish between ontological (“Cartesian”) dualism, on the one hand, and binary analytical distinction, on the other. The former conceives of nature and society as insulated from each other in the real, material world, the latter only as distinct analyticalaspects of material phenomena. To deny that features of nature and society – for instance, entropy and monetary value – should be kept analytically distinct is as untenable as to deny that they are interfused in material reality. But Moore appears to think of the verywords “nature” versus “society” as anathema – except when he slips into using them himself, as when he writes that, in early capitalism, “[f]or the first time, theforces of nature were deployed to advance the productivity of human work” (Moore 2016: 98; emphasis added).4In such moments, he illustrates – contrary to his own argument – that the conceptual distinction between “nature” and “society” is indispensable to any analysis of historical processes.

Cox enthusiastically reiterates Moore’s framework for understanding ecological degradation in terms of a monetary metric, evident in notions such as an “ecological surplus”, the appropriation of “cheap” or “unpaid” raw materials and energy,5and capitalism’s strategy of “not paying the costs of waste, decay, and resource drawdown” (emphasis added). Moore’s tangled jargon boils down to a position that is ultimately no more complex than that of mainstream environmental economists: viz., that environmental degradation is not reflected in commodity prices. Cox attempts to differentiate the two approaches by claiming that Moore does not think in terms of “externalities” and “unpaid costs”, only in terms of “unpaid work”, but this is squarely contradicted by Moore’s (2015: 162) explicit reference to the “externalization of biophysical costs.”6 Moore’s grasp of the grand Oikeios to which he repeatedly refers is thus as flawed as that of mainstream economists: both seem to believe that money can compensate for entropy. Indeed, Moore (2015: 97) ingenuously asserts that “entropy is reversible and cyclical,” and when the atmosphere serves as a sink for entropy in the form of greenhouse gases, he says that it is “put to work as capital’s unpaid garbage man” (Ibid.: 101). Ecological degradation, in other words, indicates that nature’s work is unpaid. Moore’s diagnosis of global ecocide is that capitalist civilisation does not “pay its bills” (Ibid.: 87).

Cox welcomes Moore’s readiness to consider the “work/energy” of the redwood tree alongside the “work/energy of slaves, colonies, and women” (p. 26). In such contexts, Marxists will wonder what relation Moore has to the labour theory of value. At other times, Moore affirms his allegiance to the conviction that “the substance of value is socially necessary labor-time” (Moore 2015: 53; emphasis in original). The central problem with Moore’s preoccupation with “cheapness” is its implicit assumption of objective natural values. What Cox attributes to Moore as “the prism of unpaid, or at least under-valued ... work/energy on the part of humans and therest of nature” (emphasis in original) calls out for a definition: how can something be “under-valued” unless it has an objective (monetary) value in excess of its price? And how could that objective (monetary) value be established? To say that something is “cheap” is to be confined to the capitalists’ own conceptual framework of monetary evaluation. Historical materialism requires a more detached perspective, as in the fundamental Marxian insight that money prices serve as a veil that mystifies objectively asymmetric material transfers by producing an illusion of fictive reciprocity. Our critical focus should be on those asymmetric transfers – and on the ideological means by which they are represented as fair and reciprocal.

Cox also praises Moore’s (2015: 51) claim that industrial capitalism represented a “transition from land productivity to labor productivity as the metric of wealth.” Clearly, however, technological intensification can increase productivity per unit of space (land) as well as per unit of labour time. If Moore’s point that the “Marxian ‘law of value’ ... is transposed into the ‘law of Cheap Nature’” (Ibid., 52-53) is simply that “cheap” resources enable “cheap” technology that enhances labour productivity, we should expect him somewhere to discuss capitalist technology itself as a strategy for converting labour time and natural space appropriated in the periphery into a saving (or compression, in David Harvey’s idiom) of time and space in the core (cf. Hornborg 2001, 2019), but nowhere does he address technology in this way.

Cox’s infatuation with Moore’s ostensibly “holistic” Marxism no doubt reflects a widespread discontent with the extent to which classical historical materialism has failed to address ecological concerns. But in choosing Haraway and Latour as academic allies, Moore has abandoned the pursuit of analytical rigor and political acumen in favour of an amorphous and flamboyant prose that may impress the likes of Cox but that ultimately mystifies the asymmetric material transfers at the heart of capitalism. To blur the analytical boundary between nature and society is finally to suggest that, like earlier empires, capitalism is no less “natural” than a beaver dam (Moore 2015: 7). And to naturalise injustice, of course, is a sure sign of ideology.

References

Cox, Christopher R. 2020. ‘Resuscitating the Dialectic: Moore’s Capitalism in the Web of Life: Ecology and the Accumulation of Capital in the Supposed “Age of Man”’,Historical Materialism, published online Feb. 4, 2020.

Hornborg, Alf 1998. ’Ecosystems and World Systems: Accumulation as an Ecological Process’, Journal of World-Systems Research, 4(2):169-177.

Hornborg, Alf 2001. The Power of the Machine: Global Inequalities of Economy, Technology, and Environment, Walnut Creek, CA: AltaMira.

Hornborg, Alf 2019. Nature, Society, and Justice in the Anthropocene: Unraveling the Money-Energy-Technology Complex, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Latour, Bruno 1993. We Have Never Been Modern, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Latour, Bruno 2018. Down to Earth: Politics in the New Climatic Regime, Cambridge: Polity.

Moore, Jason W. 2000. ‘Marx and the Historical Ecology of Capital Accumulation on a World Scale: A Comment on Alf Hornborg’s “Ecosystems and World Systems: Accumulation as an Ecological Process”’, Journal of World-Systems Research, 6(1):133-138.

Moore, Jason W. 2015. Capitalism in the Web of Life: Ecology and the Accumulation of Capital, London: Verso.

Moore, Jason W. 2016. ‘The Rise of Cheap Nature’, in Anthropocene or Capitalocene? Nature, History, and the Crisis of Capitalism, edited by Jason W. Moore, 78-115, Oakland: PM Press.

"Karl Marx" bykraskland is licensed underCC BY-NC-SA 2.0

 

 

 

 

 


 

  • 1. http://www.historicalmaterialism.org/book-review/resuscitating-dialectic-moores-capitalism-web-life-ecology-and-accumulation-capital
  • 2. Moore’s conceptual fogginess is particularly troubling as Cox affirms that the “world-ecology movement” seeks to make its framework “accessible to the worker and to the academician” alike.
  • 3. Latour (2018: 119, n. 55) writes that the title of Moore’s book “restates succinctly the problem that [he is] trying to circumscribe.”
  • 4. However, this characterisation of early capitalism is itself quite invalid, as forces of nature such as wind and water have advanced human productivity since the dawn of civilisation. A generous interpretation would be to assume that what Moore really refers to is the mechanical use of fossil energy, but elsewhere he emphatically – and strangely – denies the relation between capitalism and fossil fuels (Moore 2015: 177-180).
  • 5. Moore (2015: 93) proclaims that ”[t]he rate of profit is inversely proportional to the value of the raw materials” (emphasis added).
  • 6. Cox himself even cites Moore’s (2015: 277) discussion of capital’s final failure to offset “the internalization of waste costs.”

Wage-Labour: The Production and Sale of the Commodity Labour-Power [1977]

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 by Rohini Hensman                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                

Preface

This paper was first published in the Bulletin of the Communist Platform No.1, October 1977. The context in which it was researched and written was the period between 1974 and 1978, a period of intense debate and discussion within and between some of the socialist groups claiming a Marxist heritage in India. The one with which I was associated was the Revolutionary Bolshevik Circle (RBC) in Bombay, but I had major disagreements with it. One was the perspective of building a vanguard Leninist party, which, in practice, involved extremely sectarian and polemical interactions with other socialist groups. The idea that any of these groups – even the RBC, which undoubtedly took theory, the study of Marx, the legacy of the Russian Revolution and a critique of Stalinism more seriously than any other group – could claim exclusive leadership of a socialist revolutionary movement seemed questionable. This was connected to a second criticism: designation of the industrial proletariat working in large-scale enterprises as the sole motor force of the revolution. One of the groups with whose members we were having discussions was working with agricultural labourers and the rural poor: might not these sections too have to be involved in any revolutionary movement?

However, the criticism that preoccupied me most was that this perspective excluded the vast majority of proletarian women, only a tiny proportion of whom were employed in large-scale industry. I began working on a critique of this marginalisation of working-class women, drawing on two sources. One was a study of Marx’s writings on domestic labour, which seemed to be marked by inconsistencies and contradictions. The other was my own experience taking care of a household and two little pre-school children on a very small income: we had no washing machine or fridge; I cooked on a kerosene stove that often made pots and pans sooty; queued up at the ration shop for kerosene and inferior rice from which stones had to be picked out before cooking; used cloth nappies for my baby until he was toilet-trained; and although we had running water in our flat, the supply was limited to a few hours in the morning and an hour or two in the evening (and occasionally failed to come even at these times), so we had to store water in a drum for washing and bathing etc., and in a matka for drinking and cooking, and there were times when it ran short.

It was hard work, but working-class women living in urban shanty-towns and poor rural women had an incomparably harder time, queueing up to collect water from a common tap or well and carrying the heavy waterpots home; in some cases collecting firewood for cooking; collecting wheat from the ration shop, taking it to the mill to be ground, and making chapatis from the atta; cleaning made so much more difficult because there was not a proper floor; and so on: all extremely heavy, time-consuming tasks.

It appeared that the amount of domestic labour was not independent of the level of wages but inversely related to it, and that when the women were forced to earn – often by homeworking or other forms of informal labour – it resulted in capitalists extracting even more surplus labour from the family. Surely all this labour put into maintaining the current labour force and bringing up a new generation of workers entitled these women to be part of any revolutionary movement even if they were not themselves employed? Their work was not unskilled: indeed, my study of developmental psychology and my own experience suggested that childcare in particular was highly skilled; surely the people who had been doing the bulk of it had a key role to play in reorganising it in a socialist society?

At first, other members of the RBC complained that I was violating ‘democratic centralism’ by discussing my reservations with other groups, but, between 1975 and 1977, during the Emergency, the RBC and groups associated with it in Delhi and Bangalore engaged in intensive discussions in which the politics which had inspired them was subjected to a thorough critique. In 1978, some of us socialist feminists held two workshops in Bombay to discuss the role of women in the class struggle: a smaller, more theoretical Marxist discussion from 3 to 5 July, and a bigger discussion including a larger number of women activists from 6 to 8 July. This paper was a contribution to the smaller discussion. On the last half-day of the small workshop, we invited male comrades to join in the discussion, and it was a sign of the change that had taken place during the transition from the RBC to what we called the Platform Group that we were listened to with respect.

May 2020

***

Marx’s early drafts for his critique of political economy indicate that he intended to write a separate book on ‘Wage-labour’; in the final version, however, this category is taken up in the volumes on capital. Undoubtedly this is a consequence of the restructuring of his work which took place as his conception of it became clearer; yet, in the integration into the main body of his work on capital, the category ‘wage-labour’ suffers considerably. Marx’s treatment of it is marked by ambiguities and inconsistencies which are not characteristic of his work as a whole. This is all the more serious because wage-labour, or labour-power which is sold as a commodity, is the commodity of capitalist production, that on which the whole of capitalist commodity production rests. As Marx himself puts it, ‘When we look at the process of capitalist production as awhole and not merely at the immediate production of commodities, we find that although thesale and purchase of labour-power … is entirely separate from the immediate production process, and indeed precedes it, it yet forms theabsolute foundation of capitalist production and is an integral moment within it’ (Capital Volume I, Pelican Edition, p. 1005). A further development of Marx’s work in this direction thus becomes a vital necessity for Marxists today.

Marx defines labour-power, or labour-capacity, as ‘the aggregate of those mental and physical capabilities existing in the physical form, the living personality, of a human being, capabilities which he sets in motion whenever he produces a use value of any kind’ (Capital I, p. 270). The capitalist mode of production is characterised by the existence of the direct producers as a class dispossessed of all means of production and subsistence, and therefore compelled to sell their labour-power in order to live. Labour-power therefore becomes a commodity which is sold on the market, and, ‘like all other commodities it has a value’ (Capital I, p. 274). Its value is determined, ‘as in the case of every other commodity, by the labour-time necessary for the production, and consequently also the reproduction, of this specific article. In so far as it has value, it represents no more than a definite quantity of the average social labour objectified in it’ (Capital I, p. 274). Here is a clear and unambiguous definition: labour-power is a commodity, it is produced and reproduced as a commodity, and its value is determined, like the value of any other commodity, by the quantity of average social labour objectified on it. Not only labour-power, but ‘the real producer’ in whom this labour-power is embodied, plays the role of ‘mere means of production of material wealth, which is an end in itself’ (Capital I, p. 1037).

For capital, therefore, ‘the maintenance and increase of labour power appear … merely as the reproduction and extension of its own conditions of reproduction and accumulation’ (Capital I, p. 1062). According to this conception, not only means of production which are consumed in the process of production of commodities, but means of subsistence which are consumed in the process of production of labour-power are‘productively consumed’ (Capital I, p. 1045, emphasis added), because their product’s value re-enters the social process of capitalist production. Hence it is possible to condemn the manufacture of luxury goods from the standpoint of ‘capitalist production’ itself if it detracts from the production of ‘means ofsubsistence or production’ in sufficient quantities for the extended reproduction of capital (Capital I, p. 1046, emphasis added).

Running alongside this conception, however, is another which is quite different. In clear contradiction to the notion that the reproduction of labour-power is the production of a commodity which is consumed in capitalist production, Marx writes that ‘in fact, of course, the worker must sustain his capacity for work with the aid of means of subsistence, but this, his private consumption, which is at the same time the reproduction of his labour-power, falls outside the process of producing commodities’ (Capital I, p. 1004). This is in accordance with the idea, more explicit elsewhere, that ‘the product of individual consumption is the consumer himself; the result of productive consumption is a product distinct from the consumer’ (Capital I, p. 290). Such a distinction, which distinctly implies that individual consumption is, by definition, not productive consumption but unproductive consumption, is incapable of characterising the consumption which produces the commodity labour-power, which, on one hand, is embodied in the consumers themselves, so that its reproduction is inseparable from that of the consumers, but is, nonetheless, also a product distinct from the consumers in that it is alienable, it can be sold by the consumers as a commodity without their having to sell themselves.

A more serious defect of this definition is that it distinguishes productive and unproductive consumption purely on the basis of the material form of the product (i.e. living individual on one side, dead product on the other) and not on the basis of its economic function. The fact that in all cases consumption of means of subsistence leads to the reproduction of a living individual leads him here (though not in the passage quoted earlier) to overlook the fact that, in some cases, this living individual is from the standpoint of capital nothing but ameans of production, while, in other cases, this is not so. This is strikingly brought out in the following passage ‘The variable capital is resolved into revenue, firstly wages, secondly profit. If therefore capital is conceived as something contrasted with revenue, the constant capital appears to be capitalin the strict sense: the part of the total product that belongs to production and enters into the costs of production without being individually consumed by anyone (with the exception of draught cattle)’ (Theories of Surplus Value Part I, Moscow edition, p. 219). Here, the non-human form of the draught cattle alerts him to the fact that, although their individual consumption results only in their own reproduction and not in any other dead product, this product nevertheless ‘belongs to production’; while the human form of the labourers conceals the fact that the product oftheir individual consumption, human labour-power, equally ‘belongs to production’: where would production be, after all, without it?

It is not accidental that in equating the individual consumption of the labourer with the unproductive consumption of the non-labouring classes, Marx also equates the income of the labourer with the income of these classes by subsuming both under the category of ‘revenue’. This identification is particularly clear when he writes that ‘the whole amount of the annual product is therefore divided into two parts: one part is consumed as revenue, the other part replaces in kind the constant capital consumed’ (Theories of Surplus Value I, p. 230). This is in marked contrast with his later work, where revenue is strictly a fund for the consumption of the capitalists and their hangers-on, and thus part of the surplus-value appropriated from the workers, while the wages of the workers is part of the value created by themselves; and variable capital, the capital laid out in purchasing labour-power, is capital ‘in the strict sense’ just as much as constant capital. He points out that, if we examine the consumption of the working class on a social scale, the illusion disappears that in engaging in their own consumption workers are merely pleasing themselves, for ‘by converting part of his capital into labour-power, the capitalist valorises the value of his entire capital. He kills two birds with one stone. He profits not only by what he receives from the worker, but also by what he gives him. The capital given in return for labour-power is converted into means of subsistence which have to be consumed to reproduce the muscles, nerves, bones and brains of existing workers, and to bring new workers into existence. Within the limits of what is absolutely necessary, therefore, the individual consumption of the working class is the reconversion of the means of subsistence given by capital in return for labour-power into fresh labour-power which capital is then again able to exploit. It is the production and reproduction of the capitalist’s most indispensable means of production: the worker. The individual consumption of the worker, whether it occurs inside or outside the workshop, inside or outside the labour-process, remains an aspect of the production and reproduction of capital’ (Capital I, p. 717-18).

We must conclude, then, that individual and productive consumption cannot be mutually exclusive, as Marx sometimes implies, but rather that the individual consumption of the working classis, from the standpoint of bourgeois society, productive consumption, ‘since it is the production of a force which produces wealth for other people’ (Capital I, p. 719). In other words, it is productive of labour-power, a commodity which is sold to the capitalist, enters the capitalist labour-process, and is the only source of surplus-value and therefore of capital. This conception of the individual consumption of the working class, which fits in with the entire framework ofCapital, is conceptually clearly separable from the alternative conception of it as the unproductive expenditure of revenue, although, in Marx, the two conceptions are so closely intertwined that he sometimes contradicts himself in the space of a single sentence, as when he says of the means of subsistence consumed by the labourer that ‘this quantity of commodities has been consumed unproductively, except inasmuch as it preserves the efficacy of his labour-power, an instrument indispensable to the capitalist’ (Capital Volume II, Moscow edition, p. 312). Which is to say: it is individual consumption of revenue: therefore, it is unproductive consumption; however, it produces an essential means of production for the capitalist: therefore, it is productive consumption.

The confusion between individual consumption andunproductive consumption is here very clear. Once it is established that the individual consumption of the working class is, in fact, the process of production of the commodity labour-power, that the labour necessary for the production of this commodity is an aliquot part of the total labour of society, and that the value of this commodity is determined by the quantity of average social labour objectified in it, it then becomes possible to examine in greater detail the production process of this commodity, both as a labour-process and as a process of production of value. This we will now do.

Given the existence of the individual, the production of labour-power consists in his reproduction of himself or his maintenance… But in the course of this activity, i.e. labour, a definite quantity of human muscle, nerve, brain, etc. is expended, and these things have to be replaced… His means of subsistence must therefore be sufficient to maintain him in his normal state as a working individual. His natural needs, such as food, clothing, fuel and housing vary according to the climatic and other physical peculiarities of his country. On the other hand, the number and extent of his so-called necessary requirements, as also the manner in which they are satisfied, are themselves the products of history, and depend therefore to a great extent on the level of civilization attained by a country; in particular they depend on the conditions in which, and consequently on the habits and expectations with which, the class of free workers has been formed… The labour-power withdrawn from the market by wear and tear, and by death, must be continually replaced by, at the very least, an equal amount of fresh labour-power. Hence the sum of means of subsistence necessary for the production of labour-power must include the means necessary for the worker's replacements, i.e. his children… In order to modify the general nature of the human organism in such a way that it acquires skill and dexterity in a given branch of industry, and becomes labour-power of a developed and specific kind, a special education or training is needed… The expenses of this education (exceedingly small in the case of ordinary labour-power), form a part of the total value spent in producing it. (Capital I, pp.275-6.)

This is the most complete definition of the elements entering into the determination of the value of labour-power in Marx’s work. We see from this that the average social labour objectified in it includes labour expended on: (1) keeping the labourers alive; (2) replacing any energy or tissues used up in the course of their work and supplying the needs which have historically come to be regarded as essential even if they surpass the bare physical necessities; (3) reproducing the labourers through the upbringing of a new generation of labourers; and (4) educating and training the labourers. Thus, if the price of labour-power or the wage is to be equal to its value, then two conditions must be satisfied. Firstly, the labourers must expend in labour no more energy or tissues than can be replaced in the time at their disposal for rest and recreation. This implies a normal working day of reasonable length, for, as the labourer might say to the capitalist,

‘by an unlimited extension of the working day, you may in one day use up a quantity of labour-power greater than I can restore in three… You pay me for one day’s labour-power, while you use three days of it. That is against our contract and the laws of commodity exchange. I therefore demand a working day of normal length, and I demand it without any appeal to your heart, for in money matters sentiment is out of place… I demand a normal working day because, like every other seller, I demand the value of my commodity.’ (Capital I, p. 343.)

Overwork, the using up of more labour-power in a day than can be replaced in a day, will inevitably result in the reproduction of labour-power in a crippled state and ultimately premature death, and is thus one form of the payment of labour-power below its value. Secondly, the amount of the wage must at least be sufficient to purchase all the commodities, material goods as well as services, necessary to reproduce labour-power in a healthy and unimpaired condition. If the historically developed situation is such that more than this biological minimum is regarded as being essential for a normal life, and moreover education and certain skills are necessary, then the wage must be sufficient to purchase these also.

Of all these elements of the value of labour-power, the most obvious is the value of the commodities which are necessary for the subsistence of the individual worker. In fact, this element is so obvious that, at times, Marx even considers it possible to reduce the whole of the value of labour-power to this, as when he says that ‘the ultimate or minimum limit of the value of labour-power is formed by the value of the commodities which have to be supplied every day to the bearer of labour-power, the man, so that he can renew his life-process’ (Capital I, p. 276). But a little thought shows that should the value of labour-power ever fall to this level, it will not be reproduced ‘in a crippled state’ (p. 277), but rather will not be reproduced at all beyond a certain point in time. For if thevalue of labour-power (and not merely its price in individual cases) falls to a level such that only the subsistence of those who are actually working is provided for, then the workers will not be able to have children, and, once they die, there will be no one to replace them. It is evident that the value of labour-power can never fall to this level; the rock-bottom minimum is that level at which the worker’s family, the unit of production of labour-power, can subsist. Marx recognises this elsewhere when he says that ‘theexchange-value of labour-power is paid for when the price paid is that of the means of subsistence that is customarily held to be essential in a given state of society to enable the worker to exert his labour-power with the necessary degree of strength, health, vitality, etc. and to perpetuate himself by producing replacements for himself’ (Capital I, p. 1067). In other words, what is sold by the worker is not his labour-power as an individual, but the labour-power of the household, the unit of reproduction of labour-power; and what is sold by the aggregate of wage-labourers is not simply their own labour-power but that of the wage-labouring class as a whole, including that of children as yet too young to work. At any given time, the value of labour-power must include the value of means of subsistence for those who are not actually wage-labourers as yet; this is a necessary consequence of the fact that this particular commodity requires the expenditure of many years of labour-time on its production before it is brought to market.

Firstly, then, the value of the necessary means of subsistence for the working-class family enters into the total value of labour-power, or in other words the social labour-time embodied in these is part of the social labour-time embodied in the commodity labour-power. But, at no time in the history of capitalism, has this amount of labour-time alone been sufficient for the reappearance day after day and generation after generation of labour-power on the market. Food which is bought has to be cooked before it can be consumed, dwellings have to be cleaned in order to be habitable, clothes have to be washed and mended (and sometimes made), children have to be cared for and taught, etc. etc. That is to say, the reproduction of labour-power requires the expenditure of a considerable amount of additional necessary labour-time over and above the labour-time embodied in material means of subsistence. This additional necessary labour-time has to be supplied in the form of services, and very rarely is it the case that these services are available as commodities. Does it constitute part of the social labour objectified in the commodity labour-power? Marx's attitude to this question is ambiguous, to say the least. Where these services take the form of commodities, he is prepared to accept that they add to the value of labour-power. ‘As to the purchase of such services as those which train labour-power, maintain or modify it, etc., in a word, give it a specialized form or even only maintain it,’ he writes, ‘thus for example the schoolmaster’s service, in so far as it is “industrially necessary” or useful; the doctor’s service in so far as he maintains health and so conserves the source of all values, labour-power itself – these are services which yield in return “a vendible commodity, etc.”, namely labour-power itself, into whose costs of production or reproduction these services enter’ (Theories of Surplus Value I, p. 167). Again, ‘what the labourer … pays out for education is devilishly little, but when he does, his payments are productive, for education produces labour-power’ (p. 210). Here ‘productive’ is clearly being used in the sense of being productive of value which is embodied in a commodity, and we will for convenience accept this usage.

However, as Marx points out himself, most of these services which are necessary for the reproduction of labour-power are not bought as commodities but are supplied directly by the working class itself. Does the labour-time spent on these services contribute to the value of labour-power? Marx distinctly implies that they do not. He says, for example, that ‘there are very few unproductive labours or services left on which the labourer’s wages are spent, especially as he himself provides his costs of consumption (cooking, keeping his house clean, generally even repairs)’ (T.S.V. I, p. 210). The term ‘costs of consumption’ which he coins here would be unnecessary unless he considered these costs to be something different from the ‘costs of production or reproduction’ constituted by the doctor’s and school-teacher’s services. The same conception of these costs is present in the following passage;

‘The largest part of society, that is to say the working class, must incidentally perform this kind of labour for itself; but it is only able to perform it when it has laboured “productively”. It can only cook meat for itself when it has produced a wage with which to pay for the meat; and it can only keep its furniture and dwellings clean, it can only polish its boots, when it has produced the value of furniture, house-rent and boots. To this class of productive labourers itself, therefore, the labour which they perform themselves appears as “unproductive labour”. This unproductive labour never enables them to repeat the same unproductive labour a second time unless they have previously laboured productively’. (T.S.V. I, p. 166.)

The argument is similar to that in the earlier passage. In contrast to the payments for education and medical attention, which are productive of value and enter into the costs of production of labour-power, the expenditure of labour on cooking, cleaning, sewing and repairs is unproductive of value and presumably does not enter into the costs of production of labour-power. From the argument here it is not clear whether this is because (1) these services by their nature cannot be productive of value: this is implied by the use of the term ‘costs of consumption’; or because (2) they are suppliedby the working class itself, whereas if they werebought with their wages they would be productive of value. Let us examine these one by one.

(1) In criticising Smith for identifying productive labour with labour which produces a material product, Marx makes it clear that the form of the commodity, whether it is a service or a material use-value, does not determine the character of the labour which produces it. He remarks that

‘even though capital has conquered material production, and so by and large home industry has disappeared, and the industry of the small craftsman who makes use-values directly for the consumer at his home – even then, Adam Smith knows quite well, a seamstress whom I get to come to my house to sew shirts, or workmen who repair furniture, or the servant who scrubs and cleans the house, etc., or the cook who gives meat and other things their palatable form, fix their labour in a thing and in fact increase the value of these things in exactly the same way as the seamstress who sews in a factory, the engineer who repairs a machine, the labourers who clean the machine, or the cook who cooks in a hotel as the wage-labourer of a capitalist.’ (T.S.V. I, p. 1649, emphasis added.)

Evidently, then, sewing, repairing, cleaning, cooking, cannot by their nature be unproductive of value, whether they take place in the factory or in the house of the consumer of these services. Therefore, the term ‘costs of consumption’, which implies that they belong within the process of individual consumption, is totally misleading; they are ‘costs of consumption’ only in the banal sense thatevery process of production of an article of consumption in some way prepares it for consumption. I.e. the reaping, threshing, milling and baking of grain are in this sense ‘costs of consumption’, likewise the picking, cleaning, spinning and weaving of cotton, and so on. Clearly, this is a strange way in which to conceive of these processes, which should rather be seen, and are seen by Marx, as processes of production of articles of consumption. Sewing, repairing, cooking and cleaning are likewise processes of production which result in a use-value, and, in a commodity-producing society, a value. In fact, when we examine the production of the commodity labour-power as a labour-process, it is clear that means of production (raw food, fuel, brooms and mops, needle and thread, etc.) are converted into the form of the product (labour-power) precisely through the labour-process which takes place in the home of the working-class family and whose components are cooking, cleaning, washing, sewing, knitting, mending, child-care and so on. If we examine it as a process of production of value, then the living labour performed in the final process of production is no less part of the total social labour objectified in the labour-power than the labour which has previously been objectified in means of production of labour-power.

(2) Thus we have already disposed of the argument that these processes of production do not add to the value of the product simply because they are performed by the working class itself. This would be like saying that the products of any petty commodity-producing households – handloom weavers, for example – incorporates only the value of the means of production such as yarn and loom, while the actual labour of weaving adds no value to the product because it is performed by the weavers themselves – a proposition which obviously contradicts Marx’s whole theory of value.

If we now look more carefully at the passage where Marx says that the working class can cook, etc. only after it has obtained a wage, we can detect an inversion. If we generalise this proposition to all commodities, it would state that until a commodity has been sold, it cannot be produced. Now, it perfectly true that, having once been produced, a commodity must be sold in order that the elements of production be replaced and the process of production occuragain. But it should be obvious that it cannot in the first place be sold unless it has already been produced. This is especially true of labour-power, which cannot be sold unless many hundreds of hours of labour-time have already been spent on its production. As Marx himself remarks in another context, ‘its value, like that of every other commodity, is already determined before it enters into circulation, for a definite quantity of social labour has been spent on the production of the labour-power’ (Capital I, p. 277). And, again, ‘Its exchange-value, like that of every other commodity, is determined before it goes into circulation, since it is sold as a capacity, a power, and a specific amount of labour-time was required to produce this capacity, this power’ (Capital I, p. 1066).

We can ask, then, why it is that this domestic labour, which, it is true, is not directly productive of surplus value, should be treated by Marx as though it is not productive ofvalue at all; and why he should, at times, treat the process of production of labour-power, which, it is true, is not the production of commodity capital, as though it were not the production of a commodity at all. It is possible that the answer lies in some lingering fetishism of the wage-form. If it were hislabour that was being sold, there would be no anomaly in saying that obtaining a wage is aprecondition of preparing means of subsistence for consumption, since labour, unlike labour-power, is not ‘a capacity, a power’, and no labour-time is required for its production. This lingering fetishism would also account for the idea sometimes expressed by Marx that the labourer sellshis labour-power only. The visible transaction is certainly the sale of something that ishis, and the sale of the labour-power of the entire family lies concealed beneath this appearance-form.

To establish that the value of labour-power incorporates the labour performed in the home may not appear to be very important. Yet it considerably alters the way in which the value of labour-power is calculated. Marx divides the factory working day into a period of necessary labour in which value equivalent to the wage is produced by the workers, and a period of surplus labour in which surplus-value is produced. In accordance with the assumption that the commodity labour-power exchanges at approximately its value, he assumes also that in the necessary labour-time value equivalent to the value of labour-power is produced. If this is the case, the labourer must in the necessary labour-time produce not only value equivalent to subsistence costs incurred in money, but also, in addition, value equivalent to the labour expended in the home, and this must be calculated on a household and not an individual basis. In other words, household labour must be seen as part of the total social labour-time engaged in the reproduction of society through its contribution to the production of labour-power. This is not immediately apparent because, here again, we come up against the fetishism of money and especially of the wage-form which hides the intrinsic unity of necessary labour performed in the factory and necessary labour performed in the home. In the case of a natural household economy, it is obvious that work done in the field, the workshop and the home are part of a single process of reproducing the household. Where simple commodity production is concerned, the unity is less apparent, because the labour-time spent in producing commodities for sale is divided from the time spent in producing use-values for household consumption. But it still not difficult to penetrate the secret that the labour spent in producing commodities is, when seen on a social scale, only part of the social labour performed to provide for the reproduction of the sum total of commodity-producing households. Capitalism, however, erects a Chinese wall between work performed in the workshop or factory, which becomes part of the life-process of an alien being, capital, and work performed in the home; thereby obscuring both the social character of domestic labour as merely ‘an aspect of the production and reproduction of capital’, labour-time spent in producing a product for consumption by capital,and the fact that however contingent the use-values in which the labour performed in any given workplace is embodied, the total labour of the working class must produce means of production and consumption necessary for the reproduction of society.

From this point of view, then, the full value of labour-power is realised only when the working-class family obtains a collective wage with which it can purchase means of subsistence necessary for a normal standard of living without collectively having to work a greater number of hours a day than normal. The former, it has already been pointed out, contains a historical and moral element; likewise the latter:

‘The working day does have a maximum limit. It cannot be prolonged beyond a certain point. This maximum limit is conditioned by two things. First by the physical limits to labour-power. Within the 24 hours of the natural day a man can expend only a certain quantity of his vital force. During part of the day the vital force must rest, sleep; during another part the man has to satisfy other physical needs, to feed, wash and clothe himself. Besides these purely physical limitations, the extension of the working day encounters moral obstacles. The worker needs time in which to satisfy his intellectual and social requirements, and the extent and number of these requirements is conditioned by the general level of civilization. The length of the working day therefore fluctuates within boundaries both physical and social.’ (Capital I, p. 341.)

All this is equally true of women and applies with even greater force to children, whose normal development requires more time for rest and the free exercise of physical and mental capacities than that of adults.

Thus, realisation of the full value of labour-power implies much more than that the labourers should be able to maintain themselves and produce children who will constitute the future labour-force. It implies also that the collective wage of the working-class family should be sufficient to maintain it at a standard of life which is socially considered to be normal, which may be much higher than the biological minimum. Moreover, it implies that the total number of hours of work per day for the family should not exceed the amount socially accepted as normal. This total number of hours per day, however it is distributed as between different members of the family, includes both domestic labour and wage-labour performed in the factory. In modern times, the normal working day is considered to be such that children should not have to work at all, while older adolescents and adults should not work more than eight hours a day. Since domestic labour contributes to the value of labour-power, only if it is included in the calculation of hours of work can labour-power be considered to be sold at its value. If wage-labour alone fills up eight hours of each adult’s day, labour-power is being sold below its value; and if wage-labour and domestic labour together constitute more than an eight-hour working day for any adult, then labour-power is still being sold below its value.

At any given level of the social productivity of labour, the mass of surplus-value can be expanded either (1) by reducing the necessary labour performed in the factory while keeping the factory working day constant; (2) by extending the factory working day; or (3) by intensifying the work performed in the factory, a case which need not here be considered. (1) When the necessary labour-time is reduced below the time in which value equivalent to the value of labour-power is produced, the immediate result is a reduction in the use-values which can be purchased and hence a fall in the standard of living. However, the necessary labour-time can be considerably reduced without producing a drastic fall in the standard of living simply by increasing the domestic labour-time engaged in the production of labour-power. If the wage is not sufficient to buy cooked or processed food, it will be bought raw and cooked at home; if it is not sufficient to buy laundering services, clothes will be washed at home; if tailoring services or ready-made clothes cannot be afforded, clothes will be stitched at home; if flour or bread is too expensive, grain may be bought, cleaned and sometimes even ground at home, at the cost of a tremendous amount of time and effort. In this way, it is possible to push the price of labour-power far below its value; where part of the food for domestic consumption is produced by the household on a small plot, it is possible to push it down still further. This is, however, compensated by a greater amount of time expended on domestic labour. In terms of social averages, the extra time expended at home may be equivalent to the reduction achieved in the necessary labour-time in the factory, but, in absolute terms, the extra time in the home is much greater because of the primitiveness of the domestic labour-process. Thus, the real mechanism by which this reduction of the price of labour-power below its value is achieved is by an extension of the household working day far beyond the normal length. However, since the extra working time occurs in the home and not in the factory under the direct supervision of the capitalist, it is seldom perceived as an extension of the working day. (2) On the other side, extension of the surplus-labour performed under the direct control of the capitalist is best considered from the standpoint of the entire working-class family. The total amount of surplus labour-time appropriated from them can be increased not only by increasing the working time of an individual member, but by increasing the number of family members engaged in wage-labour to include, e.g., women and children. Here, again, the price of labour-power is reduced below its value, not through a reduction of the use-values consumed by the family, but by an extension of the number of hours of wage-labour it is compelled to perform per day.

Thus, at a given level of labour productivity, surplus-value can be increased by (1) reduction of the quantity of use-values consumed by the working class; (2) extension of the domestic labour-time it must employ in order to reproduce its labour-power; and (3) extension of the surplus labour-time appropriated from it in the factory. The individual capital, on which the laws of capitalist accumulation act as external compulsion, strives to achieve all three, thus pushing down wages to the equivalent of the price of the minimum quantum of use-values that have to be purchased. The labourers, on the other side, have no means of resisting this pressure so long as there is free competition amongst them for the sale of their labour-power on the market. Thus, as a result of the operation of the laws of capitalist production, wages would tend to fluctuate around the average aggregate price of the minimum means of subsistence that have to be purchased on the market, and not, as Marx assumed, around the value of labour-power. Fluctuations of supply and demand would lead wages to deviate above or below this average aggregate price, but these deviations would mutually balance one another.

Why does this persistent, and not merely accidental, deviation of the price of labour-power from its value occur? The same problem in fact confronts us if we examine the prices of all other commodities produced in a capitalist society. If we begin with the assumption that prices gravitate towards values, we have to conclude that commodities produced by capitals of varying organic compositions must achieve correspondingly different rates of profit. This, however, is contradicted by the existence of a general rate of profit. It is the initial assumption which has to be dropped when we come to a more concrete examination of capitalist society where products exchange not at their value but approximately at their prices of production. As Marx points outs

‘For prices at which commodities are exchanged to approximately correspond to their values, nothing more is necessary than (1) for the exchange of the various commodities to cease being purely accidental or only occasional; (2) so far as direct exchange of commodities is concerned, for these commodities to be produced on both sides in approximately sufficient quantities to meet mutual requirements … and (3) so far as selling is concerned, for no natural or artificial monopoly to enable either of the contracting sides to sell commodities above their value or to compel them to undersell… The exchange of commodities at their values, or approximately at their values, thus requires a much lower stage than their exchange at their prices of production, which requires a definite level of capitalist development.’ (Capital Volume III, Moscow edition, pp. 174-5, 174.)

Thus, as the capitalist production of commodities comes to displace simple commodity production, products come to be sold at around their prices of production rather than around their values. But labour-power defies all the rules. On the one hand, it is only when the capitalist production of commodities has reached a definite level of development that it is widely produced as a commodity at all; on the other, even at this stage, it is produced as a simple commodity and not as a capitalist commodity. In other words, it is a simple commodity produced in a world of capitalist commodities: what, then, constitutes the centre towards which its market-price gravitates? Not its value, since commodities no longer exchange at their values. Nor its price of production, since it is not produced capitalistically and its producers do not demand profit at the average rate. Rather, its price gravitates spontaneously towards the average aggregate price of the commodities that enter into its production.

It is important to emphasise that, in a society where commodities in general do not exchange at approximately their values, there would be no possible mechanism whereby the price of one isolated commodity, namely labour-power, could fluctuate around its value. Marx does not point this out because he commits a forced abstraction in making a transition straight from the value of labour-power to its price in Volume I itself, throughout which he maintains the assumption thatall commodities sell at their value. Having done this, he forgets that this mode of determination of price is possible only on the assumption that all commodities sell at their value, and thinks that he has established the centre of gravity of the market-price of labour-power for a capitalist society as such. Hence, when he begins to approach the surface of bourgeois society inVolume III, and shows that capitalistically produced commodities have market-prices which fluctuate around prices of production and not values, he fails to carry out a similar transformation on the price of labour-power and assumes that it still continues to gravitate towards value. Thus:

‘If supply and demand coincide, the market-price of commodities corresponds to their price of production, i.e. their price then appears to be regulated by the immanent laws of capitalist production, independently of competition, since the fluctuations of supply and demand explain nothing but deviations of market-prices from prices of production. The same applies to wages. If supply and demand coincide, they neutralize each other’s effect, and wages equal the value of labour-power.’ (Capital III, p. 349.)

As a result of this mistaken assumption, he is unable adequately to explain the real historical necessity of trade unions. If it were merely a matter of fluctuations of supply and demand causing temporary deviations of wages above and below the value of labour-power, the immanent laws of capitalist production would, by themselves, ensure that labour-power, in the long run, would be sold at its value. It is, on the contrary, the immanent tendency of capitalist production to push wages below the value of labour-power that compels the working class tostruggle andcombine merely in order to realise the value of its labour-power, and the organisations historically thrown up in the course of this struggle are the trade unions. In fact, it is the struggle of the working class through the trade unions to increase the use-values obtainable with the wage and to reduce the length of the working day that tends to push wages up towards the value of labour-power. The failure or success of this struggle, however, depends on historical circumstances outside its control.

Finally, the state. As embodiment of the general interest of bourgeois society, it attempts to ensure optimum conditions for the accumulation of capital. Unlike, however, the individual capitalist, whose watchword is ‘Après moi le déluge!’ and who takes no account of the cost to society so long as his own profit is increased, the state must, in the interest of the whole capitalist class, limit the extent of exploitation of labour-power within boundaries which allow of its unimpaired reproduction. It is this function of the state which accounts, for example, for the passing of the English Factory Acts of the mid-nineteenth century.

‘These laws curb capital’s drive towards a limitless draining away of labour-power by forcibly limiting the working day on the authority of the state, but a state ruled by capitalist and landlord. Apart from the daily more threatening advance of the working-class movement, the limiting of factory labour was dictated by the same necessity as forced the manuring of English fields with guano. The same blind desire for profit that in the one case exhausted the soil had in the other case seized hold of the vital force of the nation at its roots.’ (Capital I, p. 348.)

In this instance, the blind desire for profits of the individual capitalists threatens to annihilate the very source of its profits by over-working the proletariat to such an extent that it is unable to reproduce itself. The workers, struggling for their own existence, ‘put their heads together and, as a class, compel the passing of a law, an all-powerful social barrier by which they can be prevented from selling themselves and their families into slavery and death by voluntary contract with capital’ (Capital I, p. 416). And this law, paradoxically, is enacted in the wider interests of the capitalists themselves, who individually fight against it tooth and nail.

The purpose of this example is merely to indicate the complexity of the interaction between capitalists, wage-labourers and bourgeois state which occurs during the process of the historical development of the class of wage-labourers. This historical development results, on the one hand, in an alteration of the conditions in which labour-power is produced, sold and consumed, on the other, in the expansion of the proletariat into a truly world-historical force, and these two aspects are inter-related. A more detailed investigation into the various aspects of this development and their inter-relations is a necessity if the various forms of organisation and struggle historically thrown up by the working class are sought to be understood, and if a deeper understanding of the present stage of the class struggle is to be obtained.

 

Image modify from "work" byJudy ** is licensed underCC BY-NC-ND 2.0

The Making of Capitalism in France:

Interview with Xavier Lafrance

Xavier Lafrance teaches political science at the Université du Québec à Montréal. With Charles Post, he co-edited the book Case Studies in the Origins of Capitalism (Palgrave 2018) and he is the author of The Making of Capitalism in France. Class Structures, Economic Development, the State and the Formation of the French Working Class, 1750-1914 (Brill, « Historical Materialism Book Series, 2019) – now out in paperback https://www.haymarketbooks.org/books/1462-the-making-of-capitalism-in-france

This interview first appeared at https://www.contretemps.eu/construction-capitalisme-france-entretien/

Could you tell us about your political and intellectual background ? In the introduction to The Making of Capitalism in France, you write that the theoretical framework you are inclined towards is the one you call “political Marxism” (which you prefer to call Capital-centric Marxism): could you say more about your relationship to this theoretical tradition?

In the book, I’m using the “Political Marxist” framework developed by Robert Brenner and Ellen Meiksins Wood from the late 1970s and early 1980s, building on Marx’s mature critique of political economy. In his early works – especially in The German Ideology andThe Communist Manifesto – Marx was still under the influence of Adam Smith’s classical presentation of the “commercial model”, in which the expansion of market exchanges drove an ongoing division of labour and development of productive forces that culminated with the rise of capitalism (or what Smith called “commercial society”).

Marx broke with these Smithian assumptions in the Grundrisse and in his masterpiece,Capital (hence the phrase “Capital-centric Marxism). In these works, Marx rejected the classical political economists’ notion of a “so called primitive accumulation” initiating the emergence of capitalism. He stressed that no amount of commercial expansion or accumulation of monetary wealth could ever by themselves explain the transition to capitalism. Capital is not a thing but a “social relation” and the emergence of capitalism required a radical transformation of class relations – a qualitative reconfiguration of social power, not a mere quantitative accumulation of wealth. To explain this transformation of class relations, Marx devoted most of the last section of the first volume ofCapital to an analysis of the mass and violent expropriation of peasants from their land that took place in the English countryside during the early modern period.

Building upon and developing Marx’s argument, Brenner published landmark articles[fn]Brenner, Robert (1976) ”Agrarian Class Structure and Economic Development in Pre-Industrial Europe”, Past & Present, no. 79 pp. 30-75;  Brenner, Robert 1977, ‘The Origins of Capitalist Development: A Critique of Neo-Smithian Marxism’,New Left Review, I, no. 104: 25–92. [/fn] in the late 1970s on the agrarian and English origins of capitalism. In these articles, he breaks with analyses of the emergence of capitalism that assume the very thing that need to be explained. Most historical explanations of the origins of capitalism have been circular, suggesting that capitalism emerged out of pre-existing, if embryonic, capitalist dynamics. Ancient profit-taking commercial practices, typically involving buying cheap in one region and selling dear in another, thus tend to be equated with capitalism. We are left with historical explanations that revolve around the removal of obstacles to timeless (proto) capitalist processes, an endeavour often attributed to urban merchants, sometimes involving violent revolutions. Historical lines of demarcation are blurred, and the unique imperatives of capitalism are naturalised. This is precisely the kind of framework that was rejected by Brenner.

An earlier Marxist “transition debate” had taken place in the 1950s, around the exchange between Maurice Dobb and Paul Sweezy.[fn]Hilton, Rodney (ed.) (1985), The Transition from Feudalism to Capitalism, Verso. [/fn] Whereas Sweezy related the rise of capitalism to the growth of trade and urbanisation, Dobb maintained that the latter were not a threat but in fact fully compatible with feudalism. For Dobb, the critical factor behind the transition was class struggle between lords and peasants, which freed the later from feudal impediments and allowed them to engage in petty commodity production and to eventually become full-fledged capitalists. Brenner retained Dobb’s focus on class struggles in the countryside while getting rid of his Smithian assumptions.

Launching a new transition debate that came to bear his name, Brenner engaged the dominant non-Marxist explanations of the emergence of capitalism, explaining that both the “commercialisation model” and the “demographic model” assumed that the early modern agrarian economy responded to changes in supply and demand of land on the market. Doing this, these models presumed that specifically capitalist dynamics propelling producers to specialise, innovate and accumulate existed transhistorically, and they were consequently unable to account for the divergent paths of development that emerged across Europe in the wake of the spread of trade from the eleventh century and the demographic collapse of the fourteenth.

Brenner explained how, under feudalism, the possession of land by peasants outside of market competition, and the consequent use of extra-economic coercion to extract rents in labour, while fuelling the accumulation of military means and trade of luxury goods as part of state building projects led by feudal ruling class, ruled out the systematic development of productivity through improved methods of labour-saving techniques. As population rose, the tendency toward the parcellisation of landholdings through partible inheritance lead to declining yields per acre and labour input and, eventually, to demographic collapse. While they were universal across European feudal societies, Brenner showed how the impact of commercial and demographic trends diverged following the balance of power within and between classes in a given region.

In Eastern Europe, where peasant had not developed strong communal village organisation, landlords where able to impose a “second serfdom”. In Western Europe, stronger solidarity allowed peasant to freed themselves from serfdom while preserving effective possession of their plots through stable, customary rents. Lordly attempts to consolidate leaseholds and to raise rents were checked by peasant resistance and short circuited by the consolidation of Absolutist monarchies – in France and elsewhere – whose main source of revenue was taxes. Extra-economic surplus appropriation was thus preserved partially via a new form of state-mediated exploitation (though rent remained a major source of revenue).

In England, however, an epoch-making transformation of class relations took place allowing for the rise of a historically new form of economic exploitation. There, the unintended consequence of the ruling class strategy of reproduction in face of the feudal crisis was a transition to agrarian capitalism as lords reacted to the peasants’ ability to gain their legal freedom by imposing commercial, capitalist leases on tenant farmers. This process was backed by a relatively more centralised English state and led to specifically capitalist social property relations in which the tenant farmers’ access to their land became market dependent. This market dependence compelled producers to specialise, innovate and accumulate in order to pay rising rents set by market competition. The upshot was unprecedented sustained economic growth and a breakaway from Malthusian demographic cycles. 

In short, while most historians and social scientists assume, in Smithian fashion, that growing market opportunities will automatically lead producers to adopt capitalist behaviours, Brenner showed how the latter only ensued from specific social property relations that were at first confined to England and that compelled economic actors to reproduce through market competition and profit maximisation. As Wood puts it, capitalism emerges precisely when markets are no longer sets of market opportunities but become coercive forces. This, of course, has important implications for our theorisation of historical materialism.

 Your problematisation of capitalism plays a key role in your approach to the development of capitalism in France: in what sense is analysing capitalism as a social system rather than a “purely” economic phenomenon crucial to you as a Marxist scholar?

The historical analysis discussed above reveals that capitalism is not simply “more of the same”; it is not a mere expansion of “economic” phenomena, be it trade, as Smithian believes, or productive forces, as many Marxists suggest. Its advent requires a reconfiguration of social power and is the result of class struggles.

As part of the “Brenner Debate”, launched by the work discussed above, the French historian Guy Bois accused Brenner of “political Marxism” – thus coining the name by which this approach came to be known –  for giving to much weight to political factors, namely class struggles, at the expense of economic factors, especially the contradictions between forces and relations of production. Bois’s critique, however, was well beside the point, since it took for granted a separation of the “political” and the “economic” that is specific to capitalism. Under feudalism and other non-capitalist social forms, surplus was extracted through “extra-economic” means, namely political, juridical and military power. Feudal lords used their personal political power directly in the process of surplus appropriation, which led Brenner to speak of “politically-constituted property” in reference to non-capitalist modes of production. Consequently, in these non-capitalist societies, class struggles tended to be overtly and directly political in nature, and the balance of power between classes as well as the level of solidarity within classes played a greater role in shaping the evolution of feudal societies and economies.

While class relations and struggles remain central under capitalism, this system is radically distinct in the way it makes both producers and exploiters dependent upon successful market competition for their reproduction. This system’s unique laws of motions, or rules of reproduction – the law of value which compels producers to economise labour-time through specialisation, the use of labour-saving innovations and the ongoing accumulation of surplus-value – operate via the mechanism of price competition. In other words, though it always preserves forms of unfree labour, capitalism is uniquely reproduced through the “dull compulsion of the market place” rather than prominently through forms of extra-economic coercion. Capitalism allows for a separation of the “political” and the “economic” as the state can become – though this has always been the result of struggles from below – a public sphere of impersonal power. This public character of the state does not fundamentally threaten the reproduction of class divisions and exploitation since the latter is now privatised in individual units of production.

The separation of “economic” and “political” spheres is thus in fact a reconfiguration of social power through which some political functions and powers (over production and distribution) are apparently depoliticised and confined to an “economic” sphere where they fall under the logic of “self-regulated” markets. Moreover, the unique dynamism of capitalism, the constant drive to develop productive forces, operates much more independently of the desires and goals of either individual capitalists or the state. This systematic development of productive forces – and their determinant impact on broader social, political and cultural processes – is actually something that is specific to capitalism, and, contrary to Bois’s (and many Marxists’) belief, is not a transhistorical motor of development.

To get a better grasp of these issues, consider the fact that Brenner speaks of “social property relations” and not simply of social relations of production. He does this to avoid the notion that technical change in the immediate process of production would mechanically lead to a new social division of labour, new class configurations, and, ultimately, a new form of state and ideological “superstructure”. Doing this, Brenner, and Wood, remain in the track of Marx’s mature critique of political economy and his crucial insight that each historical mode of production functions according to its own distinctive internal logic. This logic, according to Marx, is determined by the way in which “unpaid labour is pumped out of direct producers” by an exploiting class. In other words, in class societies, modes of production are always simultaneously modes of exploitation – i.e. sets of social property relations.

Hence, as I put it in the book, analyses informed by a historical materialist framework must “begin with the multi-layered and complex configuration of social power that shapes how societies reproduce themselves[fn]It should be mentioned that this social reproduction involves not only class, but also gender relations. For a sympathetic, yet critical, discussion of « political Marxism » from a social reproduction theory standpoint, see Nicole Leach (2016) « Rethinking the Rules of Reproduction and the Transition to Capitalism : Reading Federici and Brenner Together », in Xavier Lafrance and Charlie Post (eds.),Case Studies in the Origins of Capitalism, Palgrave, pp. 317-342. [/fn] while allowing one class to appropriate a surplus at the expense of another (or several others). Put another way, we begin with an assessment of social property relations – which always involve horizontal relationships of competition and collaborationwithin classes as well as vertical conflictsbetween classes – that impose ‘rules of reproduction’ on social agents and consequently orient macro-level social and economic phenomena.”

Historical materialism looks at the ways in which humans establish social relations of reproduction with nature and how these fundamental social relations structure other sets of social, political, and cultural experiences. As Wood explains, “the forms of [social] interaction [with nature] produced by human beings, themselves become material forces, no less than are natural forces”. Now, in class societies, the focus moves to the ways in which classes reproduce themselves – in relation with each other and with nature – and how this affects social and political reality. The nexus of class exploitation patterns other forms of social relations and is consequently not an epiphenomenon responding to the development of forces of production. On the contrary, the configuration of class relations of exploitation orients the development (or non-development) of productive forces within a given mode of production. That is, social property relations shape the behaviour that individuals and class must adopt to reproduce themselves, and thus establish patterns of economic development and social conflict at a macro level. Whereas, in feudal society, surplus appropriation by a class at the expense of another took an extra-economic form that tended to stall economic development and made class conflicts overtly political, in capitalist societies exploitation is mediated by market relations that compel economic actors to adopt profit-maximising behaviours and that tend to depoliticise class conflicts.

All of this is useful to conduct research, because it provides a clear understanding of what capitalism is and allows us to observe the emergence of capitalism and the ways it re-orients social relations and unfolds in actual historical processes. Without this clear understanding of distinctive capitalist dynamics, it would not make much sense to attempt to explain and describe the transition to capitalism in France or any other country/region. Beyond these academic endeavours, the historical materialist framework and the conception of capitalism presented here have important political consequences. In order to think and act strategically as anti-capitalists and socialists, we need to have some sort of understanding of the capitalist terrain on which we are fighting; we need to have some grasp of the forms of power that we are confronting and of their specific dynamics. Moreover, Marx’s point that capitalism is a historical – as opposed to a natural or transhistorical – phenomenon is a fundamental precondition for all socialist politics because it signals that this system had a beginning and will have an end – just how it will end (leading to “barbarism or socialism”) depends on our collective struggles.

Contrary to other Marxists, such as  Perry Anderson for example – who, in Lineages of the Absolutist State (1974), argues that French absolutism facilitated the capitalist transformation of the economic structures – you write that the formation of the absolutist state was rather an alternative path out of the crisis of feudalism. Could you expand on this? In what sense is a comparison with England in the same epoch relevant?

Anderson suggests that the absolutist state was a “redeployed and recharged apparatus of feudal domination” – the way through which a challenged old noble class established a new form of state-constituted surplus appropriation.[fn]Anderson, Perry, 1974, Lineages of the Absolutist State, Verso. [/fn]Yet, he also maintains that the dissolution of feudalism severed the unity of politics and economics at the level of villages, while the emerging state reactivated Roman law, thus enacting new forms of exclusive property conducive to a progressive establishment of capitalist agriculture and supporting the interests of a nascent manufacturing class.

While Anderson’s account offers important insights, it does not allow to grasp how absolutism actually took France away from the capitalist path taken by England in the wake of the fourteenth-century feudal crisis.[fn]One of best critiques of Perry Anderson’s important book is offered by Benno Teschke, 2003, The Myth of 1648. Class, Geopolitics and the Making of Modern International Relations, New York: Verso. [/fn] In France, peasants gained their freedom and secured possession of the land and fixed rents during the late medieval period. These gains were allowed by relatively strong solidarities embedded in village communities, but also by intense competition for land and peasants among landlords, which was inefficiently mitigated by unstable bonds of vassalage. Resistance from below, lack of intra-class cohesion, and competition from a monarchical state seeking to both safeguard and tax small peasant property severely threatened the nobles’ interests. While political, and often military, conflicts with the crown remained endemic, many nobles were compelled to turn to the concentrated monarchical state apparatus, supplementing rent with tax revenues. The incorporation of sectors of the old nobility and, increasingly, of the high bourgeoisie to the state, was realised through the granting or sale of venal offices. Accumulating wealth through tax/office structures, interests on loans to the Crown, commercial monopolies, and, still to a large extent, rent, a parasitic class of financiers and tax-farmer aristocrats formed the social basis of the new state.

The formation of this new mode of exploitive production had consequences of critical importance for the country’s political and economic development. The selling of venal offices amounted to a privatisation of state power, which was pulverised by the very process that was meant to consolidate it. Together with the reproduction of a myriad of competing feudal local and regional jurisdictions within the state, this made the development of a modern administrative apparatus impossible, as state officials used their offices as patrimonial means of enrichment.

This renewed mode of extra-economic class exploitation was also not conducive to sustained economic growth. France did experience substantial agricultural and manufacturing growth from the end of the late seventeenth century slowdown to the Revolution, as growing urban demand and colonial trade fuelled commercial production. Commercial agriculture, however, was nothing new and neither landlords nor peasants faced incentives nor imperatives to specialise, adopt new farming techniques or consolidate plots and estates. Landlords had no thought of expropriating peasant and, on the contrary, pursued the practice of pinning down ever more of the peasants’ labour to the soil. Even in the Paris basin, where commercialisation was most widespread, systematic calculation of labour costs was unheard of, the number of small peasant farms remained important and continuously grew, while traditional, quasi-feudal leases remained the rule. Outputs grew because more plots were put under cultivation and large reserves of rural labour were exploited by landlords on the land and merchants in proto-industrial production. Light years away from a process of capitalist transition, as Steve Miller explains, this increase of output took place “through the intensification of labour and stagnating or declining returns to each additional hour of work”.[fn]Miller, Stephen, 2009, ‘The Economy of France in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries: Market Opportunity and Labor Productivity in Languedoc’, Rural History, 20 (1), p. 6. [/fn]

Things took a radically different turn in England. Put simply, agrarian capitalism emerged as an alternative to absolutism. Centralised state power and greater class cooperation allowed landlords to enforce “economic” leases. Landed property and economic rent rather than politically constituted property became the cornerstone of English ruling class reproduction and absolutist temptations were definitely put to bed with the so-called “Glorious Revolution” of 1688, which allowed landlords to assert their parliamentary power over the crown. Economic leases established rents through market competition, thus compelling tenants to specialise, increase labour productivity, innovate, and to reinvest surpluses to preserve access to their land. The upshot was sustained economic growth in the countryside that caused ongoing dispossession of customary tenants, and fuelled rapid demographic growth and urbanisation leading to the rise of competitive, mass labour and consumer markets – all of which lifted the Malthusian cap on industrial development in England.

Moreover, the reliance on economic rent as opposed to politically constituted property made possible the development of a modern state apparatus.[fn]Brewer, John 1989, The Sinews of Power: War, Money, and the English State, 1688–1783, Cambridge: Harvard University Press. [/fn] Because its economy was much more productive and its administrative apparatus more efficient, the English state was also able to borrow at advantageous rates to finance its military efforts. All of this provided a decisive geopolitical advantage to England.

In France, in the absence of agrarian capitalism, the expansion of state revenues was dependent on ongoing “geopolitical accumulation”, so as to acquire a larger tax-base. Sectors of French state elite sought to reform and liberalise the country’s agrarian and manufacturing sectors, but these attempts tended to threaten the extra-economic strategy of reproduction of the ruling class and were consequently often rolled back, and overall unsuccessful.

Unable to emulate English intensive economic development, the French state had to continue to rely on an extensive strategy. Yet, territorial conquest on the Continent was difficult and costly, while colonial expansion was increasingly checked by growing English power. Entrapped in successive military conflicts with its neighbour, the French state had to impose punitive taxes on its peasantry, to resort to the sale of offices that intensified the Byzantine character of its administrative apparatus, and to contract mounting debts. This created a catastrophic fiscal situation and widespread discontent among elite and popular classes – the background of the revolutionary explosion of 1789.   

According to you, the French Revolution was a bourgeois but non-capitalist revolution. In what way did the French Revolution not herald the rise of a capitalist economy?

The classical “social interpretation”, outlined by Georges Lefebvre, Albert Mathiez or Albert Soboul, remained dominant until the 1960s and depicted the Revolution as the act of a capitalist bourgeoisie liberating itself from the shackle of feudalism, thus allowing capitalism to fully blossom in France. They took their cue from the early work of Marx, who was himself following liberal thinkers such as Turgot. This interpretation faced a severe challenge from “revisionist” historians such as Alfred Cobban in the 1950s and François Furet from the early 1970s. Revisionists unmistakably showed how the bourgeois that led the Revolution were not capitalists but rather landowners, state officials or lawyers. Some Marxists reacted to this devastating challenge with a “consequentialist” interpretation that maintained that, notwithstanding the motives of its agents, the Revolution had established a new political and legal context – with measures such as the abolition of privileges, intermediary bodies and guilds, or the suppression of internal custom barriers and the standardisation of weights and measure – that were conducive to an eventual emergence of capitalism.

“Consequentialism” is an attempt to rescue the notion of capitalist bourgeois revolution by emptying it of much of its content. It leaves us without a satisfactory causal explanation of Revolution and its empirical assessment of the impact of revolutionary transformations are flawed. Political Marxists[fn]Brenner, Robert, 1989, ‘Bourgeois Revolution and Transition to Capitalism’, in The First Modern Society: Essays in English History in Honour of Lawrence Stone, edited by A. L. Beier, David Cannadine, and James M. Rosenheim, 271–304, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Comninel, George C. 1987,Rethinking the French Revolution: Marxism and the Revisionist Challenge, London: Verso; Teschke, Benno, 2005, ‘Bourgeois Revolution, State Formation and the Absence of the  International’,Historical Materialism, 13 (2): 3–26. [/fn] have put forth a new interpretation that disentangle the notions of “bourgeoisie” and “capitalist class” while retaining a class analysis of the Revolution.

Simply put, while the bourgeoisie and aristocracy both reproduced themselves on the basis of non-capitalist land-tenure and politically constituted property, they had differentiated access to state offices and privileges. Bourgeois and many lesser nobles remained excluded from special privileges of noble status, and the aristocracy, as the highest and exclusive inner circle of the nobility, monopolised the most prestigious and lucrative positions in the state apparatus. Calling for state positions to be “open to talent” and for liberal reforms of the state administration, the bourgeoisie did not attempt overthrow the existing mode of exploitation but actually to improve its position in its midst. The Revolution was an intra-ruling class conflict opposing bourgeois and aristocrats over the access to politically-constituted property, flanked by a popular movement of exploited artisans and peasants, in a context of intensifying geopolitical pressures experienced by the French state that contributed to an intense politicisation of fiscal issues.

The partial rationalisation of the state – the continuation of a longstanding project pursued by old regime reformers now taken over by an enlightened bourgeoisie – that took place during the Revolution and under the First Empire was limited by the reproduction of politically-constituted forms of appropriation across the revolutionary divide. Nepotism and quasi-patrimonialist practices remained ubiquitous within the administration. As is also universally recognised, the Revolution consolidated and contributed to the spreading of petty peasant property for decades to come. This ruled out the apparition of agrarian capitalism in France.

What was less well known, but has now been demonstrated by important historical works since around the late 1980s, is that revolutionary struggles waged by artisan and industrial workers led to major gains that gave a definitely non-capitalist character to their economic sector. Guilds had been abolished in practice by workers already in 1789, after decades of resistance against their subordination to their masters. The legislators that formally abolished guilds in 1791 acted largely after the fact, were informed by political rather than economic liberalism, and had plans to implement local regulations of trades. These legislative plans were not enacted for contingent historical reasons but local customary regulations were kept alive and thrived in following decades as workers applied the emancipatory spirit of the Revolution to their trades. Labour contracts ruling out subordination to employers became the rule, while a bon droit – a kind of “moral economy” in the sense given to this phrase by E.P. Thompson – came to regulate artisanal and industrial work and was enforced by new judicial institutions such as justices of the peace andprud’hommes councils. The latter overturned all attempt by employers to impose unilateral rules within workshops and factory, thus making impossible the subsumption of labour by capital.

In brief, the French Revolution amounted to a partial emancipation of labour – right a time when English workers experienced enhanced subordination to employers that were benefiting from the active legal support of the state in the context an of industrial revolution. The point, however, is not that this partial emancipation of French labour amounted to an obstacle to a latent capitalist industrialisation.  This emancipation was in fact tolerated for decades by French industrial employers who were not subjected to competitive market imperatives.

You write that, whilst industrialisation arrived quite early in France, capitalism by contrast arrived late. A key argument in your book is that the birth of capitalism in France did not happens endogenously. Could you explain why, on the one hand, capitalism developed late in France and, on the other, what external factors can explain the development of capitalism in France?

Industrial production took place under the old regime, but investment and mechanisation remained very limited, in spite of efforts by the state to stimulate industrialisation. On the eve of the Revolution, in its cotton trade, England had 260 spindles per 1000 inhabitants, against 2 in France, while there were 900 spinning-jennies in France against 20,000 in Britain, and no more than a dozen mule-jennies in the former country against 9000 in the latter. English superiority was overwhelming, and much of France’s industrial sector collapsed in the wake of the signature of a trade treaty by the two states in 1786. Instead of investing so as to make manufacturing facilities more productive French textile merchants simply bought English yarn to sell it in France.

Industrial investments accelerated in an unprecedented way over the decades that followed the Revolution, in the context of a protected national market, but industrial labour productivity remained much lower in France compared to Britain. This was because a much slower pace of mechanisation of production could be witnessed in France at the time. To illustrate this, consider that, in 1830, 3000 steam engines could be found in France, producing 15,000 horsepower, while Britain numbered 15,000, with an overall capacity of 250,000 horsepower. In 1840, France, with a population of 35 million, possessed steam engines producing 34,000 horsepower, while Britain, with a population of 19 million, had steam engines producing 350,000 horsepower. By 1850, these figures had respectively increased to 67,000 horsepower against 544,000 in Britain, and France had by then fallen behind Prussia.

A comparative analysis of processes of industrialisation in France and England raises pressing questions. For instance: how do explain that France had only 10 percent of England’s horsepower in 1840, even with a much larger population and plenty of financial resources? To begin to answer this question, we must accept that the transition to capitalism was not a Western European phenomenon – it began in England and was later imported on the European continent. Simply suggesting that France and Britain have followed distinct paths of industrialisation, as many historians have done, is insufficient at best. We must be very clear that different paths were taken because one country was capitalist while the other was not.

With this general framework in mind, an important first factor to consider is that, because agrarian capitalism was absent in France, the country’s internal consumer market remained limited and this necessarily slowed down industrial growth. But, beyond the extent and depth of the market, we must also consider its nature. Until the last third of the nineteenth century, there was no integrated and competitive market in France. In spite of the abolition of internal tariffs during the Revolution, the absence of adequate transport infrastructures implied that the French national economic space remained intensely fragmented and constituted of a series of local and regional markets. These local and regional spaces were not organised through the mechanism of price competition and remained regulated by customary trades usages enforced by institutions such as prud’hommes, commercial tribunals, and local governments. French merchant-industrialists made much of their profits as mediators between these disconnected economic spaces. As Jean-Pierre Hirsch explains, “the logic of an ongoing decompartimentalisation of circulation, of a levelling of costs and prices did not exist in the attitudes of the vast majority of merchants, or even in the declarations of their representatives. Above all, as years passed, nothing indicated an evolution toward a less ‘imperfect’ market, nor a will to reduce the number of filters through which supply and demand were at play.”[fn]Hirsch, Jean-Pierre, 1991, Les deux rêves du commerce. Entreprise et institution dans la région lilloise (1780–1860), Paris: Éditions de l’École des hautes études en sciences sociales, p. 392. [/fn]

The other important factor that explained the absence of competitive imperatives in France was the strongly protectionist policies – including prohibitive tariffs on different items and outright prohibition of cotton good imports – adopted by the Restauration in 1816 and 1817, at the end of the Napoleonic Wars and of the Continental Blockade. This protectionism insulated French manufacturers from English competition.

As I explain in the book, because of all this, capitalist social property relations remained absent in France, where industrial firms where not compelled by price competition to systematically mechanise production, innovate, improve, and discipline labour processes so as to maximise profits and beat competitors. Consequently, until the Second Empire, the mechanisation of French industrial production was fuelled by market opportunities rather than by market compulsion. Assessing French industrialisation over this period, William Reddy stresses “just how weak the force of competition” remained, and explains that firms were not evolving on “price-forming markets” and were consequently not compelled to engage in “cost-conscious management”. At the same time, the “twenty-fold advantage in productivity, and the attendant profit boosting potential that English machines provided to their owners did not escape French merchant-industrialists.[fn]Reddy, William, 1984, The Rise of Market Culture: The Textile Trade and French Society, 1750–1900, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, p. 74, 100. [/fn]

French industrialists were strongly attached to protectionist policies and fought intensely to preserve them – they were not interested in being exposed to English competition, knowing that this would threaten their easy profits. The importation of capitalist social property relations – the building of an integrated and competitive market – was left to the French state, which finally decided to act resolutely so as to activate a capitalist transition in the face of intensifying international geopolitical competition stemming out of ongoing state restructuring processes and capitalist industrialisation emerging in different countries around the mid-nineteenth century.  

Could you say something about the development of the French working class? In the fourth chapter of your book, you cite the paradox highlighted by Ernest Labrousse in the 1950s that, whilst industrial development was quite slow in France, the working class was extremely combative throughout the nineteenth century. How do you explain this apparent paradox?

This paradox has been puzzling historians for a long time and two main types of explanations of the making of the French working class have been dominant over the last few decades. A first explanatory strategy, whose most influential exponent is William Sewell,[fn]Sewell, William H. 1980, Work and Revolution in France: The Language of Labor from the Old Regime to 1848, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. [/fn] has been to assert that, even though largescale factory production remained sparse in France, the country’s artisanal sector experienced a capitalist transition in the wake of the 1791 abolition of guilds. For reasons already discussed, I reject this thesis. The other important type of explanation, systematised among others by Tony Judt,[fn]Judt, Tony 2011 [1986], Marxism and the French Left: Studies in labour and politics in France, 1830–1981, New York: New York University Press. [/fn] stresses the irrelevance of economic transformations while focusing on the effect of a new political culture emerging in the wake of the Revolution. While recognising the importance of the “political culture” and institutions developed by French workers before, during, and after the revolutionary period, I offer an alternative materialist analysis in order to answer the paradox identified by Labrousse and others.

Simply put, I argue that French workers made themselves into a self-conscious class in a non-capitalist context, in the wake of the 1830 Revolution, and during the intense period of resistance that culminated with the 1848 Revolution. The working class was formed in opposition to a ruling class of notables that monopolised state power as a mean of exploitation, and through struggles seeking to consolidate gains made in the wake of 1789. French workers developed a republican-socialist agenda fighting for a democratic and social republic.

As I mentioned earlier, under the Restoration and the Orleanist monarchy, non-capitalist channels of surplus appropriation remained in place. The notability, mingling together nobles and great bourgeois, largely favoured “proprietary” or rentier forms of wealth – they prioritised the acquisition of land and buildings, secured lucrative interests on state and private loans, while investing only around 3.7 percent of its overall wealth in private firms during this period. As a rule, successful merchants and industrialists sought to join the notability by acquiring a mansion in the country side or private hotel in the city, and attempting to secure prestigious administrative or political careers for their sons. Notables remained attached to state offices as means of enrichment and markers of social standing.

It was against this ruling class that monopolised state power and revenues that French workers developed their class consciousness, constantly denouncing and collectively mobilising against state parasitism, the use of lucrative offices to serve private interests and the indirect taxes that burdened them. Workers fought against the parasitic monarchy and for a republic that would implement universal male suffrage as a way to take the state away from the ruling class.

But workers were also demanding a social republic that could consolidate and expandbon droit – the customary regulations of their trades. Conflicts that opposed workers to merchant-industrialists or workshop owners were not infrequent and revolved around attempts to circumvent customary regulations or to charge high interests on loans taken out by workers to pay for tools, for instance. These encroachments by “dishonest” employers were nothing new and had been taken place for centuries. They were repressed and contained byprud’hommes councils and justices of the peace – proximity judicial institutions that played a key role in preserving and extendingbon droit in trade communities – with considerable success, but loopholes remained and workers had to stay on guard and to mobilise to close them. Whatwas new, however, and explains much of the rising working-class resistance of the time – was the absence guilds since 1791; that is, of state-backed regulatory institutions and of formal injunctions compelling artisans to associate and to regulate trades. In the absence of regulatory institutions officially and actively backed by the central state, French workers mobilised to close regulatory loopholes in their trades by consolidating their rights and customary regulations, and this represented an inextricably political struggle.

At the time, French socialists decried the dangers of “competition” and “individualism”, but constantly did so by pointing to English developments. Many socialists developed their doctrines in an ongoing debate with British political economists and with liberal intellectuals that relayed their ideas in France. They were concerned that France might adopt the English economic system and wanted to avoid such a scenario.

At a more fundamental level, socialists were attempting to develop new principles that would hold French society together, after the evaporation of the corporatist paradigm in the wake of 1789 (the broader context in which the abolition of guilds took place and was justified in 1791). This is the reason why Jonathan Beecher presents them as “romantic socialists” who “were writing out of a broader sense of social and moral disintegration”. Their fundamental concerns were social and political, rather the economic: “their ideas were presented as a remedy for the collapse of community rather than for any specifically economic problem”.[fn]Beecher, Jonathan 2001, Victor Considerant and the Rise and Fall of French Romantic Socialism, Berkeley: University of California Press, p. 2. [/fn] In this respect, their thought was rooted in a long-standing debate in French political thought. As Ellen Wood explains, this debate had evolved for centuries under the old regime, and revolved around the challenge of integrating “a fragmented social order … a network of corporate entities”, and was informed by “a conception of society in which the totality of social relations, including economic transactions, was subsumed in the political community”.[fn]Wood, Ellen Meiksins, 2012, Liberty and Property: A Social History of Western Political Thought from Renaissance to Enlightenment, New York: Verso, p. 170. [/fn]

Socialists were deeply concerned by the fact that, in the new post-revolutionary French society, “individuals were becoming increasingly detached from any kind of corporate structure, and that society as a whole was becoming increasingly fragmented and individualistic”.[fn]Beecher, 2001, p. 2. [/fn] Simply put, as corporatism was fading as the formal, state-backed way of integrating society, they put forth socialism as an alternative to a capitalist form of social integration and regulation.

Struggling to serve their material interests and improve their living and working conditions by closing regulatory loopholes and to continue to consolidate and develop their customary rights and trade regulations, and taking their cue in part from socialist intellectuals, French workers also came to frame a new model of political governance and socio-economic organisation: a revolutionary democratic and socialist republic as a federation of organised trades. The rise of socialist republicanism became increasingly clear, for instance, with the canuts insurrection of the 1830s in Lyon, the great Parisian strikes of 1840, and, of course, during the 1848 Revolution.

In 1848, the government was compelled by popular mobilisations to create the Luxembourg Commission, which gathered representatives from all Parisian trades. As contemporary commentators claimed at the time the Commission rapidly became something like a “high court of prud'hommes” acting as sort of moral government of trades reflecting the free wish and express appeal of workers and heads workshops.  The Commission itself declared that it was “transformed incontinently, by the logic of things, into a high court of arbitration and exercises a sort of moral government by the free will and the express call of labourers and heads of establishments”.  Delegates determined the wages and usages that they considered most equitable, and new ones were elaborated, thus consolidating and expanding gains made by workers over previous decades.

Through the activities of the Luxembourg Commission, republican principles penetrated trades more concretely and more deeply than ever before. In the spring of 1848, work was becoming a “public activity”. Workers approached their trade organisations as public institutions and referred to their delegates, whose mandate they democratically controlled, as functionaries.  These developments had the potential to powerfully extend the democratisation of social relations of production initiated in 1789-1791, with the abolition of authoritarian guilds and their replacement by new and more democratic regulatory institutions. While republicanism permeated trades, the federation of trades –where, socialists hoped, cooperative workshops would become the rule – was also foreshadowing a potentially radical reshaping of the republic.

The Second Republic, and its socialist currents, of course, were violently repressed and overthrown. The Second Empire and Third Republic initiated a capitalist transition that led to a re-formation of the French working-class. This re-formation process was accomplished through an intense and unprecedented wave of strikes aimed at preserving and restoring customary regulations of trades and entailed the rise of an increasingly (though never completely) autonomous socialist movement vis-a-vis mainstream republican government parties. The re-formation of the working-class also took place at a time when nationalism and xenophobia were thriving and when the rise of industrial capitalism had a profound impact of social reproduction and gender relations. The latter issues deserve further investigation that should take its cue from the important work of Johanna Brenner and Maria Ramas on capitalism and the oppression of women.[fn]Brenner Johanna and Maria Ramas, 1984, « Rethinking Women’s Oppression », New Left Review, I/144. [/fn]

In your book, you argue that capitalism was imported into France by the state. What role did the consolidation of British industrial capitalism in this importation? How did this importation play itself out?

While liberal state officials had been attempting to implement liberal economic reforms in France – often against the will of merchant-industrialists – since at least the second half of the eighteenth century (efforts had intensified in the wake of the Seven Years’ War defeat to England), a successful capitalist transition finally began under the Second Empire and continued under the Third Republic. The combination of the instituting of a new regime in France, on the one hand, and of the emergence of a new international context, on the other hand, allowed and compelled the French state to initiate this capitalist transition. State actors and French elite remained deeply divided on the need and desirability to support the transition, but pro-capitalist forces finally held sway.

The consolidation of industrial capitalism during the second third of the nineteenth century had allowed the British state to raise unmatched revenues to fund its military without undermining its economic base, while technical innovations also allowed for the mechanisation of warfare. This transformed the international context, precipitating state unification and restructuring processes while ruling classes were compelled to modernise their economies by emulating the English model. Germany, the United States and Japan’s power grew rapidly, and France also had to adapt to this new context in order to maintain its geopolitical standing.

The rise of the Second Empire after the 1851 coup, imposed a personalised quasi-dictatorship that was freer of parliamentary control compared to previous regimes. Under the influence of liberal Saint-Simonian high-ranking public servants, Napoleon III rapidly asserted that an industrial revolution was necessary to consolidate the new regime. Rapid industrial growth would provide means to preserve the nation’s greatness – by successfully keeping at bay the growing military power of foreign ruling classes and their states – and to co-opt the working class – by reducing unemployment and increasing popular consumption.

The Emperor’s government rapidly liberalised the financial sector and actively supported to development investment banking. Yet, even as capital supply improved, capital demand remained limited in the absence of market imperatives that would make profit-maximisation a matter of economic survival and would compel French firms to systematically invest in labour-productivity enhancing technologies. The state consequently committed to building a competitive market by actively directing capital investments toward railroad building. The rapid development of railways, the construction of a national telegraph network, and the concomitant emergence of new commercial and marketing practices, led to the formation of an integrated and competitive economic space over the 1860s and 1870s, which wiped out whole regional industries as guaranteed profits derived from monopolies evaporated.

In parallel, the Emperor’s government used its unrestricted power regarding international trade policies to stimulate the modernisation of the economy by signing a commercial treaty with Britain in 1860 – against strident opposition from French industrialists who denounced a “coup d’État douanier”. This and subsequent commercial treaties with numerous European states exposed French industrial firms to foreign competition. A unified national market was now integrated to, and exposed to the competitive imperatives of, an emerging global capitalist market.

Within this new competitive context, French firms were compelled to seize control over labour processes so as to improve productivity. From the late 1860s, the Cour de cassation – France’s highest court of justice – began, with the Senate’s backing and against occasional opposition from theChambre des députés, to invalidate rulings byprud’hommes council, with the consequence of rapidly eroding customary regulation of artisan and industrial trades. The upshot was the gradual imposition of a new industrial and time discipline across the country.

Using Marx’s concepts, we can say that the subsumption of labour by capital was taking not only a formal but also increasingly a real form in core industrial sectors, as investments and mechanisation increased at an unprecedented pace. This happened because of tighter price competition in the context of the (so-called) long depression of the last third of the nineteenth century, as international integration was growing apace. The average annual growth of horsepower in use in French industry went from 9500 from 1839 to 1869, up to 32,800 from 1871 to 1894, before reaching 73,350 from 1883 to 1903 and 141,800 from 1903 to 1913. Accordingly, the share of industrial investments in total investments reached 38 percent from 1905 to 1913, up from 13 percent from the mid-1840s to the mid-1850s.

This unprecedented acceleration of industrial investments took place at a time when internal consumer demand stagnated. Consequently, these new “capitalistic” (to use François Caron’s phrase) patterns of investments cannot be explained by the pull of market demand. They were in fact fuelled by a qualitative transformation of social property relations.

While growing international demand contributed to the acceleration of French industrialisation from the second half of the 1890s and until World War I, the absence of agrarian capitalism in France implied that the country’s consumer market remained limited, and this considerably slowed down its process of capitalist industrialisation. Exposure to international price competition (and national competition in a newly integrated French market) did have the effect of rapidly eliminating cottage textile production and other forms of ancillary sources of income over the period. This forced growing numbers of poorer peasants that were unable to buy land and that had relied on proto-industrial activities to move to urban centres and to engage exclusively in industrial labour. The process of urbanisation, however, remained slow and limited. This was because, international competition also had the effect of devaluating land and this led many large landlords to shed part of their domains (as they began to increasingly invest in industrial firms), which allowed peasants that could afford it to buy new land and to secure plots that allowed them to be self-sufficient. The upshot was a seclusion of the French peasantry from ongoing economic changes for the rest of the century and well into the twentieth.

The French state and ruling class did not challenge this entrenchment of a large peasantry. The latter class had formed the basis of successive regimes and had often (though not always!) acted as a buffer against a radicalising urban working class. Political leaders, many still attached to a traditional rural France, delayed the transition to agrarian capitalism. Accordingly, they made sure to re-establish relatively higher tariffs on foreign agricultural products from the 1880s and 1890s. A massive French peasantry remained in place well into the twentieth century, and a capitalist transformation of the country’s agriculture induced by purposeful state policies was necessary before France could experience the economic boom of the so-called Trente Glorieuses.[fn]Isett, Christopher, and Stephen Miller 2017, The Social History of Agriculture: From the Origins to the Current Crisis, London/New York: Rowman & Littlefield. [/fn]

Your book concentrates particularly on the period 1750-1914 but slavery and colonialism don’t seem to play a major role in the changes you discuss. In How The West Came to Rule, Alexander Anievas and Kerem Nisancioglu criticise “Political Marxism” for its Eurocentrism – notably by minimising the importance of extra-European sources of wealth in the formation of European capitalism. Does this criticism seem valid to you?

Political Marxism has been accused of Eurocentrism by some but, following Ellen Wood,[fn]This has been brilliantly explained by Ellen Wood : https://solidarity-us.org/atc/92/p993/[/fn] I would argue that it actually offers a deeply powerful response to Western chauvinism while, paradoxically, most anti-Eurocentric theories are based on Eurocentric assumptions. Eurocentrists explains the transition to capitalism in Western Europe by its capacity to remove obstacles to the maturation of commercial activities into modern industrial capitalism; obstacles that remain in place and consequently stall the development of non-Western civilisations. Most anti-Eurocentric responses reverse the argument while sticking to a similar conception of capitalism, claiming that the failure of non-European societies that had reached high level of commercial development – in many cases superior to European societies – to transit toward mature industrial capitalism derives from impediments stemming from Western imperialism. This line of argument assumes that non-Western societies ought to be judged according to their capacity to follow the capitalist path of development trailed before them by Westerners, as if capitalism was the natural order of things. As Wood puts it, there is “no more effective way to puncture the Western sense of superiority than to challenge the triumphalist conviction that the Western path of historical development is the natural and inevitable way of things”, and doing this implies stressing the historical specificity of capitalism.

Anievas and Nisancioglu refuse to work from a clearly defined conception of capitalism as a historically specifically social form and prefer to approach it as “assemblages” or “bundles” of social relations and processes. While their book is stimulating in many ways, this indeterminacy leads to serious theoretical and empirical flaws.[fn]See the excellent review of How the West Came to Rule by Spencer Dimmock for a discussion of these flaws :http://www.historicalmaterialism.org/book-review/eastern-origins-capitalism[/fn] These authors fault political Marxism for its “internalist” perspective, which, they claim, does not allow to factor-in “inter-societal” relations and the contribution of colonial plunder to the emergence of European capitalism. Anevias and Nisancioglu put forth an alternative explanation of the origins of capitalism using the notion of uneven and combined development as their central explanatory concept.

As first major problem with this perspective is that it is anachronistic.[fn]Post, Charles, 2018, « The Use and Misuse of Uneven and Combined Development : A Critique of Anevias and Nişancıoğlu », Historical Materialism, Vol. 26 (3); Rioux, Sébastien, 2015, « Mind the (Theoretical) Gap: On the Poverty of International Relations Theorising of Uneven and Combined Development »,Global Society, Vol. 29 (4), p. 481-509. [/fn] While states did try to emulate the best military and administrative practices of other states, geopolitical interaction before capitalism reproduced and deepened uneven development – there was no combined development of sustained economic growth because such economic dynamics where nowhere to be found. It was the consolidation of industrial capitalism in England that initiated uneven and combined patterns of global development, as non-capitalist ruling classes were forced to adopt capitalist social relations and patterns of industrialisation, and did so with uneven success.

Moreover, the accusation of “internalism” placed against political Marxists is unwarranted. Recall that our conception of historical materialism revolves around the concept of social property relation (or mode of exploitive production) that always encompasses vertical relations of class exploitation between exploiters and direct producers and horizontal relations (of competition or cooperation) between members of social classes. Both dimensions of class relations are given equal explanatory weight, and horizontal relations always involve a given logic of inter-societal interaction and competition between ruling classes and their states, including war, trade, and colonial efforts.

This means that dynamics deriving from the rules of reproduction of a set of social property relations (or, to put it differently, the “laws of motion” of a mode of exploitative production) within a given state (or several states) can transform the logic of international relations – and the logic of colonisation/imperialism – in a given historical period.  Conversely, it also means that the effects on international relations are always “filtered” by the social property relations and balances of power between and within classes in a given society.

Whether or not slave labour exploited in colonies contributed to the development of capitalism in different European states depends on the dialectics between international dynamics and the social property relations in place within given countries. European colonial ventures followed distinct logics. The English colonial Empire was the product of the dynamics of agrarian capitalism, which fuelled rapid population growth and thus settler colonialism aimed at reproducing capitalist property tenure abroad, while also creating a mass domestic market serving as an outlet for exotic goods like coffee, tobacco and sugar. Rapid industrialisation subsequently fuelled cotton production in the colonies. While the exploitation of these resources did not cause the emergence of capitalism in England, it did greatly contribute to its development, just like the industrial revolution of the metropolitan economy also stimulated the rise of cotton production in the American South. Colonial planters benefited from metropolitan demand, and profits derived from slave labour were reinvested “productively” in England were capitalist social property relations compelled firms to maximise profits, increase productivity, and develop productive forces to stay afloat.[fn]Blackburn, Robin, 2010 [1997], The Making of New World Slavery: From the Baroque to the Modern, Verso, 1997 ; Post, Charles, 2017, « Slavery and the New History of Capitalism », Vol. 1 (1). [/fn]

The colonial empires of Spain, Portugal, Holland and France, however, were variations of a continuity of a feudal-absolutist logic of expansion.[fn]Wood, Ellen Meiksins, 2003, The Empire of Capital, Verso. [/fn] Monarchs sponsored colonial ventures to secure economic resources they could not amass at home thus projecting on the Atlantic world (and beyond) the international political-military competition that persisted among the non-capitalist ruling classes of the European continent.[fn]Post 2017, p. 181. [/fn] Much of the trade and colonisation was undertaken by state-sanctioned merchant companies that enjoyed monopolies over slave trade and other imports and exports. As a rule, the wealth violently extracted from colonies was spent on feudal-absolutist pursuits, mostly on war, empire building and the conspicuous consumption of ruling classes, not as capitalist investments.

The colonisation of the English Caribbean and North America was undertaken by “new merchants”, as opposed “company merchants”.[fn]Brenner, Robert, 2003, Merchants and Revolution, Verso. [/fn] Because merchants could seize land from planters, the latter were market dependent and subjected to competitive imperatives. The French colonisation of Caribbean islands was actually also largely assumed by independent entrepreneur that partially escaped royal monopolies. Yet, laws forbade the seizure of the planters’ land and slaves to cover debts and competitive constraints remained absent in this case.[fn]Blackburn 2010, p. 444-445. [/fn] Consequently, while French planters violently extracted great wealth exploiting slave labour in Saint-Domingue, Martinique and Guadeloupe their enterprises do not appear to have been capitalist.

In any case, it is clear that the great wealth extracted by French planters committing atrocities in Caribbean colonies did not contribute to capitalist industrialisation in France. France did not have a mass consumer market, and French Caribbean sugar plantations and mills produced the finest white sugar, which was for the most part re-exported by French merchants as luxury products on European markets, where it was consumed by members of upper classes. There was no price competition, and profits were largely canalised toward the conspicuous consumption of notables.

A substantial portion of French economic growth over the eighteenth century was due to rising foreign trade, which quadrupled from 1716 to 1788, in good part due to the development Atlantic commerce, especially with Saint-Domingue. This trade, however, scarcely contributed to industrial modernisation, and involved mainly foodstuffs. France mostly traded wheat and wine with its Antillean colonies in exchange for sugar and coffee, 60 to 80 percent of which was re-exported.

Colonial trade did propel the swift development of proto-industrial enclaves around port cities such as Bordeaux and Nantes, but France’s external and domestic economies remained very poorly integrated and only a very limited portion of commercial capital engaged in colonial ventures was rechannelled as investments into the metropolitan economy.[fn]Tarrade, Jean 1972, Le commerce colonial de la France à la fin de l’Ancien Régime: l’évolution du régime de l’exclusif de 1763 à 1789, Paris: Presses universitaires de France. [/fn] The percentage of manufactured goods in total French exports scarcely altered across the eighteenth century whereas the percentage of manufacturing import rose significantly. Meanwhile, Britain mainly imported raw materials and the rising productivity of its industrial sector allowed for rising manufacturing exports.[fn]Jones, P. M. 1995, Reform and Revolution in France. The Politics of Transition, 1774–1791, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, p. 99-100. [/fn] Silvia Marzagalli explains that “colonial imports only gave modest stimulus to the French economy as a whole, in contrast to the British economy characterized by the importance of exporting manufactures. The growth of French overseas trade, with its strong colonial component, did not on the whole benefit the rest of the French economy, and was a sort of “bubble” depending on special conditions laid down for a time by the French state”.[fn]Marzagalli, Silvia 2012, ‘Commerce’, in The Oxford Handbook of the Ancien Régime, edited by William Doyle, Oxford: Oxford University Press, p. 262. [/fn] The loss of Saint-Domingue and British hegemony over the Atlantic from the early 1790s led to the collapse of France’s trade with its colonies and of much of the industrial activities that depended on it, and the overwhelming superiority of British trade with the Americas continued during the nineteenth century.

As summarised by Crouzet, the expansion of the French economy over the eighteenth century – during which the development of its slave colonies reached its apex – “took place in a framework that, in its organisational aspects and in terms of methods, remained very much traditional […] On the eve of the Revolution, the French economy was not fundamentally different than what it had been under Louis XIV: it only produced more.”[fn]Crouzet, François 1966, ‘Angleterre et France au XVIIIe siècle : essai d’analyse comparée de deux croissances économiques’, Annales. Économies, Sociétés, Civilisations, 21 (2): 254–91, p. 271-272 (my translation). [/fn]

During the Second Empire, as I explained earlier, the French industrial sector began a capitalist transformation. This transition began just before the rapid growth and consolidation of much of the French colonial empire in Africa and Indochina. Protected colonial markets like the Algerian market, where colonisation began in 1830 and was completed by the end of the 1850s, actually served for a while as a rampart against international competition – and thus against the constraints of capitalist restructuring – for French industrial firms, even after the signature of commercial treaties from 1860.

Having said this, it is also crucial to underline that, during the last third of the nineteenth century, the emergence of capitalism in France transformed the nature of its colonial endeavours, as has been shown by works such as Martin J. Murray’s on capitalist development in French Indochina from the 1870s.[fn]Murray, Martin J. 1980, The Development of Capitalism in Colonial Indochina (1870-1940), University of California Press. [/fn] Murray exposes the way in which French capitalist firms, supported by the colonial administration, engaged in efforts of “outward expansion of the capitalist production and circulation processes”.[fn]Murray 1980, p. 5. [/fn] These efforts led to differentiated patterns of development in different regions of French Indochina, and lead to processes of “primitive accumulation” at the initiative of French capital, which put in place rubber plantations exploiting dispossessed wage-labour in Cochinchina and South Annam. The aim of metropolitan capitalist enterprises was to extract natural resources out of the colonies while “organizing the capitalist labor process in such a manner that unit costs remained sufficiently lower than the prices which could be obtained on the world market, thereby guaranteeing at least normal rates of proft”.[fn]Murray 1980, p. 256. [/fn] The dynamics of market competition and of labour subsumption that had taken root in the metropolitan France were now operating within colonies.

We need to rethink the history of the French colonial Empire that was consolidated around the turn of the twentieth century in a way that will allow us to assess the impact of the transition to industrial capitalism on colonising processes and to reconsider the impact of these processes on French capitalist development into the twentieth century.

A Philosophy of Revolutionary Practice: The first two theses on Feuerbach [1977]

Jairus Banaji

The tract published below was written in India early in 1977, during the final months of the Emergency when theoretical work was a more or less enforced necessity, given that most practical activity had ceased. (A study that some of us did many years later showed that the massive strike wave of 1973–74 was flattened under the Emergency.) The essay was written as part of debates that had been ongoing for at least a year or more between comrades in Bombay, Delhi and Bangalore, and written as part of a transition in the life of their connected groupings from a strictly Leninist phase, when those of us in Bombay had called ourselves the “Revolutionary Bolshevik Circle”, to a phase when we began to refer ourselves as “the Platform Group” or “Platform Tendency”. The RBC had engaged in intense theoretical study and discussion, with the vague long-term aim of building a “party”. When this aim was finally given up, we had to look for more viable modes of political work, gravitating, inexorably, to the vast industrial areas of Bombay and Bangalore. Notions like the workers’ enquiry, “alternative” plans, and socially useful production became more meaningful than sectarian ideas of party-building, if only because they offered avenues to working with workers and unions that were more transparent and more immediately practical. One result of this phase of political reorientation was the Union Research Group (URG) which emerged from the end of the seventies and lasted for about ten years, after working with and helping to coordinate a very wide range of unions in the Bombay industrial areas. But this transition in perspectives never involved any attempt to move away from theory, on the contrary there was a very substantial production of theoretical work in areas like Marx’s crisis theory, the best Marxist understandings of fascism, domestic labour and the reproduction of capital, workers, unions and the more radical forms taken by the workers’ movement historically, Western Marxism, etc. As the essay itself shows, we read widely and wherever possible sought out literature in French and German which could be translated into English and discussed more widely. The essay itself attempted to argue that the relationship between theory and practice had to be rethought and mediated through some conception of how workers acquire a sense of themselves as making their own history and as bearers of a (still unfulfilled) historical mission, viz. that of emancipating humanity from the bondage of capitalism. 

May 2020

***

Theory is capable of gripping the masses as soon as it demonstrates ad hominem, and it demonstrates ad hominem as soon as it becomes radical. To be radical is to grasp things by the root. But for man the root is man himself.”

(Marx)

“I think that anyone’s political ideas … must be rooted ultimately in some concept of human nature and human needs. Now my own feeling is that the fundamental human capacity is the capacity and the need for creative self-expression.”

(Chomsky)

“Our differences are on subjects of some importance. The question at issue is whether the soul itself is entirely void, like a tablet where on nothing yet has been written … and everything marked on it comes solely from the senses and from experience, or whether the soul contains originally the principles of various notions and doctrines, which external objects simply recall from time to time, as is my view and that of Plato.”

(Leibniz)

“The truth of the hypothesis on the other hand lies in its perceiving that in the process of development the notion keeps to itself. It is this nature of the notion this manifestation of itself in its process as a development of its own self—which is chiefly in view with those who speak of innate ideas, or who, like Plato, describe all learning merely as recollection.”   

(Hegel)

       “This Platonistic element in Humboldt’s thought is a pervasive one.”

(Chomsky)                                                                                                                  

       “We must look upon language not as a lifeless product but far more as a generative activity (eine Erzeugung)”

(von Humboldt)

       “The chief defect of all hitherto existing materialism—that of Feuerbach included—is that the thing, reality, sensuousness, are conceived only in the form of the object, or of contemplation, but not as human sensuous activity, practice (praxis), not subjectively.”

(Marx)

“The active creation of humanity has no other end than humanity itself. For humanity does not proceed outside itself while it is creating, nor does it produce anything new. Rather does it know that everything it creates by unfolding was already within it.”   

(Nicholas of Cusa)

“The practical creation of an objective world … is proof that man is a conscious species-being… Man produces even when he is free from physical need and truly produces only in freedom from such need… In the same way as estranged labour reduces spontaneous and free activity to a means, it makes man’s species-life a means of his physical existence.”

(Marx)

       “Practical philosophy, or, more accurately, the philosophy of praxis … this is the future fate of philosophy in general.”

 (von Cieszkowski)

Introduction

Introducing the second edition of Ludwig Feuerbach and the End of Classical German Philosophy, Engels writes, in 1888, “In an old notebook of Marx’s I have found the eleven theses on Feuerbach… These are notes hurriedly scribbled for further elaboration, absolutely not intended for publication, but invaluable as the first document in which is deposited the brilliant germ of the new world outlook”.1 By “outlook” Engels meant, of course, what Lenin will later call the “hypothesis” of “materialism in history”. The function of the Theses is thus determined. They lay the basis for the constitution of Marxism as a “scientific sociology”.2This line of thought stretches from Lenin, through Adler, into Bukharin. Adler will put it very well. Marx realises the programme of Comte, or what Comte’s Positivism announces as a programme becomes, in Marx, a perfect science.3Despite its greater sophistication, Adler’s conception is substantially the same as the one Bukharin will propose later. Historical materialism, Bukharin says, is the general theory of society and of the laws of its evolution. It is sociology.4The Theses signal this turn. “Dissatisfied with philosophy, (Marx) throws himself into the hands of positive knowledge”.5

        The resistance that this conception will later encounter, in Gramsci, Lukács, Korsch, is too well known to recapitulate here. The conception of Marxism as sociology disintegrates the dialectic. And this line of thought stretches from the young Lukács into Sartre. Colletti will stand somewhere in between. There are “two aspects” in Marx, he says. “That of the scientist and that of the philosopher”.6And all this then sounds very much like the efforts of Fichte, Schelling and late 19th century neo-Kantianism to overcome the dualism that permeated, infected and destroyed Kant’s system.

There is another reflection of this same fundamental ambiguity. How did Marx’s ideas evolve? There is, first, the thesis of continuism. The theory of alienation is then an early prefiguration of the notion of abstract labour. In this development, Marx only abandons the speculative dross of his “early” writings. Or, second, there is a thesis of rupture. Marx in 1844 has still to establish his entry into the domain of Science. The Marx who has forced this entry cares nothing for his youthful mysticism. Obviously, Colletti and Althusser represent these alternative conceptions, with different degrees of emphasis.

But the “ideas” of Karl Marx evolved in a more subtle and complex way, as, indeed, most “ideas” do. In this essay, I do not propose to enter into any of these disputes directly. Instead I propose to concentrate on a certain phase in Marx’s development which can be dated, quite precisely, to the short period that intervenes between the summer of 1844 and the spring of 1845.

The concentration of interest on this period specifically arises in the following way. An earlier attempt to determine the thoroughly “rationalist” content of Marx’s method from the Grundrisse on led into a short critique of Colletti.7 This argued that Colletti simply restated Marx’s critique of Hegel in empiricist terms. The effort, made afterwards, to trace the roots of Colletti’s diluted and implicit empiricism led back to Della Volpe. In Della Volpe, a new dimension of “Western Marxism” became immediately apparent. The critique of Hegel proceeded there in a manner that was astonishingly close to the general positivist critique of “metaphysics”. How was such a “coincidence” possible? Was it a coincidence at all?

        And how to account for the fact that the only element of continuity in Marxists otherwise as opposed to each other on practically everything else, as Althusser, Timpanaro, and Colletti,8 was their common obsession with and hostility towards “Hegelianism”? By the sixties, there were no “Hegelian” Marxists left any longer. The Frankfurt School had disintegrated long before that, degenerating from its earlier “philosophical” interests into “critical sociology”. The anti-positivising opposition of this period would go back much more emphatically to Husserl and Phenomenology than to Hegel and Rationalism. So, how could one account for the regroupment of Althusser and Timpanaro, otherwise so opposed, on a common platform? The answer, it seems, lay in the deeper concern with materialism itself.

This raises the more general question of why a “philosophical” tradition or outlook is at all important to the Marxist movement. Why should it not proclaim pragmatism as its philosophy?

Thus initially, or methodologically, the purpose of looking for a “philosophical” legacy that Marx leaves to us is to find some basis in terms of which the esoteric history of the Marxist tradition becomes comprehensible. Precisely this, after all, was the task that Marx undertook vis-à-vis Hegel’s system, and as early as his doctoral dissertation.

Of course, a settling of accounts with the earlier generations of the Marxist movement is a vastly more complicated process, and one that presupposes other, more fundamental points of departure. But the abstract or philosophical moments of this critique are still essential. Take Marx himself. If, in The Holy Family, he traces the philosophical ancestry of the workers’ movement back to Locke’s empiricism, then this reflects, to him, not some arbitrary or whimsical presupposition. In Locke’sEssay, Marx sees a book that “systematized and theoretically substantiated the life-practice of that time”. Philosophy is seen here as a mediation between the “life-practice” of society in one epoch and the growth and development of the socialist movement in another.

This essay itself suggests no response to any of the questions raised above.

“Metaphysics will be defeated forever”

The pages in which Marx and Engels establish this philosophical genealogy for the socialist movement are among the most important they ever wrote.

In Chapter 6 of The Holy Family, they say,

“The French Enlightenment of the 18th century and in particular French materialism was … just as much anopen,clearly expressed struggle againstthe metaphysics of the 17th century, and against all metaphysics, in particular that of Descartes, Malebranche, Spinoza and Leibniz… Seventeenth centurymetaphysics, driven from the field by theFrench Enlightenment, notably, by French materialism of the eighteenthcentury, experienced avictorious and substantial [gehaltvolle] restoration in German philosophy, particularly in thespeculative German philosophy of the nineteenthcentury”.

Thus a “metaphysics”, and meaning here mainly the tradition of classical rationalism, driven into retreat by French materialism, restores itself in an even “weightier” form in the tradition that Hegel will finally bind together. Or, 17th century classical rationalism restores itself in 19th century German idealism. But,

“After Hegel linked it together in a masterly fashion with all subsequent metaphysics … the attack on theology again corresponded, as in the eighteenth century, to an attack onspeculative metaphysics andmetaphysics in general.” (All italics theirs)

That is to say, Feuerbach’s critique of Hegel has renovated the anti-metaphysical, or anti-rationalist, drive of the 18th century. And now (1844), given this historic renovation of the tasks of the Enlightenment, “metaphysics”

“will be defeated for ever by materialism, which has now been perfected by the work ofspeculation itself and coincides withhumanism”.

That is, Feuerbach’s materialism is not just the abstract mechanical materialism of the 18th century, it has absorbed elements from the tradition of “idealism” itself, and thereby “perfected” itself. This materialism, Feuerbach’s, is a humanism, and it will defeat “metaphysics” forever.

The paragraphs that follow deepen the conception of materialism itself by drawing out its historical ingredients in a more explicit way.

“There are two trends inFrench materialism; one traces its origin toDescartes, the other toLocke. The latter ismainly aFrench development and leads directly tosocialism”.9

The empiricism of Locke, “civilized” and thus modified by the materialism of the Enlightenment, forms the philosophical starting-point of the socialist movement. Or, the socialist movement traces its philosophical outlook back to the fusion of the “worldly” materialism of the French and the “common-sense” empiricism of the English.

Before we come back to this text, take a look at the central point that this “common-sense” empiricism makes in the person of Locke, at the very start of his “long awaited” Essay. Locke spends almost the whole of book one attacking the theory that human beings are born with “innate ideas”. More specifically, he wants to attack the notion that there are certain rational dispositions or capacities or structures that humans are born with, and that only these dispositions or capacities or structures can account for the disparity between their “knowledge” and their “experience”. Now, Locke himself can really only begin to tackle this thesis by first reducing it to the thesis that “therefore” in the production of “knowledge” experience plays no role at all. But finishing his polemic, Locke writes, “Let us then suppose the mind to be…white paper, void of all characters, without any ideas”, that is, without any rational dispositions or powers.

“How comes it to be furnished?... Whence has it all the materials of reason and knowledge?”

Or, if there are no rational dispositions of any sort given prior to experience, how is knowledge possible?

“To this I answer in one word, from Experience. In that all our knowledge is founded, and from that it ultimately derives itself… This great source of most of the ideas we have, depending wholly upon our senses, and derived by them to the understanding, I call “sensation”.10

Thus, Marx and Engels are saying that sensationalism, or Lockean empiricism, forms a basic ingredient of the socialist movement. As against which, Locke’s contemporary Leibniz, steeped in the “metaphysical” (that is, rationalist) tradition then dominant but later in retreat, presents the theory of “innate ideas” as most classical rationalists from Descartes on actually understood and argued it;

“The question at issue is whether the soul itself is entirely void, like a tablet whereon nothing has yet been written” or like Locke’s blank paper, or Holbach’s wax, “and everything marked on it comes solely from the senses and from experience, or whether the soul contains originally…principles…which external objects simply recall from time to time, as is my view and that of Plato”.

That of Plato, for he said, “all learning is merely a recollection” of what we already “know”. That is to say, experience is indeed indispensable in the production of knowledge, but it cannot by itself give rise to any knowledge. As Leibniz will say,

“The senses, although they are necessary for all our actual knowledge, are not sufficient to give us the whole of it, since the senses never give anything but instances, that is, particular or individual truths”.[11]11

Leibniz alludes here to something I shall come to in a moment. But let me repeat, or summarise in advance, the content of the argument that will follow. If it is indeed “humanism” that is to defeat “metaphysics”, then this must be a doctrine or a theory that makes some assumptions about human nature. Or, humanism will make no sense if it has no conception of what specifically makes human nature human and not simply natural. But, already implicit in the two rival conceptions of the “problem of knowledge”, that of Locke and that of Leibniz, are two entirely opposed conceptions of human nature. And one of these, the doctrine of Leibniz and classical rationalism, ascribes to humans certain rational dispositions, or powers, or faculties, or principles which, they say, can alone account for human intelligence or knowledge. According to this view, human nature is rational nature, nature that is specifically human by virtue of that element of “spontaneity” or “creativity” that we shall call reason. (Thus, throughout this essay, “reason” is understood as the set of all those dispositions and powers that the classical tradition called “innate ideas”.)

Now this precisely is not the view that either Marx or Engels accept, at least not in 1844. Rather, asThe Holy Family suggests in unmistakable terms, the conceptions of “knowledge” and of human nature in general developed there belong very much to the empiricist tradition. Later, I shall argue that theTheses on Feuerbach signal, however implicitly, a shift away from this position; that they propose a theory of knowledge in which the conception of human nature comes closer to the rationalist tradition in the same movement of thought that enables Marx, on the other hand, to supersede the epistemologies of both classical rationalism and classical empiricism. The notion of practice will dialecticise the opposition of “idealism” and “materialism”.

To return to Leibniz; in his reply to  Locke, he already alludes to the latent defect of all empiricist theories of knowledge. “The senses never give anything but instances”, he says. The inexorable logic of Lockean empiricism is Humean scepticism. From that point, it will bifurcate either into “personalist” and religious conceptions of “truth” (e.g. Kierkegaard and later existentialism) or into the conventionalist or pragmatist notions of “truth”. All empiricism, pursued consistently, must arrive at one or other of these three tendencies.

The Renaissance, despite its own philosophical nuances, shared an “ideal of rational certitude” in common. It shared in common the conception that our knowledge of the world can be, or ought to strive to be, a knowledge founded on certainty. Whether, with Hobbes, one espoused a geometricist notion of the procedures of rational thought, or, with Bacon, imparted to the process of knowledge a generalising or inductivist structure; whether with Leonardo you believed that experience is the “mother of all certitude”, or, with Galileo, one identified “real” being with “mathematical being”—knowledge itself was defined, normatively, by the goal of certitude. Thus, whatever their general philosophical inclinations, Aristotelian or Platonist, or their conceptions of the proper “method” of reasoning, they all “agreed that in any case the methods of modern science are such as to ensure that the conclusions it yields shall have about them nothing merely tentative, hypothetical or problematic”.12

But, with the triumphal march of empiricism initiated by Locke and Newton, this Renaissance ideal was quickly, and often only silently, abandoned.

The Renaissance itself had foreseen this inevitable tendency of all thorough-going empiricism. In the Aristotelian-empiricist notion of knowledge, Juan Luis Vives argued, “all universal principles are derived by us from particulars. Since these particulars are infinite in number, we cannot enumerate them all; but if one individual is lacking, the universal is not established”. And, from this, Vives concluded that there is therefore simply no solid foundation for a “demonstrative” science of nature.13

The problem foreshadowed by Vives or Leibniz bears the name of the problem of induction. It was a problem that led Bacon to rework the whole method of induction on what he thought were more sophisticated foundations, foundations that rejected immediate sense-observations and turned, instead, to experimentally-mediated observation as the real starting-point of knowledge. For the method of induction by simple enumeration produces

“conclusions that are precarious and exposed to peril from a contradictory instance; and it generally decides on too small number of facts and on those which are at hand”.14

It was a problem that led Hume to develop this underlying defect of empiricism into radical scepticism. For, “even after the observation of the frequent or constant conjunction of objects, we have no reason to draw any inference concerning any object beyond those of which we have had experience”.15 It was a problem which, in the form in which Hume left it, inspired Kant to write the Critique of Pure Reason, in order to secure solid epistemological foundations for our knowledge of the world. Hume “gave himself up entirely to Scepticism – a natural consequence, after having discovered, as he thought, that the faculty of cognition was not trustworthy”.

In his preface to the Prolegomena to any Future Metaphysics Kant wrote,

In order to do justice to the problem, however, the opponents of this celebrated man (Hume) would have had to penetrate very deeply into the nature of reason so far as it is occupied solely with pure thought, something that did not suit them”. 

“I openly confess my recollection of David Hume was the very thing which many years ago first interrupted my dogmatic slumber and gave my investigations… a new direction”.16

This “direction” would lead Kant to show, in his First Critique, that the very constitution of “experience” requires the intervention of “pure”, or a priori, principles of sensibility and the understanding. Finally, the same problem led to the disintegration and collapse of cognitive justificationism, of the view that knowledge is cognitively proven knowledge, and to the birth, early this century, of Poincaré’s conventionalism, Reichenbach’s probabilism, and Popper’s fallibilism, in short to the various modern bourgeois philosophies of science.

 

Sensationalism as an ingredient of Feuerbach’s ontological empiricism

By contrast, there is probably not a single passage in the whole corpus of his writing where Marx ever directly criticises the ideal of rational certitude, much less accepts a scepticist notion of our knowledge of the world. But, if Marx did endorse, to whatever degree, Locke’s conception of knowledge without ever consistently following through its epistemological implications, then this is so because he accepted empiricism, initially, not for its theory of knowledge at all, but at an entirely different level.

In the short history of philosophy that he and Engels present in The Holy Family, a heavy sense of contemporaneity dominates. In the attack launched by 18th century materialism on 17th century “metaphysics”, they see only a prefiguration of the attack that Feuerbach himself initiates in 1841 withDas Wesen des Christentums. It is Feuerbach’s image that stands in the background of their historical stage.

“Philosophy was counterposed to metaphysics, just as Feuerbach in his first resolute attack on Hegel, counterposedsober philosophy todrunken speculation”.

Again,

“But just as Feuerbach is the representative ofmaterialism that coincides withhumanism in thetheoretical domain”, and again, “But who revealed the mystery of the “system”? Feuerbach. Who annihilated the dialectic of concepts…?Feuerbach. Who substituted for the for the old lumber and for “infinite self-consciousness”…“Man”?Feuerbach, and onlyFeuerbach.”

That this fairly deep admiration for Feuerbach was not due simply to Engels or his collaboration with Marx is obvious if we glance, for a moment, at the Manuscripts that Marx had just finished writing before he worked with Engels onThe Holy Family. There he says,

“Feuerbach’s writings are the only works since Hegel… to contain a genuine theoretical revolution”.17

So, when, prophetically enough, as we shall see, they announced the final “defeat” of “metaphysics in general” at the hands of materialism, they announced the renovation, in Feuerbach, of the combined assault delivered much earlier by materialism on one side, empiricism on the other. They announced Feuerbach’s own programme:

“Philosophy has to begin not with itself, but with its antithesis, with non-philosophy. This is our internal essence, which is ‘unphilosophical’, absolutely anti-scholastic and distinct from thought. This is the principle of Sensualism”.18

To the abstract, semi-theological rationalism that Feuerbach sees in Hegel, he counterposes, in this principle of Sensualism, a sort of Lebensphilosophie that he callsUnphilosophie. This “unphilosophical” philosophy proceeds “from the truth and essentiality of the senses”. Reality, truth, require no mediation, says Feuerbach:

“Only that is true…which needs no proof, immediately speaks for itself and carries conviction”.

But,

“Hegelian philosophy lacks immediate unity, immediate certainty, immediate truth”.

Beyond this sphere of immediacy, of the truth or the reality that is given to us in our experience of the world, in Sinnlichkeit,

“Man has no idea, no conception, of any other reality”.19

Marx and Engels announced the victory of this “materialism” prophetically enough. For what Feuerbach said was then said again in different ways, by Kierkegaard on one side, defending Subjectivity, Faith, Passion, Lived Experience, and by Mach on the other. What Marx and Engels witnessed early in the 1840s was only the first of a whole series of attacks on “abstract” rationalism that will gain in polemical intensity only later, towards the closing years of Marx’s own life.

Feuerbach’s critique of Hegel, to start with, was roughly contemporary with the efforts of Whewell and Mill to reargue the method of “eliminative induction”, or with Rankine’s own methodological anticipation of the later Positivist “philosophies” of science, and it preceded by barely twenty years the philosophical manifesto of positivism in Comte, or the fusion of positivism with natural science in Mach.20 If we then survey the whole 19th century from Herschel down to Poincaré we must definitely conclude that if the 17th century was a century of “metaphysics” and the 18th a century of “materialism”, thenthis 19th century was a century of empiricism.

And no longer the simple, uninvolved, dogmatic empiricism of the classical period, but a more complex, splintered, ramified empiricism, branching out from the narrow concerns of “epistemology” into fields left uncultivated by its classical predecessors.

Feuerbach himself is a case in point. Against “metaphysics in general” he opposes nothing so narrow or so circumscribed as a mere theory of knowledge (Locke, Hume), or a mere “methodology” (Whewell, Mill, Jevons) or a mere “philosophy of science” (Mach, Duhem). His opposition is more in the grand style of his own country, more “metaphysical”, so to speak. In sum, Feuerbach’s sensualism is not just empiricism pure and simple, it is an ontological empiricism, and it is this that accounts for the prima facie appearance that the concerns of Marx in 1843 and 1844 have little to do with empiricism as such, or that Marx’s thought had already moved into a sphere of its own.

It hardly needs to be established at length that Marx, like Hess and so many of the young Hegelians, was powerfully affected by Feuerbach’s sensualism. Marx’s early critique of Hegel was substantially only an elaboration ofmotifs that were central to Feuerbach’s own critique. This holds particularly for those themes or ideas in this critique that are today publicised (by Colletti and others) as specifically “Marxian”. Take the notion, brought back into focus by Della Volpe, that Hegel’s idealism depends crucially on a subject-predicate inversion and on the associated hypostatisation of the predicate. Already in theLectures on the Essence of Religion this motif is argued as follows,

“Man separates in thought the predicate from the substantive [i.e. from the subject in its traditional Aristotelian conception – JB], the property from the essence… And the metaphysical God is nothing but the compendium, the totality of the most general properties extracted from nature which, however, man … reconverts into an independent subject or being”.

Again,

“In religious ideas we have examples of how in general man converts this subjective into the objective, that is to say, he makes that which exists only in his thought, conception, imagination into something existing outside thought, conception, imagination”.21

Apart from this specific criticism, there is the general “humanism” that underlies it.

“The new philosophy makes human beings … into the sole, the universal, and the highest object of philosophy. It therefore makes anthropology, including physiology, into the universal science,”22

– a theme that runs through the whole of Marx’s Manuscripts.

Now I want to argue that it was precisely the ontological depth of Feuerbach’s empiricism that attracted Marx and Engels. In contrast to classical empiricism, Feuerbach was no longer mainly interested in a problem of knowledge; and in contrast to the earlier “natural-scientific” materialism, his ontology was one centred in a fundamental way on the relation of man to nature. It is true that the revived physiological materialism of Büchner and others drew a part of its inspiration from Feuerbach himself,23but Feuerbach would not accept this connection.24

Engels later describes the nature of the attraction that Feuerbach exerted on himself and Marx:

“Then came Feuerbach’s Essence of Christianity. With one blow it pulverized the contradiction [of Hegelianism – JB]… Nature exists independently of all philosophy. It is the foundation upon which we human beings, ourselves products of nature, have grown up. Nothing exists outside nature and man,” adding, “Enthusiasm was general;we all became at once Feuerbachians. How enthusiastically Marx greeted the new conception and how much … he was influenced by it, one may read inThe Holy Family”.25

But one could not simply absorb an ontology of the sort that Engels here describes, not even of the crudest sort represented by Büchner, Vogt and so on, without making some assumptions in the process about the “problem of knowledge”. So, it is worth looking a bit more closely at Feuerbach’s legacy.

Precisely because of its flaccid, ontological character, Feuerbach’s empiricism was far less precise, far more ambiguous or fluid, than the empiricism of Locke and the classical tradition. To start with, this fluidity was apparent in the very terms that were used to characterise the new “system” of philosophy. Feuerbach’s sensualism could just as well have been called his realism, or his realism his empiricism, or his empiricism his materialism, or his materialism his naturalism, or his naturalism his humanism. Whereas Marx accepted the Feuerbachian ontology mainly as a “consistent humanism or naturalism”, the later Marxist tradition, and this includes Engels, would see in Feuerbach mainly, or above all, a materialist.26

But, secondly, this fluidity only underlined another, deeper characteristic of Feuerbach’s system. His renovation of the 18th century attack pushed into the background precisely those themes that had distinguished or even defined classical empiricism. It reversed the traditional order of priorities of the classical empiricists. The latter, mainly concerned with the problem of knowledge, would leave the task of elaborating an ontology consistent with their empiricist epistemological positions to the much later tradition, in our own century, of logical atomism. By contrast, Feuerbach showed practically no concern with that problem. But definite epistemological assumptions were incorporated in Feuerbach’s sensualism. For,

“only thought which determines and rectifies itself by means of sense-perception is real, objective thought”.27

His critique of Kant likewise proceeds from the idea that the “objectivity” of thought, or “truth”, derives from our perceptions of the world:

“(for Kant) the objects of the senses are for the mind only phenomena, and not truth…What a contradiction, to sever truth from reality and reality from truth”.28

Expounding Feuerbach, and agreeing with him in this regard, Engels writes,

“the material, sensuously perceptible world to which we ourselves belong is the only reality”.

And Lenin,

“Feuerbach advocates objective sensationalism, i.e., materialism”.29

So, a philosophically implicit and unaggressive epistemological empiricism was one of the ingredients in Feuerbach’s many-sided legacy. And this is what accounts for the traces of an empiricist conception of knowledge in Marx, around 1844. It accounts for the fact that they are only traces, only implicit, sporadic, never consistently developed or reintegrated into the rest of his thought, and for the fact that they are traces of empiricism. So, in theManuscripts he writes,

Sense perception (see Feuerbach) must be the basis of all science. Only when science starts out from sense-perception … is itreal science”.30

And the Holy Family, following a month later, is more explicit. Here, Marx takes it for granted that

“Man draws all his knowledge, sensation etc., from the world of the senses and the experience gained in it”.31

Here, he praises Bacon as the “real progenitor of all modern experimental science”, for whom,

“Physics based upon sense-perception is the chiefest part of natural philosophy … According to him (sc. Bacon)”

But this is simply incorrect,32

“the senses are infallible and thesource of all knowledge. All science is based onexperience, and consists in subjecting the data furnished by the senses to arational method of investigation”.

This “rational method” is simply the method of induction itself.

“Induction, analysis, comparison, observation, experiment are the principal forms of such a rational method”.33

Here he criticises Hobbes for “systematising” Bacon’s materialism (which, of course, he never did),

“without however furnishing a proof of Bacon’s fundamental principle, the origin of all human knowledge and ideas from the world of sensation”.

Rather,

“It was Locke who, in hisEssay on the Human Understanding, supplied this proof”.34

As if all this is not enough, Marx and Engels then go on to endorse a conception of human nature for which

“not only the soul, but the Senses too, not only the art of creating ideas, but also the art of sensuous perception, are matters of experience andhabit”.

And from this it follows, quite consistently, that

“the whole development of Man therefore depends on education andexternal circumstances”.35

One consequence of accepting such a view is the fact that when, in the Manuscripts, Marx attempts to define human nature, he will fail.

Before we come to that, however, we should take up the cycle inaugurated by Feuerbach, but at a phase closer to the closing years of Marx’s life-time. The explicit recovery of the merely underlying or implicit moment of ”epistemologism” in the renovated empiricism of the 19th century comes only with Mach.

Mach’s critique of “metaphysics”, the late 19th century inauguration of the positivist reaction that extends all the way down to the Vienna Circle, coincides in a remarkable way with Feuerbach’s. Both Feuerbach and Mach share the same conception of “metaphysics” as an illusion of knowledge, a deception of the human spirit, a thinly disguised form of theology.36

        More specifically, the notion of “hypostatisation”, central to the Feuerbachian critique of Hegel (both in Feuerbach and in Marx) recurs with the same critical function, and the same decisive importance, in Mach, and, elsewhere, in the tradition of American pragmatism, e.g., Dewey.37 It was this side of Mach that exerted the deepest or most lasting influence on the Vienna Circle. A logical positivist (Philipp Frank) who lived through the formative period of the Circle, during which it was in the process of absorbing ideas from Mach, Poincaré and others, writes,

“In my essay on the death of Ernst Mach, I characterized the enduring nucleus of Mach’s teachings as his struggle against the ‘idolization of auxiliary concepts’”.38

That is, Mach’s struggle against the “hypostatisation” of concepts that in our judgements have a purely predicative function (e.g., Feuerbach, Della Volpe) or a merely heuristic value (Mach himself). For Mach the limits of a valid cognitive discourse were circumscribed around the hard core of its “descriptive” terms, that is, those terms either directly describing, or reducible to descriptions of, our sensations. The residue of “metaphysical” terms such as “force” was strictly speaking eliminable or, if retained, then retained by some criterion of conventionalism. Later in his life Cassirer appears to have come around to this view. By the thirties, neo-Kantism had degenerated into a form of crude positivism.

“Cassirer repeatedly points out that science creates auxiliary concepts, such as force or atom, in order to be able to formulate conveniently the theories it has set up at a certain time, but that at later times these auxiliary concepts freeze into essences, ‘ontological concepts’”.

Here, in the notion of concepts “freezing” into essences or becoming “ontological”,

“there is hardly left any contradiction to Ernst Mach’s purely positivistic conception of science”.39

Of course, the only logically consistent programme that was ever advocated for the elimination of such terms (hypostatised concepts, ontological concepts, metaphysical terms, abstractions, etc.) was the one proposed by logical positivism, e.g., Neurath, Carnap, or later Craig.40 “Consistent” because at least in this less metaphysical tradition of empiricism an effort was made to install specific criteria of analyticity and of cognitive significance. For example, the programme of “elimination” was supported by the verificationist theory of meaning, though this itself, if pursued rigorously, would, as Wittgenstein realised,41 impart to all the most significant prepositions of any science a purely “hypothetical” value, for example, it would simply pulverise the notion of a “scientific” history, for what possible “primary experience” could one adduce to “verify” propositions in history, or, what possible “genuine propositions” could a science of history contain?

But Mach’s critique of “metaphysics” simply reiterated a conception that is there already at the heart of Feuerbach’s attack on “drunken speculation”. Certitude lies in “immediacy”, whether this is the immediacy of our “sensuous, physical existence” or the immediacy of our “sensations” as such. And characteristically, there is already in Feuerbach an element of conventionalism, for “love of convenience”, he says, is one of the reasons why “abstractions” that have no “objective validity and existence”42are none the less proposed or entertained.

In their own way, and Feuerbach less consciously than Mach, both rediscovered a deeply and consciously anti-rationalist theme ingrained into the very structure of empiricist thought. Berkeley, for example, had no quarrel with the notion that our knowledge involves “general ideas”. To him such ideas were in themselves particular, and thus reducible. For example, the concept of a “triangle in general” would involve no more than the use of some particular triangle (i.e., the figurate conception of it) to “denote indifferently” a whole group of triangles. Berkeley’s attack was directed, rather, against “abstract general ideas”’ such as “force”, “attraction”, “corpuscules”, “action”, ”reaction”, “space”, “time”, “extension”. Ideas that were not only “general”, but involved, to one degree or another, abstraction from all concrete contents.43 Or take Newton. His whole polemic against “hypotheses”, the one that forms the successive versions of Rule IV of the Regulae philosophandi is rooted in an identical prejudice. “What is not deduced from phenomena [induced from them – JB] is to be called a hypothesis; and hypotheses have no place in experimental philosophy [science – JB]”.44 Of course, this is not how Newtonian science would itself proceed, and the function of Newton’sRules is thus a different one, a doctrinal attempt to bolster the method of induction. (cf. Feyerabend in n. 44.)

But Berkeley, Newton, Mach, the logical positivists are explicit and straightforward. This explicitness is closely related to the fact that they all consciously draw out their own epistemological positions. Not so the sensationalist epistemology of Feuerbach, or of Marx in 1844. This is neither very explicit nor consistent.45

The later Marxist empiricism

But thirdly, again as a consequence of the Feuerbachian legacy, this same epistemological ambiguity, or shamefaced empiricism, permeates so much of the Marxist tradition of the following decades. It is this that accounts for the rather bizarre character of Lenin’s effort in Materialism and Empirio-Criticism.

This text, as we know, was directed polemically against Bogdanov and the Russian followers of Mach.46 Now Mach’s historical influence, e.g., his role in shaping the development of modern empiricism, was strictly tied in with the polemical thrust of his sensationalism, and not with the specific epistemological nuances that he gave to it. Mach survived into our own century as an inaugurator of the positivist reaction47 and not as a “Berkeleian idealist” or a phenomenalist. Mach’s later popularity was founded on his positivising conception of science, on the polemic that he built against “metaphysics”, on the solutions that he proposed to the confusions of contemporary mechanics, and not on the phenomenalist foundations of his empiricism.

But Materialism and Empiriocriticism was more interested in Mach’s phenomenalism. Lenin fought Mach for his “subjectivism”, or his “idealism”48 or his notion that our sensations are not “signs of things, but on the contrary, a thing is a thought-symbol for a compound-sensation of relative fixedness” (Mach).

This contradiction was, in many ways, an experimentum crucis of the philosophical strength built into Marxism. In Machism, Lenin, that is Marxism, confronted the one tendency that more than any other throughout that period, more even than Comte’s positivism, would exert a decisive influence on the trajectory of Europe’s philosophical thought over the next thirty years. A critique of Machism could only really proceed if it challenged Mach’s empiricism. But Lenin fought sensationalism with sensationalism. He fought “subjective” sensationalism with “objective” sensationalism. (These are his words.)

If, to Mach, objects were simply complexes of our sensations, or, more precisely, of our “sensory elements”, to Lenin these objects exist outside us in a reality that is given independently of our perceptions and we form a conception of them, or of reality, through the “mental pictures” or “images” that “arise exclusively from sensations”.49 Or, our ideas are “impressions”, in Locke’s terms, created in our minds by the impingement of the external world. Lenin says,

“Our sensation, our consciousness is only an image of the external world, and it is obvious that an image cannot exist without the thing imaged”.50

Nothing of the sort was “obvious”, for classical empiricism, proceeding from the same premises, drove itself, in different ways in Berkeley and in Hume, to radically different conclusions.51 At any rate, sense-perception is, or forms, or equips us with, a picture, or an “image” [Abbild] of the reality that exists outside us.

Now this conception of our ideas of the world having the form of “pictures” was fairly common later in the 19th century. It recurs, for example, in the philosophical views of both Hertz52 and Boltzmann53, Mach’s contemporaries. Mach’s sensationalism had led him to the view that “explanation is nothing but condensed description”, that the concepts and laws of science have a purely “summative” or “mnemonic” character and function. In terms that Bachelard will use later, Machism refuses to accept the notion of any sort of break between “sensory knowledge” and “scientific knowledge”. “If all the individual facts – all the individual phenomena knowledge of which we desire – were immediately accessible to us”, Mach writes, “a science would never have arisen”.54 Against which, Boltzmann argued as follows in one of his longer popular writings:

“General phenomenology seeks to describe every group of facts by enumeration and by an account of the natural history of all phenomena that belong to that area, without restriction as to means employed except that it renounces any uniform conception of nature, any mechanical explanation or other rational foundation. This latter view is characterized by Mach’s dictum that electricity is nothing but the sum of all experience that we have had in this field and still hope to have. [This view sets itself] the task of representing phenomena without going beyond experience … but I think this is an illusion.

No equation represents any processes with absolute accuracy, but always idealizes them, emphasizing common features and neglecting what is different and thus going beyond experience. That this is necessary if we are to have any ideas at all that allow us to predict something in the future, follows from the nature of the intellectual process itself, consisting as it does in adding something to experience and creating a mental picture that is not experience and therefore can represent many experiences. Only half of our experience is ever experience, as Goethe says. The more boldly one goes beyond experience, the more general the overview one can win.”55

Whereas Mach traced the welter of confusions that mechanics had got into by the 1870s to the tendency to transcend the limits of “experience”, Boltzmann, in the introductory portions of the first volume of his Lectures on the Principles of Mechanics, published about ten years before Lenin’s polemic, wrote,

“It is precisely the unclarities in the principles of mechanics that seem to me to derive from not starting at once with hypothetical mental pictures but trying to link up with experience from the outset”,56a criticism that is strikingly similar in content to that which Marx directs against Ricardo and his “inability to forget profits” when dealing with value.

So, if Lenin referred to our “ideas” about the world as “pictures” or “mental images”, he did so in a quite different sense to Boltzmann’s. Lenin’s “pictures” were much closer, in their epistemological meaning, to Locke’s “impressions” than to Boltzmann’s “pictures” or to Hertz’s “images” [Scheinbilder]. And Boltzmann is a good example to take, because Lenin himself cites him, approvingly, against the Machists.

Now, Lenin argues not only that our sensations are “images” of the external world, but that they “give us faithful images”. And he adds, “This is Materialism”.57 Or,

“Our sensations give us an objectively true image of the external world”.58

Lenin upholds the empiricist thesis in its strong form, in a form that goes beyond Bacon’s empiricism, for Bacon does not maintain, as Marx supposed him to, that “the senses are infallible”, but says, on the contrary, that

“by far the greatest impediment and aberration of the human understanding proceeds from the dullness, incompetence, and errors of the senses”.59

If it is not already obvious by now that, by “materialism”, Lenin understood a straightforward empiricism, then we must turn to other passages where the point is repeated even more clearly.

“The first premise of the theory of knowledge undoubtedly is that the sole source of our knowledge is sensation”.60

“All knowledge comes from experience, from sensation, from perception”.61

In these pages, Lenin will make one of his rare early references to Hegel, endorsing the latter’s conception of empiricism as the doctrine that “finds the truth in the external world”.62 Elsewhere, Lenin notes that the “doctrine that deduces all our ideas from the experience of the senses, reducing knowledge to sensations” is called sensationalism, and adds the further remark, from a “dictionary of philosophy”, that,

“Objective sensationalism is nothing but materialism”.63

In a less bland, or more involved, form the same espousal of empiricism runs through the later tradition of Marxist theory, closer to our time. The most important case of this is the Della Volpean school. It would be quite pointless to concentrate attention, in this respect, on Colletti, for the whole of Colletti’s critique of Hegel was forged by Della Volpe, much earlier, much more profoundly, with more sophistication, and with deeper insight. But before coming to Della Volpe, recall a central motif of Marxism and Hegel, the one that Colletti summarises in the view that,

“Reality, in fact, is that which is objective, and the objective, contrary to idealism, is precisely that which is external to and independent of thinking subjectivity”.64

The nucleus of this conception is discernible, almost word for word, in the positivising reactions unleashed by Mach himself. Abel Rey, a “neo-Positivist” who accepted Mach’s theory of knowledge, is quoted at length by Lenin in support of “materialism”. Lenin writes,65

“Let us take the basic concept, the concept of experience. Rey assures us that Mach’s subjectivist interpretation … is a sheer misunderstanding…

But how does Rey, who accuses only the fideists of distortion, but not Mach himself, correct this distortion? Listen. ‘Experience is by definition a knowledge of the object…Experience is that over which our mind has no command, that which our desires, our volitions, cannot control, that which is given and which is not of our own making. Experience is the object that faces the subject’”.

And what is this view, Lenin then asks, if not materialism itself?

“What penetrating genius Engels revealed when he dubbed the latest type of adherents of philosophical agnosticism and phenomenalism ‘shamefaced materialists’”.

That is to say, Machism is “shamefaced” materialism. For Mach is a sensationalist, that is, a materialist, but he distorts or covers up this materialism with phenomenalism.

“The positivist and ardent phenomenalist Rey is a superb specimen of this type. If experience is ‘knowledge of the object’, if ‘experience is the object that faces the subject’, if experience means that ‘something external exists and necessarily exists’, this obviously amounts to Materialism!...  We are told (by Rey) ‘The objective is that which is given from without, imposed by experience; it is that which is not of our making, but which is made independently of us...’”.

To repeat, Colletti says,

“the objective is that which is external to and independent of thinking subjectivity”, Rey says, “the objective is that which is given externally, which is made independently of us”.

The conception of “objectivity” that unites the Marxist Colletti with the positivist Rey is the one that Hegel would call, in the minor Logic, the “common sense” notion of objectivity:

“In the language of common life we mean by objective what exists outside of us and reaches us from without by means of sensation”.66

From Feuerbach’s sensualism, through the materialism of Lenin and the positivism of Rey and Colletti down to the naïve realism of common-sense,

“Reality … is conceived only in the form of the Object” (Thesis 1), that is, as “the object that faces the subject” or as “that which is external to and independent of subjectivity”.

Della Volpe is no longer concerned merely with these ontological conceptions of experience or objectivity. He recovers the classical interest in the problem of knowledge, and attempts to build an epistemology consistent with materialism. This entails a sort of synthesis of the decisive “critical” moments of earlier philosophical traditions. Specifically (i) of the various polemical refutations of the purely “negative” and even “romantic” conception of sensation characteristic of Platonism in general and of Hegel in particular, ranging from Aristotle’s critique of Plato, through Galileo’s critique of neo-Aristotelian apriorism and Kant’s refutation of Leibniz, down to Marx’s critique of Hegel;67(ii) of the “negative” or falsificatory inductivism of Bacon, purged of its hypotheticism, the defect, for Della Volpe, of all positivist conceptions of science; and (iii) of a diluted and modified Platonism from which Della Volpe derives his “theory of reason”.68

I do not want to summarise this long and involved argument any more than is strictly necessary for the purpose of this essay, so I shall confine myself to the empiricist legacy in Della Volpe’s reconstructed materialism. To Della Volpe, or in the conception of “scientific method” that he outlines, through the symbol of Galileo – but, remember, this is Della Volpe’s Galileo, and there are many other Galileos69 – the “instance” or principle or moment of Reason, represented by our “hypotheses” or “deductions” [ragione,ossia idea-ipotesi], can never establish its “truth” or its “validity”, that is, the “hypothesis” can never establish itself as “causal law”, simply by reference to itself, or tautologically, or without reference to the opposing instance or principle of “matter” as against reason, or of “facts” as against “hypotheses”, or of induction as against deduction. The validation of a hypothesis as law, i.e. the proof of its truth, if it bypasses or ignores this recourse to experience, fails to avoid or to overcome the logical fallacy of consequents, or the fallacy of believing that because, if the hypothesis is true, certain facts should follow, the hypothesis is indeed true because those facts are found. Thus, a hypothesis, representative of “reason”, acquires the proof of its truth, or becomes a “law”, by recourse to “experimental” observations of nature. But experiments, representative of the claims of experience, or of the “discreteness” that characterises reality as against thought (cf. Feuerbach)70 are useless in this regard unless they conform to the “inductivist and empiricist principle of Bacon comprised in the notion of an ‘excluding instance’ or a ‘negative instance’”71. Thus, for Della Volpe, experimental proofs proceed by disproofs. An experiment can only validate one hypothesised fact by “eliminating and refuting” other competing facts. Or, to relate this conception more closely to the bourgeois philosophies of science, Della Volpe retains a justificationist view of knowledge, but disposes of its abstract immediacy as a merely simple, direct, or unmediated intercourse with nature. He validates or endorses a type of justification that proceeds only “negatively”, as falsification, a type of proof that is solid only as disproof. For, “where a hundred instances will not prove a universal connection, one will disprove it. This is the cornerstone of  Bacon’s method: maior est vis instantiae negativae”. “Facts cannot prove an hypothesis by their agreement with it [for this commits the fallacy of affirming the consequent – JB] except insofar as at the same time they disprove its rivals by their disagreements”.72 It follows also that, to Della Volpe, all necessity is “factual necessity”, or necessity characterised by the contingency of the empirical order. As contingent necessity, a “law” is something intrinsically “corrigible” or “perfectible” with none of the fixity that characterises “metaphysical” thought.

        Della Volpe’s conception of science is thus strikingly close to Popper’s. Both are fundamentally concerned with what Popper himself calls the “demarcation problem”, the problem of establishing criteria in terms of which science, or its discourse, can distinguish itself from “metaphysics” and other discourses. Both see the hallmark of scientific method and of scientific “rationality” in the subordination of our “rational” constructions to the test of “experience”. Both accept that “experience” can play this role only “negatively”, or as falsification. Both regard the “theories” and “laws” of science as merely tentative, or conjectural, so that between this conception and those of the Vienna Circle or Popper’s hypothetico-deductive empiricism only a nuance intervenes.73

And, in both conceptions, there lurks the silent threat of positivism. Popper will rebut this charge by recasting positivism as a theory of meaning, as verificationism. Della Volpe will distance his conception from positivism by supposing that all positivism is characterised by its “idolatry of facts and its repugnance toward hypotheses”74. But all this might have carried conviction in the heyday of logical positivism with its anti-metaphysical “excesses”. Today, when this crusade has lost its original force and this classical, or rigorous, or pure, positivism has fragmented into the diluted, neoclassical, liberalised positivism of Hempel and others, both Popper and Della Volpe submerge in the general movement of modern empiricism, Popper as its liberal conscience, and its right-wing, Della Volpe as its metaphysical soul and its left.

The historical conjuncture that accounts for this strange, almost paradoxical convergence is something I shall not go into here. It is enough to note, for the moment, that both Popper and Della Volpe started their own speculations with Hume. With the breaks in justificationism that came towards the close of the 19th century, the problem of induction would again surface in an effort to reconstitute the legitimacy of empiricism.

Thus, Della Volpe could only secure the consistency of his epistemological construction, of the “functional reciprocity of reason and experience”, with the conception of “scientific method” proposed by him, and identified, symbolically, with Galileo, that is, with the “reciprocity of hypothesis and fact”, by subsuming, or accepting, or legitimising, a justificatory fallibilism, and thus presupposing the distinction between “fact” and “theory” that is common to all varieties of empiricism.

That such a distinction belonged centrally to the empiricist view of knowledge was already evident in the Marxist tradition itself when Lukács, for example wrote in an early essay, “The blinkered empiricist will, of course, deny that facts can only become facts within the framework of a system – he forgets that however simple an enumeration of ‘facts’ may be, it already implies an ‘interpretation’…”.75With this, Lukács anticipated a point that would become cardinal to the renewed disintegration of the contemporary empiricist philosophies of science.

        Della Volpe, however, required precisely this distinction of observational/non-observational statements because the notion of some sort of “empirical base” was crucial to the structure of his epistemological argument. Without this, which moment, within the field of cognitive discourse, could correspond to the ontological instance of Matter, or to the epistemological principle of “sensation”? Della Volpe could preserve the ontology-epistemology as a self-contained system, but without Bacon’s principle and its underlying notion of an “empirical base”, science and ontology would remain incoherently connected, and the very notion of a “scientific ontology”, that is, of materialism, would then collapse.76

Take a final and less important case of empiricism in Marxist writing. This is Schmidt’s The Concept of Nature in Marx.77In fact, Schmidt, when looking at Marx in 1844, will exaggerate his empiricism because of his failure to distinguish the sensationalist theory of knowledge from Feuerbach’s more wide-ranging, ontologising empiricism.

He says,

“In taking this view [of nature as the sole object of knowledge – JB] Marx showed himself to be rooted in the sensualism of Feuerbach and in fact he proceeded from sense perception as the ‘basis of all science’”.78

But Marx did nothing of the sort. He said that oneshould do so, and he referred to Feuerbach for authority. Schmidt is aware, naturally, of the central role that theTheses will occupy in the evolution of Marx’s thought. He is aware that the firstThesis makes what appears to be a concession to “idealism” (on this see below). Grasping instinctively, or intuitively, that this refers to the rationalist theory of knowledge, but committed, by virtue of an uncritical exposition, to the doctrinal assertion of empiricism in Marx, Schmidt compels his account to vacillate in a quite bizarre way between two opposed and conflicting conceptions of knowledge.

“Since men are forced to rely on material which exists independently of them, there is in fact nothing in their minds but what was previously present to their senses, as sensualist philosophers maintained”, 79that is, as the classical empiricists maintained.

Here Schmidt vindicates Locke against Leibniz. But, on the other hand,

“Perception itself … is based on conceptual operations”. 80

And this is more in the tradition of Kant, or of Leibniz, or of classical rationalism.

This confusion is then resolved by the argument, a strange one, that the rationalist, in this case Hegel’s,

“inversion of the sensualist principle that ‘there is nothing in the senses which was not previously in the mind’ becomes truer with the transition to the bourgeois era”. 81

Or,

“[u]nder preindustrial conditions the objective, natural moments are dominant, whilst in industrial society the moment of subjective intervention asserts itself in increasing measure… Marx also grasped the epistemological content of this economic fact, as can be seen from the first thesis on Feuerbach”. 82

This is one way of resolving the philosophical confusions one gets into when he/she starts, as Schmidt does, with the piously doctrinal notion that there is a clear logical continuity in Marx’s development. Schmidt is forced to reconcile deeply conflicting conceptions, conceptions that divide Locke and Leibniz, and ignores the fact that Marx would later reject Feuerbach’s empiricism and describe his own connection with it as “very humorous”. 83

Now, in all of the cases mentioned above (Lenin, Della Volpe, Schmidt, Colletti), it is a certain conception of materialism, one that Marx himself rejects in theTheses, that entails, or implies, the resumption of such empiricist positions. Hegel had already noted the internal connection when he called materialism of this stamp “Empiricism … systematically carried out”, that is, ontologically inflated and expanded into a conception of “reality” as a whole. In the Marxist tradition, this movement works itself out in reverse.

Sensualism and the rudiments of praxiology in the Manuscripts

As early as the Manuscripts Marx announces the programme of elaborating a “ consistent humanism” that

“differs both from idealism and from materialism and is at the same time their unifying truth”.84

        But it will take Marx roughly a year, the year that leads from the Manuscripts to theTheses, to draw out the real nucleus of this conception, the “germs of a new world outlook” (Engels). In theManuscripts, Feuerbach is totally exempt from criticism, and the argument proceeds from strictly sensualist premises. The consequence of this is that, in terms of the argument that is actually developed there, Marx can only end with a distinctly Kierkegaardian conception of man as a “suffering being”, who, “because he feels his suffering … is a passionate being”. And, as in Kierkegaard, so in Marx, this “passion” becomes the sign par excellence of “la realité du vécu’’, maintained, in both, against Hegel.85 

But a “passionate” or a “suffering” being is still only a natural being. This is the inner dilemma of theManuscripts. They stand halfway between two distinct definitions of what it means to be human.

The attempt here to overcome the false and abstract opposition of “spiritualism and objectivism’’ centres firmly on the relation of man to nature. Marx must overcome the false separation of subject and object without validating the “mysticism” of a “subjectivity that encroaches upon the object”, without validating Hegel, or the “false positivism” of his system, or the “formal and abstract” conception implied in the dialectic of self-consciousness. 86This, then, is Marx’s first effort to establish a real, and not merely formal, or abstract, or logical, tautoheterology.

For Marx will not simply say, ”man is man”, and he does not want to say only that “man is nature”.

“The true essentiality of any thing is not the predication of it as identical with itself, or as different, or merely positive, or merely negative, but as having its being in an other which, being its self-same, is its essence”.87

To establish the human essence as this real tautoheterological identity, and no longer as formal or abstract tautoheterology, i.e. of a “consciousness” that forms “the totality of its moments”,88 Marx roots the principle of identity in the conception of nature as sensuousness. “But nature, too, taken abstractly, for itself, and fixed in its separation from man, isnothing for man”,89 or it is “devoid of sense”90 or “abstract nature, nature as a thing of thought”.91Now, if we acknowledge that “sensuousness … is the essence of nature”, 92then it follows that nature is a human essence, and this “human essence of nature” is the “natural essence of man”.93Thus the conception of nature as sensuousness dialecticises the opposition of man and nature. But secondly, or more specifically, the conception of nature as “sensuous consciousness andsensuous need”94establishes “objectivity” as what it truly is, as a dialectic of intersubjectivity. This is not a simple reciprocal implication of subject and object, for objectivity is here constituted as a function of the determination of subjectivity as sensuousness. For, as a “natural”, “sensuous” being, man,

“is a suffering, conditioned and limited being, like animals and plants. That is to say, theobjects of his drives exist outside him asobjects independent of him; but these objects are objects of hisneed, essential objects”.95

In other words, to be “sensuous”, that is, “natural”, is “to have sensuous objects outside oneself, objects of one’s sense perception”, 96and, on the other hand,

“as soon as there are objects outside me…I am another, a realityother than the object outside me. For this third object I am therefore areality other than it, i.e.its object”.97

The identity of subject and object is thus established here not immediately, or abstractly, but through the specific conceptions of “objectivity” and “sensuousness” that Marx installs into the argument and through the dialectic that they operate.

But Marx remained thoroughly dissatisfied with this, for the mediated identity of subject and object accomplished by this argument still presupposed the abstract or immediate identity of man and nature. It presupposed a conception of man as a merely “natural, objective, sensuous being”, or a conception of human nature as merely sensuous nature, that is, nature. And that is why Marx will conclude these tortured and difficult paragraphs with the admission,

“But man is not only a natural being, he is a human natural being; i.e. he is a being for himself and hence aspecies-being, as which he must confirm and realize himself both in his being and in his knowing”.98

What distinguishes man as specifically human? human nature as human nature, and not just nature? Marx realises that sensuousness cannot solve this problem. For,

human sense, in its immediate and objective existence, (is not)human sensibility and human objectivity”.99

The clue to the answer that Marx will later elaborate lies already in the Manuscripts, but inconsistently. This answer is contained in the pages which say,

“The practical creation of an objective world, thefashioning of inorganic nature, is proof that man is a conscious species-being… It is true that animals also produce. They build nests, and dwellings, like the bee, the beaver, the ant, etc. But they produce only their own immediate needs … they produce one-sidedly, while man produces universally; they produce only when immediate physical need compels them to do so, while man produces even when he is free from physical need and truly produces only in freedom from such need… Such production is his active species-life”.100

Here is the conception that will drive Marx, after the Manuscripts and over the year that follows, to break with the sensualism of Feuerbach. For if “man produces even when he is free from physical need and truly produces only in freedom from such need”, then there is in human nature an element that stands apart from the rest of nature, an element that we can call “creativity”, but creativity here not in any instinctual sense, but as a function of the capacity to think, imagine, and reason. For there is one other passage in Marx’s work where he returns to this motif of what is specific about human production, a well-known passage written many years afterwards, and there he will say,

 

“But what distinguishes the worst architect from the best of bees is that the architect builds the cell in his mind before he constructs it in wax… Man not only effects a change of form in the materials of nature; he also realizes his own purpose in those materials. And this is a purpose he is conscious of”. 101

Precisely because the concern of these two passages is essentially the same, it is the contrast between them that is striking. This lies in the introduction, into the later passage, of the notion of “purpose”, i.e. of Reason, as we shall see shortly.

The Manuscripts are halfway, I said earlier. They are halfway between their own embryonic praxiology and the inherited sensualism of Feuerbach. And this is a tension that Marx fails to resolve in theManuscripts. For, though he is aware that historicity is a basic dimension ofhuman nature, and though he says, towards the end of theManuscripts, “We shall return to this later”, in theManuscripts he does not return to this, he goes on to discuss Hegel, and that is where they end.

But, in Theses, he returns to this. And these, precisely, are theses onFeuerbach. They signal the resolution of that conflict which accounts for the peculiarly difficult and involved character of theManuscripts.

Towards a conception of human nature

How, then, does Marx propose to overcome Feuerbach’s sensualism?

The First Thesis says,

“The chief defect of all hitherto existing materialism (that of Feuerbach included) is that … reality, sensuousness, is conceived only in the form of the object or of contemplation, but not as sensuous, human activity, practice, not subjectively”.

I want to argue that this thesis is formulated so much in Feuerbach’s own terms, the terms with which Marx will have little to do later, that its real content is easily lost. For example, even here, inTheses that are critical of Feuerbach, there is the same, implicit, but, in this case, only superficial, equation of “reality” with “sensuousness”. Thus, he writes, “reality, sensuousness…”, still very much in the style and manner of theManuscripts. Again, he says, “sensuous, human activity”, and this suggests that the real difference lies between “contemplation” on one side, and “activity” on the other.

Take Schmidt. His interpretation is very much the traditional one, and vitiated precisely by the shallow understanding of Marx’s meaning rendered almost inevitable by his (Marx’s) formulations.

“In Feuerbach, man the species-being, provided with merely natural qualities, confronts the dead objectivity of nature passively and intuitively rather thanactively and practically… Feuerbach’s man does not emerge as an independent productive force but remains bound to pre-human nature.Physical activity does, it is true, presuppose this natural basis… Allwork is work on a fixed being”.102

And so on. Here the “practice” that Marx opposes as a superior principle to Feuerbach’s sensualism is conceived as “physical activity”, “work”, etc. But to state the difference in this way is to leave enough room for Feuerbach to accommodate to the Theses. This is why Schmidt will eventually reject his own critical positions on Feuerbach and decide that

“the characterization given in Chapter One of Feuerbach’s role in Marx’s development would now be more positive. In a study of Feuerbach I have endeavoured to show that the very concept of “mediating practice” which Marx and Engels polemically turned against Feuerbach owes in fact a great deal to him”.103

But this rests on Schmidt’s own failure to grasp the content of Marx’s thesis. If one interprets the allusion to the “active side” developed by “idealism”,

        “Hence … the active side was developed … by Idealism” as the conception that “the world is mediated through the Subject”, as Schmidt does,104 this settles nothing, for the crux of the distinction lies precisely in the nature of this “mediation”. For “production” in the narrow and false sense of “physical activity” is still, after all, very much a process within nature itself (physical, from physis, ‘nature’). “Animals also produce”, Marx wrote, and then went on to describe how human production, or production as ahuman activity, is something deeper or less limited than mere “physical activity”.105

The real clues to the difference thus lie in the other terms:

“The chief defect of all hitherto existing materialism (that of Feuerbach included) is that … reality … is conceived only in the form of the object or of contemplation, but not as … human activity, practice,subjectively.”

That is to say, “reality”, which is “practice”, can only be understood “subjectively”, that is, in relation to a principle of subjectivity. Or, in the terms of my own argument, “practice” remains impenetrable if it is not grasped as implying, or asserting, a theory of human nature. To go back to the Manuscripts,history can only really become a principle in the argument if it is taken, or can be shown to be, or is understood as, a “confirmation and realization” of human nature, or of those “dispositions and capacities” and those “drives” that form man’s “species-powers”.[106]106Or, history, to be really, or truly, the “process of self-creation of man”[107]107, must imply a notion of reality as “the confirmation of man’s essential powers”. It must be shown to be “the reality of his own essential powers”.[108] 108

But none of this can actually be established if we reverse the terms of Marx’s argument and conceive “practice” as mere “sensuousness”, that is, like Schmidt, accentuate only, or mainly, the sensuous (i.e. physical) determinations of human activity. For sensuousness cannot establish why, or how, in what respect, human nature ishuman.

Here, Marx had simply no alternative. To break the vicious circle of the Manuscripts, he could only return to a conception of human nature that underlies not only the tradition of German “idealism” but practically the whole philosophical thought of the west. This refers, of course, to the definition, first proposed in this form by Aristotle, that

“Man is an animate being endowed with the power of reason”.

That is, to a conception of human nature as rational nature that recurs, closer to Marx’s own time, in Kant.[109]109 And this enables us to see that the notion of “practice” not only remains impenetrable if it is not grasped as a theory of human nature, butcannot be grasped as a theory ofknowledge. The praxiology of Marx is thus an epistemological humanism, a fusion of moments that lie separate and external to each other in the classical tradition of philosophy.

Thus Thesis 2 (to which I shall return later) says,

“Man must prove … the reality and power … of his thinking in practice”.

Thesis 8 that,

“All the mysteries which lead theory into mysticism find their rational solution in human practice and in thecomprehension of this practice”.

Thesis 1 will itself call practice, “practical-critical activity”.

And earlier, in the Manuscripts, where this line of thought is already prefigured,

“the history of industry and theobjective existence of industry as it has developed is theopen book of the essential powers of man, man’spsychology present in tangible form”.110

And, as we moveon into Capital, it is this line of thought that comes more sharply into focus, precisely in contexts that discuss production as a general human activity, and the specific character of production in bourgeois society.

Tautology and heterology in classical philosophy

The praxiology of Marx, sketched “hurriedly, for later elaboration”, still dense with the resonances of Marx’s fading Feuerbachianism, resumes the programme announced, but not accomplished, in the Manuscripts, viz. “consistent humanism”

“differs both from idealism and materialism and is at the same time their unifying truth”.111

First, idealism. This was a term by which Marx referred indiscriminately to the whole tradition of classical rationalism, which in “separating thought from sense-perception”112or in opposing “thought” to “sense perception” as a higher principle, validated the claims of Reason, or of the intrinsically rational determination of human nature, only “abstractly” or tautologically. One of the earliest and most definite expressions of this movement of thought is the Florentine Platonism associated with Marsilio Ficino and Giovanni Pico della Mirandola, a Platonism which, hostile to all empirical science, or, like Pico, consciously downgrading our perceptions of the world as intrinsically unstable and deceptive,113 fails to exert any decisive influence on the “New Science” of Galileo. Thus, if there is a Galilean Platonism, then this derives from the later, more rigorously mathematical and scientifically-oriented tradition represented by Tartaglia, reviver of Archimedes, and his pupil Ricci.

Dogmatism, or the tautology of reason, is the permanent temptation and latent tendency of the whole classical rationalist tradition. This rationalist tautology, grounded in the abstract separation of “thought” and “sense perception”, is in fact much less evident where it is generally sought, namely, in rationalist psychology and the thesis of “innate ideas” and must be found at a different level altogether. For the crude versions of the theory of “innate ideas”, the notion, in other words, that because innately humans are characterised by certain rational faculties, or powers, or dispositions, human “knowledge” is innate – this version is one that very few of the major rationalists will ever argue.114 Even Leibniz, a passionate proponent of this thesis, will agree that

“the external senses are necessary to us for thinking, and, if we had none, we could not think”.

Leibniz will then add, to clarify matters,

“But that which is necessary for something does not for all that constitute its essence. Air is necessary for life, but our life is something else than air. The senses furnish us the matter for reasoning, and we never have thoughts so abstract that something from the senses is not mingled therewith” 115

When we turn to passages of this sort, then the force of the critique that Kant later directs against Leibniz is undermined. When Kant says, “Sensibility is something quite positive and an indispensable adjunct to our intellect”,[116]116 this is something Leibniz would not have disagreed with.

That most rationalists were prepared to accept, even if only formally or abstractly, a tautoheterology of reason and experience, only shows that classical rationalism came much closer, despite its internal tendency, to a dialectical conception of knowledge than any of the numerous proponents of empiricism. But, at another level, the tautological character, or tendency, of classical rationalism becomes much more apparent. The methodologies proposed by it, identifying with the Renaissance ideal of rational certitude, in which Galileo saw the “equality” of the human intellect with the divine,117find in mathematics, and particularly in geometry, but here only under the influence of the scientific revolution itself (cf. Kepler, ubi materia,ibi geometria), thenormative model of all human cognition, including, as we know, of the “moral” or human sciences (Hobbes, Spinoza). It is this aspect of classical rationalism that Lukács defines as its central characteristic in some of the most brilliant pages written by any Marxist on such questions:

“The attempt to universalise rationalism necessarily issues in the demand for a system… The correct positing of a principle implies – at least in its general tendency – the positing of the whole system determined by it; the consequences are contained in the principle, they can be deduced from it, they are predictable and calculable… This notion of system makes it clear why pure and applied mathematics have constantly been held up as the methodological model and guide for modern philosophy”.

What Lukács calls the “problem of irrationality”, that is, of the “intractability of given contents to the concepts of the understanding”, thus expresses the same tendency of thought that Marx sees issuing in the “false positivism” of Hegel’s system.

“It is evident that the principle of  systematisation is not reconcilable with the recognition of any ‘facticity’ [Tatsachlichkeit], of a ‘content’ which in principle cannot be deduced from the principle of form and which, therefore, has simply to be accepted as actuality [Faktizitat]… Instead it must be wholly absorbed into the rational system of the concepts of the understanding… In this event, thought regresses to the level of naïve, dogmatic rationalism”.118

What Lukács here calls the “postulate” of systematic rationalism, that is, of the deducibility of all contents from a “basic principle”, expresses only the aggressive claims of a Reason that seeks to establish its power, or validate its truth, tautologically, or by reference to itself alone. But, even here, it is necessary to recognise the tensions, or the subtlety, of rationalist thought. Take Spinoza. Like so many of the rationalists, he identifies the form of mathematical or deductive reasoning as the sole method of attaining “true knowledge”. But Spinoza is then aware that the proof of a theorem is not what makes the theorem true, and he introduces, therefore, the further idea that “it belongs to the very nature of thought” that we form “true ideas”. But because these conceptions are never very clearly separated, the argument is permeated by ambiguity.

“It is clear…that certainty consists in nothing but the idea itself … certainty consists in adequate ideas. As truth needs no external sign, but it suffices to know the ideational essence of things (or what is the same, their adequate ideas) … it follows that the true method does not consist in looking for the signs of the truth of our ideas after we have acquired them, but in the methodical search for the truth, the adequate ideas”.

Thus, here the truth of our knowledge is something that requires no external procedure of verification, no reference to anything other than the idea itself. This whole process of self-validating thought begins not with “axioms”, for from these alone “the intellect cannot descend to the understanding of individual things, since axioms have reference to an infinity of things”, but with what Spinoza calls “definitions”:

“The concept or definition of a thing must be such as to enable us to deduce from it all the properties of that thing so far, of course, as it is considered by itself alone and not in conjunction with other things. This can be illustrated by our definition of the circle”.

But how can we arrive at such “definitions”? Because, he suggests, “it is quite clearly the nature of a thinking being to form true or adequate ideas”, or, “truth” is given by “the nature and power of the intellect alone”. 119

It should be obvious, finally, that Marx saw in Hegel’s dialectic of self-consciousness precisely a tautology of this sort, of a “consciousness” that establishes itself as the “object”, or “establishes the object as itself”, and which, in superseding this objectivity and alienation, remains “at home in its other-being as such”.

“Consciousness – knowing as knowing, thinking as thinking – claims to be the direct opposite of itself, claims to be the sensuous world, reality, life – thought overreaching itself in thought”.120

Marx is saying that Hegel’s dialectic is only formally, or abstractly, or falsely, tautoheterological. In fact, it is a tautology that leaves the moment of “otherness” – the sensuous world, reality, and so on – unvanquished and issues, therefore, in a “false positivism”. If you like, the “rational core” of Hegel’s dialectic, Marx argues, lies in its tautoheterological structure. Its “mysticism” consists in the fact that this is only “formally”, or “abstractly” a tautoheterology, for the “object”, or the moment of “otherness” [heteron] is only “objectified self-consciousness”, or the “movement” as a whole is only a movement of “consciousness”.

Thus, idealism develops the “active side”, or it asserts the principle of subjectivity, or of reason, but only “abstractly”, or formally, or tautologically.

Against all of which stand materialism, empiricism, naturalism as tautologies of matter or experience or nature. Here “sense perception”, or “sensuousness”, or “objectivity”, or “nature” are separated from “thought” and exhaust it. This dogmatising empiricism which “conceives reality only in the form of the object”, as pure givenness or facticity, or as a world “in itself”, or as “underivable, primordial being”,121 this dogmatising empiricism is likewise, symmetrically, but more crudely, without any of the subtlety of rationalist thought, characterised by the following conceptions. By the notion, firstly, that all our knowledge has its sole “foundation” in “experience”. In Lenin’s words, that our “Sensations give us an objectively true image of the external world”. And, just as the dogmatising rationalism of the 17th century was eventually compelled to displace the function of securing “truth” for our knowledge from the form of reasoning itself to “intuition”, or to what Leibniz calls “the light born within us”, or (cf. Hobbes)122 to “definitions” understood as nominalist conventions, so the conception that our sensations are, on their own, or with the aid of induction, sufficient to render a “true” account of nature, or of the world, would have to rely on a naturalistic doctrine of observation, the pure form of which is discernible in “Aristotelian” empiricism. For,

“[t]he demand that we base knowledge upon experience makes excellent sense in the Aristotelian philosophy where experience is defined as the sum-total of what is observed under normal circumstances … and what is then described in some ordinary idiom that is understood by all. Aristotelian empiricism, as a matter of fact, is the only empiricism that is both clear – one knows what kind of thing experience is supposed to be – andrational – one can give reasons why experience is stable…”123

Characterised, secondly, by a methodology the reverse of pure deductivism, the method of induction, the specific hallmark of Newton’s empiricism with its desperate and contrived efforts to secure this doctrine against the claims of Reason, called “hypotheses”; e.g., the attempts that characterise Newton’s successive drafts of his Fourth Rule of conduct of empiricism. The first draft says,

“In experimental philosophy [science – JB] one is not to argue from hypotheses against propositions drawn by induction from phenomena. For if arguments from hypotheses are admitted against inductions, then the arguments of inductions on which all experimental philosophy is founded could always be overthrown by contrary hypotheses. If a certain proposition drawn by induction is not yet sufficiently precise, it must be corrected not by hypotheses but by the phenomena of nature more fully and more accurately observed”.124

This rule rests, in short, on the pure fideism of experience, that blind faith, as mystical and irrational as all faith, in the certainty, or the accuracy, or the reliability, or the veracity, of our “sensations”. 125The intensely dogmatic form in which Newton casts his Rules only indicates the anxiety that runs through the whole tradition of empiricism, so that, between a “demonstrative” science of nature, or a science founded on certainty, and the method of induction, there is an absolute contradiction that can be resolved only in favour of one or the other. Thus, whereas classical, 17th century rationalism sought to secure the ideal of rational certitude by generalising the model of mathematical proof, classical, 18th century, empiricism would abandon this ideal forever, in the direction of agnosticism, or conjecturalism, or probabilism.126

Finally, when “systematically carried out,”127 empiricism will end with its own metaphysics,128 absorbing man into nature, or mind into matter. This is as true of Feuerbach’s sensualism or of Lenin’s materialism in 1908, as of the earlier “crude, simple, metaphysical materialism” that Lenin himself rejects (18th century French materialism, 19th century German materialism). In its “systematic” form empiricism thus vacillates between a conception of theidentity of man and nature (or mind and matter) asserted as an immediate,abstract identity, cf. Marx himself in theManuscripts, and aheterology of man and nature, affirmed in the notion that though man is a “part of” nature, nature remains a force greater than man, a force that conditions him externally, a situation which ‘’imposes itself” on him; cf. Schmidt, “In the Marxist dialectic … it is non-identity” that is, heterology or difference, “which is victorious in the last instance”;129or cf. Timpanaro, proponent par excellence,

“If materialism amounted merely to the recognition of a reality external to the subject, then Plato, St. Thomas and all their followers would also be materialists”.

A significant admission. But

“Materialism is not just ‘realism’… By materialism we understand above all acknowledgement of the priority of nature over ‘mind’, or, if you like, of the physical level over the biological level, and of the biological level over the socio-economic and cultural level”.130

But whichever form of this ontology one accepts, it remains true that reality is here “conceived only in the form of the object”, as an otherness, given, external and opposed to “consciousness”. In this materialism, the one that Marx attacks in Thesis l, empiricism thus reveals its true character as “a doctrine of bondage”.131

So, in all these forms, or at all these levels, a dogmatic empiricism, and there can be no other sort, confronts a dogmatising rationalism in an insoluble problematic. Against both these, Marx proposes, as their superior or “unifying” truth, the conception of practice as a theory of knowledge, and of this practice as the necessary form in which human nature “confirms and realizes” itself, or those powers that define its species.

It follows also that, if Marx’s praxiology is to break with, or to overcome, or leave behind, the tautologies of Reason and Matter, then practice must be understood as a tautoheterology, or it must be understood dialectically. The rest of this essay is, then, basically about this.

The tautoheterology of “practice”

(a) The Dynamic Rationalism of Entelechy

Writing a history, in this case, the history of philosophy, Hegel faces the problem of defining “development”.

“In order to comprehend what development is, what may be called two different states must be distinguished. The first is what is known as capacity, power, what I call ‘being-in-itself’ (dynamis). The second principle is that of being-for-itself, actuality (energeia)”.132

And these terms refer us back to Aristotle, in whose ontology all “being” [ousia] is conceived as “activity”. In the first place, “activity” in the Aristotelian-ontological sense, is simply the operation or functioning of “powers”, or capacities, or dispositions, or drives, that are in themselves merely innate, or implicit, or merely “potential”. And, conversely, “a thing can become only what it has the specific power to become, only what it alreadyis, in a sense,potentially”.133 But, secondly, for Aristotle, these “activities and functions are logically prior to powers”, that is, we can only understand “powers in terms of their operations. We understand the power of sight or vision in terms of the activity of seeing… We understand the power of thinking in terms of the activity of thinking”. 134

Or, in Marx’s terms, without “industry”, or production, or human activity in the broadest sense, we could not know man’s “psychology”. It would not be an “open” book, and therefore not be a book that we could read at all. The human essence would remain impenetrable.

Thirdly, in the Aristotelian ontology, “activities” divide into two classes, those directed to an external end, and those comprising their “end in themselves”. Activities of the latter sort are “entelechic”, or they have their “end” [telos] within [en] themselves.

So, when Hegel defines “development”, he defines it basically in the precise sense the Aristotelians gave to “entelechy”. A “development” is an “operation” or a functioning of “capacities” that lie implicit within the process and constitute their “goal”. Hegel illustrates this with an “example”, but an important one, which should hardly be called just an example.

“If we say, for example, that man is by nature rational, we would mean that he has reason only inherently or in embryo”.

To say that human nature is rational nature (as was said earlier) is to ascribe “reason” as an innate power or capacity to human beings. It is to say that “reason” is a species-power.

“In this sense reason, understanding, imagination, will are possessed from birth”.

Yet crucially,

“while the child only has capacities or the potentiality of reason, it is just the same as if this child had no reason”.

That is, a reason that is merely innate, or simply “potential”, is like no reason at all.

“Reason does not yet exist in the child since he cannot yet do anything rational”.

Or, being rational entails “doing” something rational. Or, a “power” that does not function or operate at all is as good as no power, for we would have no knowledge of it. To this principle, Aristotle’s, Hegel gives the name of “the principle of projection into existence”.

“The principle of this projection into existence is that the power cannot remain merely implicit, but is impelled towards development”.

Or, what is only “implicit” must become “explicit”, it must “operate” or it must develop.

So far, then, Hegel only repeats, or deepens, Aristotle’s conception. But now he adds a further determination, for,

“That which is implicit comes into existence… It certainly passes into change, yet it remains one and the same, for the whole process is dominated by it”.

So “development” is tautoheterology, an identity of identity and difference, of the one and the many, and so on.

To define “powers” or capacities or dispositions in this Aristotelian-Hegelian sense is to constitute those powers, etc., as generative principles. It amounts to defining all development as a “generative process”. And this permits an extension of the argument.

Marx says, all hitherto existing materialism conceives reality only “in the form of the object”. That is, as something finished, or dead, or external. Nine years earlier, in 1836, Wilhelm von Humboldt had proposed an identical criticism of the existing conceptions of language. He wrote,

“We must look upon language [Sprache] not as a lifeless product [wie ein todtes Erzeugtes] but far more as a generative activity [eine Erzeugung]”.135

It is of course from Humboldt, and from the whole rationalist psychology of the preceding epoch, that Chomsky will derive the notion of a “generative grammar”.136The theory of “generative grammar” resumes, or recapitulates, the Aristotelian distinction between “powers” and “operation” as the (linguistic) distinction between “competence” and “performance”. “Competence” here refers to those rules of “universal grammar” internalised in the speaker’s mind as innate properties of human intelligence. Without such an innate schematism it would be impossible to account precisely for the creative, and, of course, rationally creative, aspects of language-acquisition and use. For example, by a fairly early age, children are capable of uttering novel sentences merely on the basis of the finite and grammatically degenerate sample to which they have till then been exposed. And, yet, even a native language is in a very real sense something that is learned. It follows that, in this case, the “innateness” hypothesis does not exhaust, or dispose of, the necessity for a theory of “performance”, but specifies in advance what sort of process “learning”, or the acquisition of language, is. The innate cognitive mechanisms, or principles, or “ideas” are only set into operation, or only become active, with experience. Thus, in this case, one is dealing with a dialectic of “competence” and “performance”, or of “powers” and “activities”, or, more generally, of reason and experience. In short, dealing with tautoheterology.

This connection between the rationalist theory of human intelligence, or the Platonic theory of learning, and development as tautoheterology is not an extrinsic or accidental one, for,

“In the process of development the notion keeps to itself… It is this nature of the notion – this manifestation of itself in its process as a development of its own self – which is chiefly in view with those who speak of “innate ideas”, or who, like Plato, describe all learning merely as recollection.”137

(b) Intentions. Freedom as the Spontaneity of Reason

“The chief defect of all hitherto existing materialism … is that … reality is conceived only in the form of the object”.

That is, as an “objectivity” that is given, external to man, imposed on him, conditioning him. As the “objectivity” of postivising Marxism, or “of a world that stands opposed to us in its strangeness”. Hegel says this, and adds, it is a mistake to

“regard the antithesis of subjectivity and objectivity as an abstract and permanent one. The two are wholly dialectical”.[138] 138

By which he means,

“the object is not rigid and processless”.

Or, put another way, the “object” is defined by its “rigidity”, by being the merely immediate, or given, or external, only in that conception of “objectivity”, or “form”, as Hegel here calls it, proposed by the “mechanical” view of nature.139The chief defect of all hitherto existing materialism, Marx writes, is that

“reality is conceived only in the form of the object…not as human activity, practice”.

And Sartre, correctly,

“But if human reality is action, this means evidently that its determination to action is itself action. If we reject this principle, and if we admit that human reality can be determined to action by a prior state of the world or of itself, this amounts to putting a given at the beginning of the series. Then theseacts disappear as acts in order to give place to a series ofmovements”.140

That is to say, we would then be defining reality as human activity only to reconstruct this “activity” in the conceptions of “mechanism” or in the “mechanical mode of inquiry”. And this would be to regress to the level of behaviourism, chief opponent of a modern rationalist psychology. Moreover, “if the act is not pure motion, it must be defined by an intention”, Sartre argues, defining intention as “a choice of the end”. “The end, illuminating the world, is a state of the world to be obtained and not yet existing”.141In Hegel’s terms, in the section discussing teleology in the smaller Logic,

“In the End the notion has entered on free existence and has a being of its own, by means of the negation of immediate objectivity”.142

Sartre again,

“Since human reality is act, it can be conceived only as being at its core a rupture with the given”.143

Hegel again,

“Will looks upon the immediate and given present not as solid being, but as a mere semblance without reality.”144

Or, through their purposes or intentions or ends, humans bear an essentially polemical attitude to the facticity of immediate being, to the merely one-sided objectivity of a world conceived “mechanistically” as closed in upon itself. Subjectivity thus

“shows itself as a modifying and determining principle”145

Or, the “objective” world loses its initial appearance of pure “rigidity”, of the mere facticity of being, only in relation to man’s purposes, or his intentions, or his activity; or only by virtue of the principle of subjectivity determined as freedom.

This is the relation that Hegel will call the “teleological relation”,

“a syllogism in which the subjective end coalesces with the objectivity external to it… This unity is on one hand the purposive activity, on the other the Means, i.e. objectivity made directly subservient to purpose”.146

Thus, in labour, the relation of teleology par excellence,

“Man not only effects a change of form in the materials of nature; he also realizes his own purpose in those materials. And this is a purpose he is conscious of.”147

In fact,

“What has been said may also be expressed by saying that reason is purposive activity”.148

From the principle of the “projection into existence” it followed that a reason which does not “function” or “operate”, or which is not “active” (cf. Aristotle) is as good as no reason at all. In the intentional structure or purposive character of human activity the entelechy of man’s rationaldispositions or drives or powers becomes ateleology of man’s rationalpurposes. And, in this teleological relation, it follows also that the abstract tautoheterology of reason becomes the real tautoheterology of subject and object. Or, to go back for a moment, when Hegel said, there is no “abstract and permanent antithesis” between Subject and Object, that the two “are wholly dialectical”, then this is what he meant. For, in the realisation of their purposes, humans “transform themselves into theother of their subjectivity and objectify themselves, thus cancelling the distinction between the two”.149Thus, in the processes of labour and of human activity in general, man’s reason, or his rational dispositions and drives, mediates as his “purposes” or intentions or ends, remains the “power ruling these processes”, even if, as in all labour, only silently, or with “cunning”, or through the mediation of “objects”, so that in “objectifying” itself human reason, or man’s species-powers, or his rational drives have “only closed with themselves and retained themselves”.

Let me repeat some of the points that may be only implicit in this analysis.

1) “Teleology is the higher truth of mechanism”, 150or, in Marx’s words, “Nature, taken abstractly, for itself, and fixed in its separation from man, is nothing for man,” 151or “reality must be conceived as human activity, practice, subjectively”. All of which means the same.

2) This teleology, or the intentional-purposive structure of human activity must itself be a mediation of the entelechy of human-rational nature, for otherwise “freedom” will be only “freedom in form”, as Hegel says, or will only be “will in the form of contingency”, or caprice, so that freedom then becomes a pure contradiction, “to this extent that its form and content stand in antithesis”.152

3) An entelechy of reason not mediated, or determined, as teleology, or a reason not determined as conscious purpose, or as freedom, has no praxiological significance. It then remains, as in Aristotle, a “natural teleology”, a philosophy, or ontology, of nature.

And 4) the basic point, practice, to be really such, must be conceived as the tautoheterology of reason, or of man’s rational nature, or of his dispositions or drives or powers, manifesting themselves in activity, and thus engaging in their “development”. Only in this conception can practice and thus history become a “confirmation and realization” of man’s essential powers.

Thus it is Marx’s praxiology that draws out the profound significance of Hegel’s axiom that what is rational is real, and what is real is rational. For reality, conceived as human practice, now becomes the projection into existence of human reason, or of that which constitutes human nature ashuman nature. And, conversely, a reason that is not mediated tautoheterologically,as practice, is no reason at all. It remains something which we cannot know and thus “unreal”.

This is the conception (the one I have just tried to sketch, all too briefly) that establishes the “unifying truth” of idealism and materialism. Any other conception collapses us back into their insoluble antinomy. For we are then back with

(a) “Abstract thinking”, that is, a reason, or an intuition, or a creativity that finds no principle of confirmation, or development, or realisation, or a reason that is “valid” independently of its projection into existence, or its development, or practice. We are back with a principle that forms the latent tendency of all classical rationalism.

(b) “Objectivity”, or “sensuousness”, that is, a reality or a world that still lies opposed to us in its strangeness, a world closed in on itself as a merely “one-sided” objectivity, a world “imposed on us” by experience, a world that is a mere “object of contemplation”. And here we are back with the principle of all “hitherto existing” materialism, of sensualism, of naturalism, and so on.

Or, tautoheterology is essential. Reality must be conceived as “practice”, i.e. subjectively. Feuerbach does not see this,

“Feuerbach, not satisfied with abstract thinking, appeals to sensuous contemplation” (Thesis 5).

The philosophical and scientific ancestry of “praxiology”

The praxiological humanism of Marx was in fact “prepared” by a long history preceding the properly modern epoch of philosophical and scientific thought that began with Descartes. The hallmark of this modern epoch was the radical dualism of Cartesian ontology, that is, of a world divided and separated sharply into res cogitans andres extensa, into Mind and Matter, Soul and Body, Society and Nature. This dualism shattered the “conceptual unity of the world and opened up the possibility” of “extreme” solutions,153of the solutions we have already referred to. By contrast, and this contrast is very striking, both Greek thought and the thinking of the Renaissance strove towards the ideal of a unified conception of reality, and in this process, or effort, protracted over many centuries, and interrupted by revolutions in social life and productive regimes, anticipated, or was bound to anticipate, certain basic themes that Marx would later fuse into his notion of “practice”.

(a) Rational Nature, and Reason as Tautoheterology. The Greeks

Already in the pre-Socratic tradition, and specifically in Anaxagoras, two principles have been clearly established. There is, first, the principle that Galileo will later accept in the more profound conception that Plato and Renaissance Platonism gave to it, viz. that the world is intrinsically “rational”, or, that “reason (nous) is the origin of the world and of all order”.154 This principle Plato will develop later into his “Theory of Ideas”. There is, secondly, a corollary of this principle, namely, the notion that reason [logos] is likewise the “criterion of truth”, which Anaxagoras argues by attributing to our sensations an inherent deficiency, or an intrinsic fallibility.155 This says that deprived of “reason”, man is left with no means of perceiving the “rationality” of the world, that is, with no means of establishing “truth”. Or, deprived of reason, the senses are sterile, or not productive of truth. With the Sophists and here especially with Protagoras, this abstract, impersonal “reason” of Anaxagoras is argued “subjectively”. “Man is the measure of all things”, Protagoras is supposed to have said, “of that which is, that it is; of that which is not, that it is not”. About which Hegel writes, this assertion

“is in its real meaning a great truth, but at the same time it has a certain ambiguity, in that as man is the undetermined and many-sided, he may in his individual particularity, as this contingent man, be the measure, or else self-conscious reason in man, man in his rational nature and his universal substantiality, is the absolute measure”. 156

But Hegel accepts this principle of subjectivity to mean that “All content, everything objective, is only in relation to consciousness”,[157]157that is, “for man”. Thus, Protagoras expresses reason, or thought, as “real existence”,[158]158he understands it “subjectively”. Reason conceived subjectively is then further determined, by Socrates, as an ethical value, as “the Good”, which man “has to find from himself”. Or, Socrates says,

“Man has to find from himself both the end (aition) of his activity and the end of the world, and must attain to truth through himself”.

Truth is thus a “product mediated through thought”, that is, a function of human activity, for “thought” has been determined subjectively as “real existence”, so that Socrates establishes

“the infinitely important principle of leading back the truth of the objective to the thought of the subject”. 

Or, “all that has value to men ... is contained in men themselves”.159 After which, Plato dialecticises the subjective and ethical principle of Socrates by ascribing to the “ends” or “values” that humans must discover the character of intrinsic determinations of human nature. Our discovery is thus only a recollection of what lies implicit within us. Or, “all learning is for us nothing other than a recollection (anamnesis)”, Plato writes,160 meaning thereby that “the process of learning is not such that something foreign enters into us, but such that our own essence becomes actualized”.161That is to say, the Platonic conception of “learning” [mathesis] prefigures the doctrine of “innate ideas”, but in its tautoheterological conception. To say that learning is a process of “recollection” is a way of saying that, without certain rational dispositions or capacities or powers, or without the “spontaneity” of human intelligence, we could have no knowledge. On the other hand, the process of gaining knowledge, or of “learning”, itself requires that these dispositions, or powers, or that this whole innate schematism of intelligence comes into play, or into “operation”, or function actively, through the stimulus of experience. So, “we must not think that the bald conception”, that is, the crude conception, which no major rationalist ever accepted,

“of innate ideas is here indicated. The idealism of Plato must not be thought of … as that false idealism … which maintains that … we do not learn anything, or are not influenced from outside, but that all conceptions are derived from out of the subject… Plato’s idealism is certainly far removed from anything of the sort”.162

That is, Plato does not accept a tautology of reason for which the moment of “otherness”, of experience, and so on, is of no significance. Rather, he “places the truth in that alone which is produced through thought, and yet thesource of knowledge is manifold – it lies in feelings, sensations, etc.”163This is a very important statement, for it tautoheterologizes the notion of “reason”, or it argues that our innate dispositions cannot develop without the stimulus of experience. Or, reason as the instance of unity mediates itself through experience as the instance of multiplicity, and it is through this process, dominated of course by its unity, that our knowledge is established or that we learn.

It was, furthermore, Plato who enunciated the abstract logic of this specific relation, who established, in other words, the dialectic as tautoheterological identity. In theSophist, he writes, about this, “the point of difficulty and what we ought to aim to show is that the Other is the Same, and that what is the Same is another”.164Early on in his own development, Marx will grasp this conception of dialectic as tautoheterology (to autontauton, the same; heteron, other);

“It is characteristic of the entire crudeness of ‘common sense’ that where it succeeds in seeing a distinction [an otherness, JB], it fails to see a unity [an identity, JB], and where it sees unity, it fails to see distinction. If common-sense establishes distinct determinations”, for example, if it distinguishes a faculty of “reason” from a faculty of “perception”, or if it opposes Reason and Sense-Perception, “they immediately petrify surreptitiously”, they become entirely opposed principles, points of departure for different systems of philosophy,  “and it is considered the most reprehensible sophistry to rub together these conceptual blocks in such a way that they catch fire”.165

Thus, the twin classical epistemologies of rationalism and empiricism both accepted as their common logical foundation the Aristotelian syllogistic transmitted through medieval scholasticism.

This logic of tautoheterology will then find its own specifically ontological principle in the Aristotelian conception of “entelechy”. The dialectic thus acquires a principle of motion. For “the Becoming of Herakleitos is a true and real determination, but change still lacks the determination of identity with itself”.166In “entelechy”, however, that which changes “passes over into change”, yet remains “identical with itself”. In “mere alteration, on the contrary, there is not yet involved the preservation of identity in change”,167that is, there is no tautoheterology.

Aristotle, moreover, validates an “ethics” for which “the Good is that which comprises its end within itself… It is that which, comprising its end within itself, is not desired for the sake of anything else, but only for its own sake”.168This, to Aristotle, is “happiness”, to Kant human life itself,169to Marx human freedom, for Marx writes that beyond the “realm of necessity,”

“begins that development of human energy which is an end in itself, the true realm of freedom”.170

And of course, between “happiness”, or “life”, or “freedom” in all these cases there is no difference whatsoever. For that “rational nature” which, to Kant, forms the principle of the “end in itself” is precisely that “human energy” whose development, unfettered by social conditions, is “happiness” itself.

Thus, in all these ways, the tradition of Greek philosophical thought establishes themes, or principles, or motifs, that lie embedded, however deeply, in communism, or in the praxiological humanism of Marx, which is its expression in theory. 

(b) Renaissance Experimental Rationalism

After a long break of several centuries, it is only in Italy and in the Renaissance, that so many of the characteristic themes and motifs of Greek thought will again surface and find proponents and antagonists. But, of course, what distinguishes the Renaissance from a mere revival of more ancient classical traditions is that its speculation takes place against the impending background of the modern Scientific Revolution. Thus, what distinguishes the writings of thinkers like Zabarella, Benedetti, Giordano Bruno, da Vinci, or Galileo himself is an interest, never very pronounced in Greek thought, with method, but this in the deepest philosophical sense, as an enquiry into conceptions of truth and of human knowledge in general.

In the Marxist tradition, the Renaissance exerts a peculiar fascination. First in Engels, and later, more obviously, in Gramsci. The specific quality of the Renaissance that attracts Engels is the sort of intellectuals it produces, thinkers whom Engels, despite his materialism, will call “giants”.

“It was the greatest progressive revolution that mankind had so far experienced, a time which called for giants and produced giants – giants in power of thought, passion and character, in universality and learning. The men who founded the modern rule of the bourgeoisie had anything but bourgeois limitations. On the contrary, the adventurous character of the time inspired them to a greater or lesser degree. There was hardly any man of importance then living who had not travelled extensively, who did not speak four or five languages, who did not shine in a number of fields. Leonardo de Vinci as not only a great painter but also a great mathematician, mechanician and engineer, to whom the most diverse branches of physics are indebted for important discoveries”.

And Engels adds,

“The heroes of that time were not yet in thrall to the division of labour, the restricting effects of which, with its production of one-sidedness, we so often notice in their successors. But what is especially characteristic of them is that they almost all live and pursue their activities in the midst of the contemporary movements, in the practical struggle… Hence the fullness and force of character that makes them complete men”.171

I have quoted this at length because the Renaissance conception of “Science” will become precisely an expression of this “completeness”, or “universality”, or many-sidedness. This not only in its anticipations of the enlightenment conception of science as something that must reach the “masses”, awaken people, stimulate them, render them conscious172but more specifically, or more narrowly, in the tradition that it inaugurates, which has no name, but which can best be called “experimental rationalism”.

The Renaissance, it is true, will, like later periods, oppose Reason and Experience. On its stage, Renaissance Platonism will confront and fight the empiricism of the Parisian Occamists and of the Aristotelians generally. The merits and demerits of “reason”, “mathematics”, “observation”, “experiment”, “experience” will be debated almost continually. But there is a big difference. In the thought of the Renaissance as a whole, there is more tension, more subtlety, or intricacy, and even more balance. In this respect, the figure of Galileo is indeed quite symbolic, but symbolic neither of medieval Platonism nor of modern empiricism, symbolic of the Renaissance itself, of all its richness and subtlety.

In this sense, the experimental rationalism of da Vinci or Galileo is an attempt, the first of its kind, to forge a “method”, or a conception of knowledge, that reflects the tautoheterology of reason, that peculiar and specific blend of “reason” and “experience” which is almost totally lost with the modern epoch and its sharp bifurcations into 17th-century rationalism, applauding “mathematics”, and 18th-century empiricism, turning to “experience”. For even those who, like Descartes, sought to reconcile the two principles, did so only externally, or mechanically, or “methodologically”, in early prefigurations of the induction-deduction circle.

Take da Vinci.173Superficially, and here quite unlike Descartes, for example, he seems to vacillate between an extreme empiricism and an extreme rationalism. Against apriorism, or the tautology of reason, he says, “Experience never goes wrong”; he says, “Experience is the mother of all certitude”. Thus, to da Vinci, a “knowledge that is born and that ends in the mind” cannot be scientific knowledge. Knowledge, he says, must be “born of experience” and must “terminate in definite experience”. For “all our knowledge has its origin in our perceptions”. “Therefore, ye observers, place no trust in those writers who with their imagination alone have tried to set themselves up as interpreters between nature and man”. But then, on the other side, against empiricism da Vinci will validate precisely the claims of “reason”. For, “no human science can be called true science unless it proceeds through mathematical demonstration”. And again, “There exists no certitude where some branch of the mathematical sciences cannot be applied”. How, then, to reconcile these conflicting demands? Da Vinci is a proponent, or theoretician, ofinstructed experience. His experience is not the unmediated observations of the world on the basis of which traditional empiricism seeks knowledge through generalisation. It is experience mediated, or instructed, or informed, by experiment. Thus,

“I will proceed by first making an experiment, because my intention is first to appeal to experience, and then by reason to demonstrate why such experience is constrained to work in such fashion. And this is the true role to be followed by the investigators of natural phenomena: while nature begins with the cause and ends in experience, we must follow a contrary procedure – that is, begin with experience and with that seek for the cause”.

Nature, da Vinci believes, is “infused with law”, that is, with rationality, but only reason, assisted by the senses, can discover and demonstrate this rationality. Thus “reason” and “experience” stand in “functional reciprocity” (so too Della Volpe), or da Vinci’s notion of “experience” is a complex one,174as this final quotation shows:

“Experience, the interpreter between resourceful nature and the human species, teaches us that those natural laws which work themselves out with necessity can operate only in the forms prescribed by reason”.

The case of Galileo is a more obvious and striking one. This Galileo, the proponent of experimental rationalism, is the Galileo of Geymonat, but also, to some extent, of Koyré. The tensions at the heart of these two modern interpretations only show that with Galileo, as with da Vinci, the balance between “reason” and “experience”, or the sort of relation that integrates them, is never clearly articulated, always brittle, or unstable, or ambivalent. For the experimental rationalism of the Renaissance is still a fluid doctrine, torn by opposing demands and interests, and struggling, within science, to unify theory and practice. Geymonat and Koyré represent, with different levels of emphasis, these contrasting claims.

Koyré:

“Aristotelian empiricism insists on ‘experiences’ that may serve as base and foundation to the theory. Galilean epistemology, aprioristic and experimental at the same time, offers in reply some experiments constructed according to a theory, experiments whose specific tasks are to confirm or invalidate the application to reality of laws deduced from principles that have their foundations elsewhere”.175

Thus Galilean science is “aprioristic and experimental” at the same time, Koyré says, but its experiments are a function of its apriorism. Elsewhere,

“The Aristotelian was perfectly right. It is impossible to furnish a mathematical deduction of quality. And well we know that Galileo, like Descartes somewhat later, was forced to drop the notion of quality, to declare it subjective, to ban it from the realm of nature. This at the same time implies that he was obliged to drop sense-perception as the source of knowledge and to proclaim that intellectual and even apriori knowledge is our sole means of apprehending the essence of the real”.176

To which Geymonat,

“Does it follow from this that experience plays a completely subsidiary role in the Galilean method?”

Geymonat’s Galileo is thus more balanced, but also more uncertain. From Benedetti, he derives “the mathematical element and the empirical element”, so that

“In Galileo there flourished on one side the influence of Archimedes; on the other side, was the spirit of the Renaissance technicians which made him eager to connect theory and practice inseparably, to link scientific explanation with empirical control”.

But the later Galileo, of the final treatise, is more emphatically Platonistic, so that Geymonat will eventually conclude that Galileo never reached a full understanding of the relation between reason and experience. Rather,

“He oscillated between recourse to the purest deductive method and appeal, no less energetically, to empirical observation”.[177]177

I shall return to this underlying ambivalence of Galilean science later. For the moment recall the argument proposed earlier. From this, it should follow that the rationalism that Koyré sees as the hallmark of Galilean science must, if it is to avoid the apriorism of a reason closed in on itself, and thus the very “paralogism” that Galileo attributes to the Aristotelian physics, functionally integrate the “experimentalism” in which Della Volpe, for his part, sees the sole determination of his method. The nature of this integration is what baffles Geymonat and Koyré. But one thing is certain. The “experience” integrated into the structure of Galilean science is no longer the gross, unmediated experience of later classical empiricism. It is “experience” mediated by the rational structures that make it possible. So Koyré claims,

“Observation and experience – in the meaning of brute, common-sense observation and experience – had a very small part in the edification of modern science”.

In this respect, Aristotelian science was more consistent or accorded better with “experience” than the science of Galileo. And, precisely because the Aristotelians held their “experience” against the results of Copernicus and Galileo,

“one could even say that they [sc. observation and experience] constituted the chief obstacles that modern science encountered on its way. It was not experience, butexperiment that nourished its growth and decided the struggle: the empiricism of the modern science is notexperiential, it isexperimental”.178

But an “experimental” empiricism is an empiricism no longer true to itself, or an empiricism forced to acknowledge the priority of reason or the constitution of “experience” by reason. Experiments are the labour of reason within science, the “translation into objectivity of the Notion which exists distinctly as Notion”. Recall that in Hegel’s conception of “teleology”, the coalescence of subjective purpose with the objectivity external to it finds its purest expression inthe means by which humans, in their activity, realise their purposes. Experimental techniques are such “materializations” of reason (cf. Bernard,179Bachelard), and it is striking how the very motif that we encounter in Hegel or in Marx as the “teleology of labour” (above) recurs now in Koyré:

“Far from being opposed to each other experiment and theory are bound together and mutually interdetermined… Indeed, an experiment being – as Galileo so beautifully has expressed it – a question put before nature, it is perfectly clear that the activity which results in the asking of this question is a function of the elaboration of the language in which it is formulated. Experimentation is a teleological process of which the goal is determined by theory”,180 that is, by reason, represented here as “theory”.

In short, the experimental rationalism of the Renaissance attempts to establish the tautoheterology of reason as the method of science itself. No longer, then, as an abstract epistemological conception, but as a principle valid, more specifically, for the rational cognition of nature or of the world. I want to turn now to the deeper characteristics of this conception that account for its intrinsic ambivalence.

The limits of cognitive reason. The dilemmas of experimentalism in cognitivist conceptions of “proof”

Unlike the purely geometricist or deductivist rationalism of the 17th century, Renaissance experimental rationalism attempts to preserve a “dialectic” of reason and experience. Geymonat writes that

“Galileo often affirmed in his letters, that mankind has two instruments for knowledge: ‘sensory experience’ and ‘rigorous demonstration’. Yet this does not mean that he saw an actual duality in these instruments or that he assumed some type of antithesis between reason and experience. On the contrary, he saw in them a profound dynamic unity”.181

To this “dynamic unity” I have given a more abstract or philosophical name. I have called it the “tautoheterology of reason”. The experimental rationalism of the early scientific revolution will attempt to tautoheterologise reason by virtue of its “experimentalism”. This effort is fraught with tension, or ambivalence, for a reason we shall come to.

For the moment, it is enough to note that, conversely, this Renaissance rationalism will validate a principle of experiment, or what I shall simply call “experimentalism”, as a function of its effort to preserve or elaborate adialectical content in rationalism. It is enough, for the purposes of my argument, if we see in this its sole contribution, or its only message.

That a principle of experimentalism underlies or is implicit in the Theses on Feuerbach is, of course, something well-known from the second thesis. The problem can then be stated as follows: how, or in what sense, is this principle to be understood? Whatever answer we accept, this answer must fulfil the following condition, a purely formal one; it must be compatible with, and preferably it must deepen, the conception of practice sketched earlier.

The Second Thesis is, in fact, Lenin’s favourite one. If the First Thesis is one that he hardly ever cites, then that is because its whole polemical thrust is directed to the sort of “materialism” that Plekhanov and Lenin would later endorse, in a pure reversion to Feuerbach. But the Second Thesis, by contrast, enables Lenin to establish a very basic principle, for him, of the “materialist” theory of knowledge, what he calls “the criterion of practice”. This can be stated, briefly, as follows; “practice” is the criterion of the “truth” of our knowledge of the world. Or, in his own words,

“the criterion of practice … for every one of us distinguishes illusion from reality”.

What sort of “reality” does “practice” confirm or validate? For example, practice “proves the correctness of the materialist theory of knowledge”, at the foundation of which, as Lenin tells us elsewhere in Materialism, stands the “naïve belief of mankind” in the existence of an external world, or “naïve realism”. So, in this case “practice” is a proof of common sense, or of our firm and unshakeable “belief” in the existence of a world outside us. In other words, in this case, “practice” refutes solipsism and all other varieties of “subjective idealism”. But more importantly, the same criterion validates the “truth” of ourknowledge of the world. It validates science. For example, it validates Marxism itself as the only scientific conception of history.182As he says,

“the criterion of practice, i.e. the course of development of all capitalist countries in the last few decades proves only the objective truth of Marx’s whole social and economic theory in general.”183

This is a line of thought, or a conception of “practice”, that Della Volpe will take up precisely in connection with the view that Marxism represents the “Galileism” of the social, or human, or moral, world. As we saw earlier, to Della Volpe, “experiments” represent the claims of “experience”, or “sensation”, or “matter”. It is the experimentalism of Galilean science, as Della Volpe understands this, that vindicates the “inductivism of Bacon”. Now to establish, or to vindicate, Marxism as this Galilean science itself, but applied to the social world, Della Volpe has to preserve a sort of symmetry between the science that he reconstructs through the symbol of Galileo and his understanding of Marxism. In fact, for Della Volpe there is only “one Science”, “one method” valid forall domains of reality, including Marxism itself. For example, if the experimentalism of Galilean science, as Della Volpe understands this, is its defining feature,184it must likewise be basic to Marxism. Here, of course, it is the “criterion of practice” that allows the comparison to be established. Recall, to start with, that in the field of cognitive reason, reason itself proposes, or establishes, only “hypotheses”. It is the function of the “experiment” to transform these “hypotheses” into “causal laws”. That is, to validate them as “true”. When Della Volpe turns to Marxism, he is therefore quite consistent, for his argument runs, the hypotheses of Marxism

“cannot be verified [non puo verificarsi], establish their reality or become laws [e diventare realtà-legge] except in and through that historical (and not just abstract) materiality [materialità] which is the specific feature of economic and socialpractice or experience… Thus the basic Marxian hypotheses of labour-value, surplus-value and so on … acquired thereality or truth [verità-realtà] oflaws when thepractical, economic and socialexperience of monopoly capitalism of the last fifty yearsconfirmed that a phenomenon as serious as the crisis, for example, could only be explained by the contradiction basic to capitalism ... a contradictionpredicted in thehypothesised connection of labour-value and surplus-value”.185

Thus, for Della Volpe, the function of the “criterion of  practice” lies in “verifying” the hypotheses proposed by Marx and “transforming them into laws”.186Conversely, if “reason” is to avoid the “apriorism” or hypostases of metaphysics, it must be a hypothetical-predictive reason,187or its hypotheses must be “practically verifiable” [verificabile praticamente], that is, verifiable through “historical experiment” [attraverso l’esperimento storico].188 Or, to Della Volpe, social “practice” is “historical experiment”,189 and it is “experimental” by virtue of the criterion of practice itself, that is, as a function of validating, or “verifying”, or “proving”, our “hypotheses”.

Thus, the experimentalism of “practice” is, for Lenin and Della Volpe, mediated through the sphere of cognitive reason. Or, it is the hypotheticism of “reason”, of Della Volpean reason, that accounts for the experimental character and function of “practice”. And this hypotheticism is, in turn, crucial to Della Volpe if he is to secure a model of rationality (in Popper’s sense) that safeguards “scientific” thought against the abstract, apriorist dogmatism of “metaphysics”. As Popper would say, the rationality of “science” consists in its “honesty”, that is, in its willingness to submit its results to the test of “experience”, for without this (the demarcation criterion) what difference would there be between science and metaphysics? Della Volpe’s thought is identical in substance, only he is a Marxist and Popper had precisely Marxism in mind when he started on his search for the demarcation criterion.

In short, this is one way of preserving or establishing the principle of experimentalism. It is a straightforward empiricist way of doing so, for it is the hypotheticism of reason that secures the “experimentalism” of practice.

Of course, nothing could be further removed from Marx’s conception both of “science” on one side, and of “practice” on the other. Take the famous letter to Kugelmann, cited more often for what it says about the law of value than for what it says about scientific method.

“Even if there were no chapter on ‘value’ in my book, the analysis of the real relations which I give would contain the proof and demonstration of the real value relations. All that nonsense about the necessity of ‘proving’ the concept of value comes from complete ignorance both of the subject dealt withand of scientific method”.190

To repeat something I have said earlier, at the level of cognition, sense-perceptions are no criterion of truth. Or, “the sensible world as such is altogether void of truth”.191 Or, “Philosophy is written in this grand book, I mean the universe, which stands continually open to our gaze, but it cannot be understood unless one first learns to comprehend the language and interpret the characters in which it is written. It is written in the language of mathematics, and its characters are triangles, circles and other geometrical figures…”.192 Or again, “A scientific analysis of competition is not possible before we have a conception of the inner nature of capital, just as the apparent motions of the heavenly bodies are not intelligible to any but him who is acquainted with theirreal motions,motions which are not directly perceptible by the senses”.193 Or finally, to summarise all this with Anaxagoras, “reason (logos) is the criterion of Truth”.

Take Galileo, point of departure of Della Volpe’s effort to secure the “criterion of practice”. The system of physics that opposed Copernicus was a physics based on sense perception. This internally consistent system of thought argued, against Copernicus, that if the earth were indeed in motion, then its movement would entail a centrifugal force of such magnitude that all bodies not connected to the earth would fly away, and all bodies connected to it would lag behind. Against which, or against their constant appeals to the “observation” that heavy bodies falling from a height go perpendicularly to the surface of the earth, Galileo argues, these writers

“call upon their senses rather than their reason to clarify the effect… Just as I have never seen or ever expect to see the rock fall in any way but perpendicularly, just so do I believe that it appears to the eyes of everyone else. It is, therefore, better to put aside the appearance, on which we all agree, and to use the power of reason either to confirm its reality or to reveal its fallacy”.194

That is to say, our perceptions of the world may be either true or false, but only our “reason” can tell us which they are. It follows also that there are occasions when our reason must defy our perceptions.

“There is no limit to my astonishment when I reflect that Aristarchus and Copernicus were able to make reason so conquer the sense that, in defiance of the latter, the former became mistress of their belief”.195

All of which establishes a principle that we can call the principle of the cognitive priority of reason over sensation, or of the “force of abstraction” (Marx) over the power of perception. Now, it is precisely this principle which, when pursued systematically, or followed through consistently, accounts for the inherent ambivalence of every experimental rationalism, the tension embedded at the heart of its conception between the opposing claims of “reason” and “experience”. For, when the proponents of this view, the only valid conception ofcognitive reason, refer, with varying degrees of emphasis, to a recourse to “experience”, or to “experiment”, or to “verification”, that is, to the moment of otherness, then this is a tautoheterology of reason or a dialectic entirelyinternal to the field of cognition itself. That is to say, the experiment, or the recourse to “experience”, merely draws out that which lies implicit in reason itself. Or experiments are only the “materialisations” of cognitive reason. There is no domain of “experience” constituted independently of the interventions of reason.196 It follows, therefore, that a tautology of reason is the permanent temptation of all science properly conceived. That is to say, even experimental rationalism with its effort to balance the claims of “reason” and “experience” glides inevitably into a tautologising rationalism. For in the “experiment”, properly conceived, i.e. conceived rationally, the reason or the “idea” that is the source of the experimental enterprise, or the purpose of that enterprise, simply “remains at home in its other-being as such”. As Marx will say, but here with reference to Hegel,

“The abstract idea, which directly becomes intuition, is quite simply nothing more than abstract thought which relinquishes itself and decides to engage inintuiting”.197

And this, the reproach made against Hegel, is quite simply the innermost tendency of all cognitive reason; not an accidental or whimsical or arbitrary defect of such reason, but an expression of its intrinsic nature. For all science to be properly science, to be arational investigation into the world,must accept the principle of thecognitive priority of reason over perception. And if it accepts that principle, thenwithin the limits of cognitive reason the whole function of “experience” must necessarily become totally problematic. It is this problematicity of “experience”, the inevitable consequence of a consistently scientific outlook, that Galileo wrestles with. It is the intrinsic tautologism of science conceived rationally, and itcan be conceived in no other way, that accounts for the fluctuations, tensions, ambiguities of da Vinci, or of Galileo, and indeed of the Renaissance as a whole.

Thus, on the one hand, it is Galileo’s own ambivalence that really accounts for the conflicting and one-sided conceptions of his “method” or his epistemology proposed in more recent times, from Koyré on one side, to Mach and Heisenberg on the other. And, on the other hand, this ambivalence is no mere defect of Galileo’s own thought, no personal failing, as Geymonat seems to suggest, but built into the very structure of cognitive reason, an expression of the inexorable fate of all such reason.

        When Simplicio, the proponent of Aristotelian empiricism in Galileo’s Dialogue, asks Sagredo (Galileo himself), “Did you make an experiment?”, referring to the “illustration” of the ball falling from the top of the mast of a moving ship, Galileo declares, “No. And I do not need it, as without any experience I can affirm that it is so because it cannot be otherwise”.198 And this reply is not the reply of dogmatism, it is the reply of science. Not the voice of apriorism, but the voice of reason, apriorist by its very nature. Take another example. Sagredo asserts that, to understand mathematically the cause of an event “far outweighs the mere data obtained from the testimony of others, or even from repeated experiments”, to which Salviati, objective and impartial between Simplicio and Sagredo, then adds, “You speak very truly; knowledge of a single effect acquired by understanding its causes” prepares the mind to understand other facts “without need of recourse to experience.”199 And that is something da Vinci had already said, almost in so many words. “There is no result in nature without a cause; understand the cause and you will have no need of experience”.200

        Now, it is only the modern bourgeois philosophy of science of the last forty years that has begun, however hesitantly, to understand this. By this I do not mean of course the positive affirmation of the tautologising tendencies of all science that defines the work of Bachelard, but the more orthodox, or acceptable, tendency of Popperism itself. Justificationism, or the ideal of a cognitively proven knowledge, or knowledge as proven knowledge, loses ground and disintegrates rapidly with the increasing confusions of classical mechanics and the subsequent rise of modern physics.201 The latent weakness of cognitive justificationism has already been alluded to. As far as its rationalist version went, it was clear, or soon became so, that mathematical proofs are in themselves no indication of “truth”. Strictly logical deductions enable us only to make inferences, but not to “prove” in the sense of securing truth to a proposition. Rationalist versions of justificationism would thus displace the burden of securing “truth” either to innate properties of the mind (called “intuition”) through which certain propositions, called “primary truths” by Leibniz,202 or “definitions” by Spinoza, can be established as certain foundations of the process of cognition, or to some form of nominalism, as with Hobbes, where cognition rests on “principles” that “cannot be demonstrated”. For its part, justificatory empiricism would attempt to resolve the problem of a purely cognitive “proof” through the doctrine, pure assumption, that all our knowledge proceeds against the inspectable background of “facts”, of an “empirical base” or an accessible, that is, neutral, “primary experience”. Thus, justificatory empiricism would have to posit some such principle as the “autonomy of facts”,203 in terms of which “protocol sentences”, or a purely observational language, become possible. But against this empiricism, again take the example of Galileo.

“Galileo claimed that he could ‘observe’ mountains on the moon and spots on the sun and that these ‘observations’ refuted the time-honoured theory that celestial bodies are faultless crystal balls. But his ‘observations’ were not ‘observational’ in the sense of being observed by the – unaided—senses... It was not Galileo’s – pure, untheoretical – observations that confronted Aristoteliantheory but rather Galileo’s ‘observations’in the light of his optical theory that confronted the Aristotelians’ ‘observations’ in the light of their theory of the heavens”.204

The standard assumption of all empiricist doctrine that our “ideas” can be regulated by reference to an “empirical base” that is neutral or invariant with respect to “theories” has thus formed the key point in the disintegration of modern empiricism. Whether, with Feyerabend, one says that all “experience” is “mutable” or contains “natural interpretations” that are challenged and rejected by successive “theories”, or, with Kuhn, one says that our “perceptions” are paradigm-dependent, or, with Bachelard, that the “reality” which science deals with already “bears the sign of reason”, or, with Popper, that there is no purely “observational language”, or, with Lakatos, that our ‘facts” are constituted by the “interpretative theories” that we choose – the point remains fundamentally the same, it is the point Bernard made long ago when he said that “experience is the privilege of reason”.

The collapse of cognitive justificationism was then succeeded precisely by the notion that all our knowledge is purely “conjectural”, and subject only to refutations. The most sophisticated version of this latter-day hypotheticism is, of course, Popper’s. But Popper, denying the distinction between observational and non-observational statements, could only secure his refutations, and thus the whole doctrine of fallibilism, on conventionalist assumptions. Thus, Popper

“realizes that in the ‘experimental techniques’ of the scientist fallible theories are involved, in the ‘light’ of which he interprets the facts. In spite of this he ‘applies’ these theories, he regards them in the given context not as theories under test but as unproblematic background knowledge … he may call these theories ‘observational’”, that is, he may “decide” to treat them as if they really were “observations” of the world, “but this is only a manner of speech…”.205

It was this innocuous-looking element of conventionalism that would enable Feyerabend to break out of Popper’s camp, and Lakatos himself to adopt a much more radical conventionalism that sees the “hard core” of any scientific programme as protected from “refutations” by pure decision.

To summarise the argument; is there an instance or a principle or a moment of “experimentalism” in the notion of practice? Or, is there an “experimental function” of practice? One solution, proposed by Lenin, followed by Della Volpe, is called “the criterion of practice”. Practice tests or validates the truth of the contents of our cognition. Or, the experimental function of “practice” is here secured in the standard empiricist way, through the hypotheticism of reason. Lenin and Della Volpe simply recast “practice” in the role traditionally delegated to “experience” by classical empiricism. Experimentalism, here, represents the claims of experience. This conflicts sharply with the principle, basic to science, or to all rational cognition of the world, of the cognitive priority of reason over “experience”. Within cognition, it is reason that institutes or prescribes the forms of its own validation. Experiments, conceivedcognitively, represent the claims of reason. Thus, within the sphere of cognition or of the “theoretical idea”, as Hegel calls it, the whole notion of “experience” is an intensely problematic one. This is what the renewed disintegration of a more modern, historically-renovated empiricism expresses. In short, if there is an experimentalism of practice, this can no longer be secured by reference to the general contents of our cognition. It can no longer be secured by reference to “theory”, or to our “theories”, “hypotheses”, and so on.

Now turn to the second thesis.

“The question whether objective truth can be attributed to human thinking is not a question of theory”, not a question that can be posed purely by reference to the sphere of cognition, in the sense of “science”, or “theory”, “but is a practical question. Man must prove the truth, i.e. the reality and power … of his thinking in practice”.

That is to say, if human nature is rational nature, or if the “power” of thinking, i.e. of reason, imagination and so on, is really a species-power or an essential power, constitutive of human nature, then all this can only be established “in practice”, that is, by reference to human activity, or to the forms that this activity takes historically. And this is something Marx has already said. The content of the second thesis is already there,in nuce, in the statement, cited earlier, that “thepractical creation of the objective world…is proof that man is aconscious species-being”, that is, proof that humans have “consciousness”, or reason, as their intrinsic determination.

Experimentalism as the critical structure of practice

Deepened praxiologically, and thus shifted out of the closed circle of cognitive reason, the conception of “proof” or its implied experimentalism acquires a profoundly ontological and historical character. This is something that the narrow methodologism of Lenin’s “criterion of practice” fails to grasp. Its inevitable consequence is a collapsing of the second thesis into (a) a crude pragmatising “operationalism” which says that, unless our “ideas” or our “theories” can “work”, they are either meaningless (cf. Bridgman) or useless and therefore (cf. pragmatism of the classic variety) untrue, or (b) a philistine bourgeois utilitarianism of knowledge.206

The ideal of “experimentalism” which delegates to our experience of the world a critical function can only be grasped or understood properly beyond the sphere of rational cognition as such, where it is generally enshrined and from which it is then borrowed as a normative model or doctrinal assumption. In fact, matters stand quite differently. The experimentalism of cognitive reason, of science, is an experimentalism that glides continually into a tautology of reason. Or, within the sphere of science, “experience” is something absolutely inseparable from the rational structures that install it, or from the “reality” that reason institutes, or establishes.

But, if we turn now from the philosophy of science as such to the science of human intelligence in general, to “genetic epistemology”, the equivalence of experience and practice that Lenin and Della Volpe attempted to establish can be re-established in a more precise or rigorous manner, but from the opposite end, so to speak. Whereas Lenin and Della Volpe recast the function of practice as the traditional, empiricistic function of “experience” (i.e. as the transcendent and neutral arbiter of our conceptions of the world), Piaget’s genetic epistemology recasts the role of “experience” in the role that Marx ascribed to “practice”.207He establishes a principle first articulated, in an explicit way, by of Gramsci, which we can call the principle of the “practicity” of all human knowledge or intelligence. Gramsci made the mistake of arguing for this principle, a fundamental one, as he realised, by reference to, or on the normative model of, scientific experiments. He wrote,

“Scientific experience is the first cell of the new method of production, of the new form of active union between man and nature. The scientist-experimenter is also a worker, not a pure thinker, and his thinking is continually checked by practice and vice versa, until the perfect unity of theory and practice is forged”.208

It should be obvious that this entailed, in Gramsci’s case, as much as it did in Della Volpe’s, certain basic empiricist assumptions about the nature of science. What makes this less evident in Gramsci’s case is that this empiricism was presented as a radical and thorough-going historicism of knowledge. Thus, science, to Gramsci, is “the union of an objective fact with an hypothesis or a system of hypotheses that transcend the pure objective fact”. Again, “hasn’t all scientific progress shown itself, to date, in the fact that new experiences and observations have always corrected and developed earlier experiences and observations?”. All scientific knowledge is fallible and transitory, Gramsci argues, by virtue of the historical character of science itself, its location within the “superstructures” of society, or by virtue of its “practicity” which, to Gramsci, cannot be understood apart from its “historicity”.209

But, if we strip the argument of its mystical shell, its rational core consists in the notion of the “practicity” of all human knowledge. Now, as I said, this is a notion central to the modern study of intelligence initiated in that specific form by Piaget. The notion of the “practicity” of human intelligence implies, in Piaget’s work, two others that are inseparably connected to it. First, Piaget validates the “genetic” principle that learning is subordinate to development, i.e. that it can be understood in terms of an intrinsic psychological rationality which in Piaget, however, is conceived too narrowly, or purely in terms of his famous “sensori-motor” schemata. This “genetic” principle is one that could be directed as much against empiricist accounts of intelligence (e.g. the early associationist theories) as against the logical idealism of the Würzburg school. But, secondly, Piaget validates a much more subtle conception of the nature and role of “experience” in this process of development. If experience as such affects the process, then it does so mainly as the child’s own “experiments” with its environment, or as its “groping accommodations” to it. This is only the special case, or model-type, of the “practicity” of human intelligence, of the fact that the world that a child becomes “conscious” of is a world that the child has “constructed”, in practice and through continuous adjustments and modifications that manifest a distinctly experimental character.

Thus, Piaget will distinguish from the notion of “physical experience”, which is itself something elaborated practically, that is, the sort of experience that involves contact with objects and the gaining of knowledge by abstraction from the object itself, “logico-mathematical experience”, which likewise involves contact with objects, but

“By obtaining knowledge of these actions themselves and not from the objects as such”.210

The structures of human intelligence thus arise through a gradual “interiorisation of actions”, or they arise in a “practical” way. In the later phases of the “sensori-motor” period this is expressed by an “active experimentalism”. How, for example, does a child that is, say, less than a year old “learn” to draw an object through the vertical bars of its playpen? Piaget, analysing this case in an early work, concludes – through a gradual process of successive modifications, or by “the discovery of new means through experimentation”.211 Where gestalt psychology might have explained this process through the postulate that the child’s perceptual field is suddenly reorganised, Piaget answers, in a statement that is imbued with philosophical significance, “It is the action which fashions the field of perception and not the reverse”.212

Thus, Gramsci’s axiom must be reversed to be understood correctly. To him, the “unity of theory and practice”, or the “practicity” of knowledge, was the axiomatic epistemological foundation of Marxism. Of course, Gramsci drew inspiration for this idea from the Theses themselves. But, as I said earlier, he saw in the experimental activity of science itself the model of this “unitary process”, failing to see that life, or human activity in general, or general social practice, or historical self-activity, are the modelspar excellence of his experimentalism. In this sense, Lukács was much closer to the truth in seeing in the experimental activity of science the pure model of a “contemplative” stance to reality. For,

“the experimenter [in science – JB] creates an artificial, abstract milieu in order to be able to observe undisturbed the untrammelled workings of the laws under examination… He strives as far as possible to reduce the material substratum of his observation to the purely rational ‘product’, to the ‘intelligible matter’ of mathematics”.213

Thus, whereas Lukács is correct on a matter of detail, Gramsci is correct, and more profound, in the general conception. Whereas Lukács grasps the rational tautology of cognitive experimentalism, Gramsci understands the notion of experiment itself to comprise a deeper praxiological significance. The antagonism, or the tension, latent in Renaissance experimental rationalism is here externalised as a conflict between two distinct and opposed conceptions of the “experiment”. Lukács holds the rational tautologism of science against science, whereas Gramsci sees in its apparent or false tautoheterology the strongest point in its favour. That this tautoheterology is misconceived by Gramsci as a real dialectic of reason and experience is beside the point, or not of great importance, when measured against his intuitive grasp that the principle of experimentalism represents a fundamental feature of human activity as such.

But this is a notion that will remain merely “intuitive” in the Marxist movement. That it underlies the movement and shapes its conception of politics, of the self-activity of the class, is indicated sufficiently by the following passages, as a sample.

Marx,

“The working class did not expect miracles from the Commune… They know that in order to work out their own emancipation … they will have to pass through long struggles, through a series of historic processes, transforming circumstances and men… In the full consciousness of their historic mission, and with the heroic resolve to act upon it, the working class can afford to smile … at the didactic patronage of well-wishing bourgeois-doctrinaires, pouring forth their ignorant platitudes and sectarian crotchets in the oracular tone of scientific infallibility”.214

Again, much more explicitly,

“The proletarian revolutions, like those of the 19th century, criticize themselves constantly, interrupt themselves continually in their own course, come back to the apparently accomplished in order to begin it afresh, deride with unmerciful thoroughness the inadequacies, weaknesses and paltriness of their first attempts.”215

Much later, in early articles from 1916, Gramsci will attack the tendency, common in Turin, to oppose “culture and intellectualism” to “practice and the historical reality by which the class is preparing the futurewith its own hands”. “Every revolution has been preceded by hard critical thinking”, he says, and by this “thinking” he means the sort of “introspection” that is embedded in the activity of the class at definite phases of its development.216

Luxemburg:

“The working class demands the right to make its mistakes and learn in the dialectic of history”.217

That is, learn actively, and thus experimentally, or in practice, or “practico-critically”.

Lenin:

“I vividly recall my “first experiment’ which I would never like to repeat…”.

Lenin again:

“In a revolutionary epoch like the present all theoretical errors … of the party are most ruthlessly criticised by experience itself, which enlightens and educates the working class with unprecedented rapidity”.

Trotsky,

“Will Kautsky dare to mount a horse before he has learned to sit firmly in the saddle and to guide the animal in all its steps? We have reason to believe that Kautsky would not make up his mind to such a dangerous purely Bolshevik experiment… For the fundamental Bolshevik prejudice is precisely this: that one learns to ride on horse-back only when sitting on the horse”.218

Now precisely this is what Marx articulates in his conception of “production” in general. As the ontologically basic form or type of social practice, it is production that draws out most sharply the tautoheterology of reason. In labour, man “develops his slumbering powers”.219 Production in general, or production “for its own sake”

“means nothing but the development of human productive forces, in other words the development ofthe richness of human nature as an end in itself.”220

This nature, as a rational, creative nature, objectifies itself, in production, as “knowledge”, so that, in the more developed stages of social production, under capitalism, production itself signifies only the “power of knowledge, objectified”,221 or the production-process becomes a “scientific process,”222 or the activity of production becomes “practice, experimental science, materially creative and objectifying science”.223

The critique of capitalist society

Capitalism accomplishes this integration as disintegration. If the “practicity” of human intelligence, that “materially creative” force resident in human nature as such, is the typical symbol of human creativity, or of “reason”, then the “estrangement” of this capacity is the deepest symbol of human enslavement, or of man’s degradation or his “dehumanisation”.

The force of Marx’s critique of capitalism then rests precisely on the speculative or philosophical component in his conception of “production”. Acritique must be an argument “ad hominem”,224 it must make its demonstration in terms that are directly, and profoundly, relevant to human beings as the bearers of certain implicit powers.

In this sense, the analysis of the mechanism of capitalist production elaborated in Capital would come to form thescientific basis of acritique that had essentially already been summarized by Marx in the notion of “estranged labour”. The critical force of Marx’s demonstration lies in the general argument that while capitalism as a historical form of production, a specific social form of practice, creates unprecedented material and social conditions for the accelerated development of humankind, of human powers and capacities, it condemns humanity itself to “wage labour”. Thus the really “critical” concept in Marx’s demonstration lies not in the notion of “exploitation”, but in the more general conception of the bourgeois “division of labour”. Capital condemns humanity to a social division of labour whose starting-point is precisely the separation of “theory” and “practice”, as we can now call these moments. Theconstitution of this difference flows from the destruction of that integrally unified, “practico-critical” work-activity which before capitalism achieved its most complete, but historically limited and thus one-sided, expression in medieval craftsmanship.

Estranged labour, or wage labour in its deeper speculative conception, reflects a system of production, or a division of productive activity, in which

“the activity of the worker is not his own spontaneous activity”.225

That is, it is not an expression of the “creative”, rational powers that constitute the human essence. It is not an expression of the worker’spurposes, or her freedom. Thus, the worker can only experience her labour-activity as an alienation or an estrangement of her creative powers and her intentions. She can only experience labour as a silentcompulsion on her will. The social division of labour that uproots this “spontaneity”, or subordinates it in the form of compulsion, “separates theintellectual powers of production from manual labour”,226and converts those powers into the “might of capital over labour”. The introduction of machinery and the ever-increasing rationalization of the machine-based work-process, likewise a compulsion forced on each individual capital by the immanent laws of capital as such, doom an ever larger mass of human beings to endless routinism, or “drudgery”, that

“confiscates every atom of freedom, both in bodily and in intellectual activity”.227

The relationship of the worker to her activity becomes

“activity as passivity, power as impotence, procreation as emasculation”.228

But, if the rational spontaneity or material creativity of man is what constitutes him apart from the rest of nature, as subject, then this estrangement of the activity of labour threatens to abolish the distinction between humans and animals:

“The result is that man (the worker) feels that he is acting freely only in his animal functions … in his dwelling and adornment, while in his human functions he is nothing more  than an animal”.229

But, of course, this process begins earlier, or deeper, not in the factory, but in the home, not in the direct site of labour-activity but in the sphere of the “animal” reproduction of labour-power. The process begins with the working-class child, or with the worker as a child, or with those children who will over time form the working classes. The restricted, cramped, animalised development of the wage-labourer is a restricted, cramped, animalised development of his children.

If the basic characteristic of human development lies in the active or practical development of human powers, or of that “energy which is an end in itself”, or if the spontaneous experimentalism of human practice defines this practice as rational-creative or practico-critical activity, as the activity of a subject, then the “passivity” or the “impotence” of wage-labour activity forms the basic characteristic of estrangement.

Note how the city-form, central to the expansion of bourgeois civilisation as the unifying base and site par excellence of all its commodity-activities, evokes in the aesthetic representations of this civilisation the quality of being like a “dream”, or like “death”, or the image of something “sunken”, “hellish”, “unreal”.

“Activity as passivity, power as impotence…”

Marx writes, and someone else then echoes this as

“Shape without form, shade without colour,/Paralyzed force, gesture without motion”.230

Note how, as early as the 1840s, when the new industrial civilisation is still rough, amorphous, or only crystalline, the “crowd” acquires a sort of inner symbolism, from Engels through Poe into Baudelaire. The city is the base of this crowd, its specific element, the sphere in which it subsists. And the crowd is, for its part, the typical symbol of “active passivity”, of “gesture without motion”. In sum, the crowd expresses, in a peculiarly concentrated form, the automaticity that becomes the pervasive feature of the social life-process, or life practice, under capitalism.

If the worker’s activity is not “his own spontaneous activity”, it is not the activity of a subject, but automatic activity or activity established and imposed and coordinated as a function of machine-based industrial processes. It is interesting that when he analyses the “crowd” theme in Baudelaire, Benjamin should write,

“Independently of the worker’s volition, the article being worked on comes within his range of action and moves away from him just as arbitrarily. ‘Every kind of capitalist production … has this in common’, wrote Marx, ‘that it is not the workman who employs the instruments of labor, but the instruments of labor that employ the workmen. But it is only in the factory system that this inversion for the first time acquires technical and palpable reality’. In working with machines, workers learn to coordinate their own ‘movements to the uniform and unceasing motion of an automaton’.”

And Benjamin adds,

“These words shed a peculiar light on the absurd kind of uniformity with which Poe wants to saddle the crowd – uniformities of attire and behavior, but also a uniformity of facial expression”.231

When, in the manifesto that Marinetti published around the turn of the century, announcing Futurism, he declared, “we will extol immense crowds, moved by work, pleasure or rebellion; the multicolored and polyphonic fits of revolutions in all modern capitals”,232 then, in this futurist image, he simply drew the contrasting picture of the present, that is, of a bourgeois civilisation now entering its phase of cultural decadence, of crowds not moved by “work”, of “capitals” yet to witness “revolutions”.

“‘All machine work requires early drilling of the workers’. This drill must be differentiated from practice. Practice, which was the sole determinant in craftsmanship, still had a function in manufacturing. With it as the basis, ‘each particular area of production finds its appropriate technical form in experience and slowly perfects it’… On the other hand, this same manufacturing produces ‘in every handicraft that it seizes upon a class of so-called unskilled labourers. If it develops a one-sided speciality into a perfection … it also begins to make a speciality of the absence of all development’”.233

“The drill must be differentiated from practice”, Benjamin writes. So must habit, routine, discipline, repetitive, monotonous, one-sided specialisation. Recall Engels on the Renaissance,

“the heroes of that time wore not yet in thrall … that is crushed by, enslaved to, the division of labour”.

The civilisation of the Renaissance, based on a more profoundly unified, integral connection between “intellectual” and “manual” labour, a connection symbolised by its technical and scientific interests and by its specific form of manufacturing, was also the civilisation that could articulate well in advance of Marx the rationalist humanism that Colletti perceptively brings back into focus. See how, in Cusanus, all the dialectical and rationalist elements of Marx’s humanism are already prefigured in the notion that,

“The active creation of humanity has no other end than humanity itself. For humanity does not proceed outside itself while it is creating, nor does it produce anything new. Rather, does it know that everything it creates by unfolding was already within it”.234

In this notion, Cusanus will “praxiologise” Plato’s conception of “learning” as a process of “recollecting” what already lies “implicit” within us.

It follows that, when Marx writes about the activity of production divested of the specific social forms that it takes under capitalism, or of the production-activity of a communist society, his emphasis centres on the reintegration of the “intellectual” (creative, rational, experimental) aspects of production with the process of labour as such. It follows that he will see in this production the “development of that energy (that power or fund of power) which is an end in itself”, and write that this can only be the case when labour “is of a scientific character, as well as being general labour”.235 Scientific, that is, rationally creative, experimental, critical, in other words, subjective, not

“the exertion of a specifically trained force of nature but the labour of a subject”.

In short, Marx’s theory of “estranged labour” represents a praxiological critique of capitalism.

“Theory” and “practice”

The reverse side of the process by which the social division of labour dehumanises production is the forcible separation and seclusion, into a functionally specialised and self-contained sphere, of the critical, rational, experimental, scientific, and technical moments of social practice. These moments are thus “preserved” and functionally consolidated, but only abstractly, or one-sidedly, and thus in forms that are necessarily specialist, esoteric, abstract, and utopian.

All “theory” bears the imprint of this separation. Or, it is this separation, a real historic process, that brings theory into being. The separation, or divorce, or hiatus, or disunity of “theory” and “practice” is thus something intrinsic to capitalist society, to the division of labour that it generates and reproduces, and a truly permanent or lasting or final integration of those moments becomesimpossible within the historical limits of capitalism.

“Abstract thought” and “sensuous contemplation” thus form the twin antipodes of the social life-process under capitalism. Sensuous contemplation, for

“As labour is progressively rationalized and mechanized, the worker’s lack of will is reinforced by the way in which his activity becomes less and less active and more and more contemplative.”236

Or, as Engels writes precisely in the year that Marx composed both the Manuscripts and theTheses,

“As voluntary, productive activity is the highest enjoyment known to us, so is compulsory toil the most cruel, degrading punishment… The division of labour has multiplied the brutalising influences of forced work. In most branches the worker’s activity is reduced to some … purely mechanical manipulation, repeated minute after minute, unchanged year after year… What abilities can a man retain in his thirtieth year who has made needle points or filed toothed wheels twelve hours every day from his early childhood?... The worker’s activity … offers no field for mental activity”.

“The supervision of machinery, the joining of broken threads, is no activity which claims the operative’s thinking powers… There is no better means of inducing stupefaction than a period of factory-work, and if the operatives have, nevertheless, not only rescued their intelligence, but cultivated it and sharpened it … they have found this possible only in rebellion against their fate and against the bourgeoisie… Or if this indignation against the bourgeoisie does not become the supreme passion of the working-man, the inevitable consequence is drunkenness”.237

Against which stands the “abstract activity of thought”, expression of the same underlying social movement:

“Division of labour only becomes truly such from the moment when a division of material and mental labour appears. From this moment consciousness can really flatter itself that it is something other than consciousness of existing practice…From now on consciousness is in a position to proceed to ... the formation of ‘pure’ theory”.238

Thus “theory” is constituted by the social division of labour, that is, the disintegration of work as a unified activity. The monotonous, stupefied, contemplative character of “manual”, purely sensuous, physical labour in the factories is reflected, in reverse, in the abstract, specialist, utopian character of “theory”. “In Germany”, Marx writes, “practical life is as devoid of intellect as intellectual life is of practical activity”.239

Now, Marxist theory, the “theory” of the working-class movement, no more escapes these determinations than any other sphere of abstract, specialist “intellectual life”. In relation to the social life-process and practice of bourgeois society as a whole, this theory necessarily retains the twofold characteristics of something “abstract”, specialist, esoteric, and of something “utopian”, other-worldly. As a “theoretical idea” or as cognition or science, it is a system of thought permeated by the “finitude” of having an otherness, an objective world over against it, closed in on itself. The striving for “concreteness” that characterises the Notion as “subjective” Idea, as which it is only “theoretical”, is realised by it in such a way that “the Idea in the first instance only gives itself a content whose basis is given”. Or, in “the theoretical idea”, in all theory, “the subjective Notion … stands opposed to the objective world from which it takes into itself a determinate content and filling”. “Accordingly, cognition still retains its finitude in its realized end; in its realized end it has at the same time not attained its end, and in its truth has not yet arrived at truth”.240

The Marxist movement was, to whatever degree, and however unselfconsciously, conscious of this, of its “finitude”. In Kautsky, and the positivising currents of Marxism generally, it would find the positive assertion of this finitude in the thesis that “socialism and the class struggle arise side by side and not one out of the other; each arises under different conditions”, that is, under the silent pull of the social division of labour, so that “Socialism”, the theory of the movement, arises in circumstances no different from those that determine the other specialised spheres of bourgeois intellectual activity.

“Modern socialist consciousness can arise only on the basis of profound scientific knowledge. Indeed, modern economic science is as much a condition for socialist production as, say, modern technology… The vehicle of science is not the proletariat but the bourgeois intelligentsia”.241

A positive exposition, for Kautsky ignores or fails to draw out the historically limited and alienated character of this separation. It follows, conversely, that the “class struggle” is, on the other side, accepted or endorsed implicitly as “practical life devoid of intellect”. It follows, furthermore, that the independent activity or the self-activity of the class, which, as Engels says, can only assert itself or express itself as anopposition to the rule of capital, given the nature of capitalist production and its stupefying effects, must then bedowngraded to a merely “blind” spontaneity, to something merely, or purely, “instinctual” or “unconscious”. And this, then, is a line of thought that Lenin develops in 1903 on the basis of Kautsky himself.242

        It is a line of thought that even Gramsci, despite the profoundly praxiological character of his thought,243 and despite his deeper historical insights, does not completely escape. For Gramsci will likewise start from the historically given separation of “theory” and “practice” and understand the process of their “unification” as a fusion of the intellectual strata with the popular masses, or as a process whose “true site is the Party”.244 It is a line of thought that Luxemburg alone refuses to accept, and this is what constitutes the real specificity of her Marxism, but one that she will fail to overcome decisively. For, where Kautsky and Lenin positivise the separation of “theory” and “practice” in the idea that “socialist consciousness” is brought to the proletariat “from the outside”, that left to its own “spontaneity” the class will fall victim to “bourgeois ideology”, much as Christianity thought that a peasantry without the Bible was a peasantry steeped in drunkenness, Luxemburg, for her part, simplyaccommodates to this separation by ascribing to “pure theory” and the “class war” different tempos, even different concerns, so that “theory” always “offers” to the class struggle much more than the struggle is actually capable of absorbing, and so that all problems that “are important from the outlook of pure theory” are “comparatively unimportant from the practical outlook of the class war”.245

Thus, starting from the absolute and real, historically given, separatedness and fixity of “theory” and “practice”, even the most enlightened sections of the Marxist movement will conceive of their “unification” as an external process, or avoid the problem altogether (as Luxemburg did). In short, almost a century after Hegelianism first confronted and attempted to resolve this, the Marxists will have advanced their conception of the problem no further than the point it reached in Moses Hess. For, already in Hess,

“the duality of theory and practice assumes the form of a duality between the historical movement whose ‘mission’ is to bring socialism about … and the philosophical theory of this movement which is supposed to give it clarity and direction and explain its real goals to it”.246

Against all of which, Marx writes that

“Theory is realized in a people only insofar as it is a realization of people’s needs”.247

If one objects that this surely is how Kautsky, Lenin et al. also see it, that in their conception, too, revolutionary theory is directed at the “realization of people’s needs”, one misunderstands Marx. In the positivising conception of a theory that is “instilled into” the class, the class, its movement, its practice, its self-activity, even its spontaneity, become realisations of that theory. And this is the reverse of Marx’s meaning. Marx is saying,theory must be a realisation of “people’s needs”. That is, “it isnot enough that thought should striveto realize itself”, or, it is not enough that “theory” should strive to find in the activity and movement of the class the principle of its own realisation, or that revolutionaries must seek to embody their programmes, their ideas, their conceptions in the activity and struggles of the class, but “reality must itself strive towards thought”.

And what does that mean if not that this “reality”, the practice of the class, its self-activity, its movement, its struggles, must strive to recover their immanent moment of self-consciousness, of self-criticism, ofexperimentalism, or recover that moment which in the social division of labour generalised by capitalism is subordinated, crushed, driven underground, rendered merely implicit, taken out of production, externalised, specialised, set apart? What does Marx mean except that the class itself, humanity at large, must come to a realisation, through itself, of its own “powers” or “capacities”, which arehuman powers and capacities, and which as specificallyhuman powers and capacities, are rational powers, powers of creativity, of thought, of imagination, of freedom, of the spontaneous exertion of will in accordance with rational purposes? In short, that the mass of workers must “learn”, recollect that which already lies implicit within them as intrinsic determinations of their human nature, and that they can only “learn” through their own practice, or in their own struggles? For,

“men who do not feel themselves to be men accumulate for their masters like a breed of slaves or a stud of horses”.248

A “reality that strives towards thought” is a reality, a practice, a movement of life in which the mass of humanity recovers its “self-esteem” or its “sense of freedom”, rediscovers itself as the bearer of certain powers or capacities that the social forms of life-practice fetter, constrict and uproot. And this rediscovery, or recollection, or learning, or this self-consciousness is something that cannot arise “abstractly”, or from the “outside”, but only through workers themselves, through their own activity and struggles. And that is precisely why “every step of real movement is more important than a dozen programmes”.249

For it is a movement of reality itself towards thought, it is practice recovering its implicit moments of “criticism”, or it is the class educating itself in the only way that is possible for it, that is, actively.

Thus, if there is a “true site” of the unification of “theory” and “practice”, then this cannot be the party, as Gramsci claims, it can only be the sphere of class-activity, class-practice, class-education, or self-education and struggle.

And it follows also that a revolutionary “theory” that cannot assist this process, that cannot form an experimental reflection of the activity and movement of the class is notrevolutionary theory. As this experimentalism of class activity, or as this “criticism” of class activity, revolutionary theory can only be a “demonstrationad hominem”, that is, a critique of the existing social forms of practice in terms of the powers, capacities, dispositions that define humans, and an attempt to stimulate the activity of the class in preciselythose directions that allow it to discover its own capacities, which arehuman capacities, and in this way, slowly, through a protracted process, to rediscover their “self-esteem” and their “sense of freedom”.

It has hardly ever been noticed that in the Critique of the Gotha Programme Marx, to give one example of this trend of thought, of this conception of politics, opposed the demand for the abolition of child labour as “reactionary”. On the grounds precisely that “an early combination of productive labour with education is one of the most potent means for the transformation of present-day society”.250

Now this general and abstract definition of the role of revolutionary theory implies quite exactly that a theory that does not conceive of its own development as a practical process, as an expression,experimental,critical, rational and so on, of thereal life-process and activity of the class, or a theory that does not conceive of its own development as a function of that “reality striving towards thought”, remains a mere theory, something merely “abstract”, specialist, utopian, something “contemplative” in its own way, permeated and infected by the “finitude” of all cognition or of all purely cognitive reason.

This implies, more concretely, that, while at the level of its most general conceptions or general premises, a revolutionary theory, to be theory at all, must fulfil the positive cognitive function of reason, that is, must validate in its own way, or for its own object, the cognitive priority of reason over perception, or must proceed from certain firm,scientific principles, the actual process of development of such a theory, that is, the process that makes it no longer only a theory, but arevolutionary theory that is no longer merely abstract, contemplative, specialist, but revolutionising, this process can only be a practical-experimental one, and this through the inner connection of these moments. It can only be “practical” as a function of itsexperimental mediations of class activity and class struggle, and it can only be this experimental mediation of class activity if it conceives its own development experimentally, practico-critically, or as a validation, in activity or struggle or history, of those moments that lie only implicit within it as its inner, general, abstract, purely rational determinations. Thus a revolutionary theory can only develop, that is, become revolutionary, by drawing out its inner potential, and this it can only do practically and experimentally, in a protracted process which is a process ofknowledge, but no longer “abstract” knowledge, but knowledge that arisespractically as the “self-mediating unity of consciousness and reality”.

Conceived as such a process, i.e. as a development, “theory” breaks down into an infinity of conjectural, experimental, critical moments whose inner tendency is established firmly, but only abstractly, or tautologically, by its own general, rational, scientific principles. Only this conception, tautoheterological in its essence, can account for, validate, both the dogmatism that characterises all science, if it is truly scientific and not a show of science (cf. hypotheticism), which is the attitude by which all cognitive reason holds by its general conceptions despite the contradictory evidence of the senses, or perception, or impressions, etc.,and account for and validate the dynamism, the flexibility, or the openness that is likewise the hallmark of critical thought. Or only this conception, tautoheterological, can avoid theabstract dogmatism of a thought closed in on itself, the latent tendency of philosophical rationalism, and the shalloweclecticism, or impressionism, or empiricism of a thought that abandons its general premises on the slightest encounter with the contradictory “data” of “experience”.

But, again, at this level too, the Marxist tradition, just as it proceeded from the fixity and separatedness of “theory” and “practice”, here also polarised its own development into the distinct and opposed moments, thoroughly one-sided, of abstract dogmatism, or tautology, and shallow eclecticism, or induction. If we look back over the history of the Marxist movement, then precisely this is the most general motor of its theoretical development. Doctrinalism, or the abstract tautologising dogmatism of the general, scientific principles themselves, calls forth as its one-sided antithesis, inductivism, or the appeal to “experience”, to “facts” that are contemplated without the mediation of any principles. Such is the nature of the first struggle in German Social Democracy, the one that opposes “orthodox” Marxism to Bernstein. Such also is the nature of the early splits that break the unity of the Fourth International and account for its subsequent disintegration. No one can deny that, in both periods, the general state of the working-class movement and the deeper movements of the social life-process as a whole must be taken into account to understand those struggles historically. It is no accident that the 1890s and 1940s saw capitalism emerging, in both periods, renovated and restructured after protracted periods of major depression. But we cannot proceed from these general historical determinations to the nature of the struggles and crises within the Marxist movement without mediating the explanation through the very nature of “revolutionary theory” in these periods. It is a striking fact, for example, that these specific periods were either immediately preceded or followed by a tremendous upsurge in the self-activity of the class. Yet, in the first, Luxemburg remains literally the only Marxist to appreciate the significance of this upsurge, or to say anything at all significant about it. In this sense, the crisis of German Social Democracy, whose final manifestation comes in 1914, is repeated, in a different way, in the history of the postwar left. For if the strikes of the 1890s attracted Luxemburg’s attention, and the upheavals following the First War found their experimental resonance in the early writings of Gramsci, in Turin, then the postwar left has yet to show asingle example of any effort to comprehend the rich history of the movement of the class from the 1930s down to today. A theory that cannot become the critical or experimental reflection of the class is a theory that remains abstract and utopian. And the price that revolutionaries pay for this “abstractness” when they enter the sphere of struggle, when they seek to integrate with the activity of the class, is pragmatism. The abstractness of theory, its tautological dogmatism, and the pragmatism of politics thus become expressions of the same movement, reverse signs of the same conception of politics, now no longer merely proceeding from the separation of “theory” and “practice” but shaping the content of its conceptions within the framework of that separation.

 

J.B., March 1977

Image "Protestas en Chile" bytodosnuestrosmuertos is licensed underCC BY-NC-SA 2.0

 

  • 1.F. Engels, “Ludwig Feuerbach and the End of Classical German Philosophy”, from the foreword to the 1888 edition, K. Marx and F. Engels, Selected Works, vol. 3 (Moscow, 1973), p. 336.
  • 2.V. I. Lenin, “What the ‘Friends of the People’ Are and How they Fight the Social-Democrats”, Collected Works, vol. 1 (Moscow, 1963), pp. 136 ff.
  • 3.Max Adler, La pensée de Marx, cited Lucien Goldmann, “Propos dialectiques: y a-t-il une sociologie Marxiste?”, inRecherches dialectiques (Paris 1959), p. 289. Adler’s conception is of course blatantly in conflict with Marx’s own repeatedly affirmed views about Comte, cf. the letter to Engels, 7 July, 1866, where he says that “compared with Hegel” Comte is “wretched”, and refers to his “trashy positivism”, or the letter to Engels dated 20 March 1869, where he says, “Positive Philosophy means ignorance of everything positive”.
  • 4.N. Bukharin, Historical Materialism: A System of Sociology (London, 1925),passim.
  • 5.K. Marx, “The Difference between the Democritean and Epicurean Philosophy of Nature” (Marx’s doctoral dissertation), Collected Works, Vol. 1 (Moscow 1975) p. 40, “Democritus, for whom the principle does not enter into the appearance, remains without reality and existence, is faced on the other hand with theworld of sensation as the real world, full of content … it is the unique real object and as such has value and significance. Democritus is therefore driven intoempirical observation. Dissatisfied with philosophy, he throws himself into the arms ofpositive knowledge”.
  • 6.This tension defines the whole of Colletti’s Marxism and accounts thereby for its freshness and fertility. The citation is from “Marxism and the Dialectic”, New Left Review, 93, p. 29, where he adds, “I do not know whether the existence of these two aspects is fatal or advantageous”.
  • 7. “Value Essence and Value Existence in Marx”, August 1976.
  • 8.Of course, this hostility is not supported equally well by the three of them. For example, Colletti derives, from Della Volpe, something like “philosophical erudition”, which neither Althusser nor Timpanaro show or want to acquire. The twenty-odd references to Hegel in On Materialism (London, 1976) contain not a single reference to any of Hegel’s own writings. This follows from the more consistent and thorough-going character of Timpanaro’s materialism, and from its reduction of the “problem of Knowledge” to physiology. Though Colletti (Marxism and Hegel, London 1973) and Timpanaro share basically identical polemical posturesvis-à-vis natural-scientific materialism, the only brand they represent, and what they see as the “intrinsically idealist” character of the dialectic, Timpanaro is more consistent in the view, not shared by Colletti, that epistemology is inherently “voluntarist”, or inseparable from an “idealist” outlook. Thus he writes, about the “problem of knowledge”,  “This implies a polemical position towards the major part of modern philosophy, which has entangled and exhausted itself in the setting up of ‘epistemological traps’ to catch and tame the external datum, in order to make it something which exists solely as a function of the activity of the Subject. It is important to realize that epistemology has undergone such an enormous development in modern thought because it has not only corresponded to the need to understand how knowledge arises, but has been charged with the task of founding the absolute liberty of Man” (On Materialism, p. 35). Naturally, with this sort of position, Timpanaro is diplomatically silent about theTheses on Feuerbach, and especially the first thesis. On the other hand, Colletti inherits from Della Volpe a far less polemical, more tolerant conception of classical philosophy, and a deeper acquaintance with it.

                Timparano is thus able to grasp the inconsistency in Colletti’s materialism. “What one cannot understand is why the affirmation of existence of a reality not reducible to thought … should be regarded in and of itself as specific proof of Kantianism” (op. cit. p. 78). Timparano is perfectly right. If the sole purpose of invoking Kant is to bolster an empiricist critique of Hegel with “classical” authority, or to reduce Kant to an empiricist (and Della Volpe was already conscious that this could not be done, hence his far more critical positions towards Kant), then perhaps Locke’s empiricism, or 18th century materialism might have done just as well (after all, it was to Locke that Marx and Engels turned by way of finding within the tradition of philosophy an authoritative critique of “metaphysics”).On the other hand, Timparano can only secure his revamped vulgar materialism through deliberate one-sided polemical exaggeration. He writes, “Perhaps the sole characteristic common to virtually all contemporary varieties of Marxism is their concern to defend themselves against the accusation of Materialism” (p. 29). But this is nonsense. For at least twenty years now, or, say, since Della Volpe’s first edition of Logica, the whole tendency has been towards materialism, towards its revival and greater sophistication, and against anything at all to do with the German philosophical tradition. In this sense, despite his philosophical apathy or even philistinism, Anderson (Considerations on Western Marxism, London 1976) is more correct when he says that hostility to “Hegelianism” has been the unifying bedrock of this turn to materialism: “Althusser’s categories explicitly included Colletti in the Hegelian tradition he repudiated, while Colletti’s logic assigned Althusser to the Hegelian heritage he denounced” (Op. cit., p. 70).

                The real picture of this “contemporary” period, then, is that while some earlier pseudo-Hegelian forms of Marxist theory came back into currency (e.g. the revival of History and Class Consciousness, the renovation of Korsch, the renewed popularity of ‘Critical Sociology’), at the very same time there started a fairly systematic onslaught on Hegel himself. The two are by no means symmetrical phenomena: there was no “back to Hegel” movement over this period, but, rather, the rediscovery of certain Hegelian themes mediated through Lukács and Marx himself. On the other hand, the attack, launched initially in Italy and followed up in France, concentrated quite relentlessly on Hegel.

             This is what accounts for the lack of any real polarisation within the ambit of Western Marxism. Take the phenomenon that Anderson calls, in a purely descriptive way, “criss-crossing” (Considerations, p. 72). Both Colletti and Timparano represent identical movements of reaction to the “neo-Hegelian” permeations of Italian idealism and its legacy. Both defend a realist ontology, common sense, and natural science. Both repudiate the dialectic. But then compare their radically contrasting attitudes to Engels and Engelsism, the point over which Timparano polemicises against Colletti.Again, contrast the positions of Althusser and Timpanaro on their respective conceptions of “Method”, but note their fundamentally common attitude to Hegel and their paradoxical points of convergence, e.g. the dismissal of classical philosophy by both as pure illusion. Or, again, compare the retention of the “dialectic” in Althusser, the massive assault on “dialectical materialism” in Colletti, the revival of this dialectical materialism by Geymonat, and their common espousal of materialism. Or take this final example: the wholesale rejection of the theme of “alienation” by Althusser, its emphatic endorsement by Colletti, its peculiar evaporation in Timpanaro (where is the theme even mentioned?) and their common, unifying hostility to “Hegelianism”.Philosophically, then, the position of contemporary Marxism could not present a more striking contrast to the situation that prevailed around the 1890s.

  • 9.K. Marx and F. Engels, The Holy Family, or Critique of Critical Criticism (Moscow, 1975) pp. 147-48.  I have started with this text because philosophically it is one of the least evasive or most explicit in the entire corpus of writings of Marx and Engels. Many of the views expressed in it were later rescinded or revised. The notable case of this is the “great admiration” Marx would later affirm for Leibniz.
  • 10.J. Locke, An Essay Concerning Human Understanding, p. 59. Already by 1859, Marx had changed his view of Lockean empiricism, writing inA Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy (Moscow, 1970) that “Locke even demonstrated in a separate work that the bourgeois way of thinking is the normal human way of thinking” (p. 77), a profoundly sarcastic comment on empiricism.
  • 11.G. W. Leibniz, New Essays on Human Understanding (1700), inLeibniz: Philosophical Writings, trans. M. Morris (London, 1956), pp. 143f. Thus Leibniz says here that the senses are necessary for all actual knowledge of the world, or that the real process of cognition cannot dispense with perception. For the same point cf. I. Kant,Critique of Pure Reason (2nd edition, trans. Meiklejohn, London 1934) p. 86: “With respect to these conceptions, as with respect to all our cognition, we certainly may discover in experience if not the principle of their possibility yet the occasioning causes of their production (Gelegenheitsursachen ihrer Erzeugung). It will be found that the impressions of sense give the first occasion for bringing into action the whole faculty of cognition.” Thus the role of sense experience is here confined to the function ofAnlass, “occasion”, with which compare “stimulus” in the modern version of the “innateness” hypothesis argued by Chomsky, e.g., “Recent Contributions to the Theory of Innate Ideas”, inBoston Studies in the Philosophy of Science, vol.3, edited by R. S. Cohen and M. Wartofsky (Dordrecht 1967).
  • 12.M. Blake, C. J. Ducasse and E. H. Madden, Theories of Scientific Method: The Renaissance through the Nineteenth Century (Washington, 1960), p. 19. This book has a strongly empiricist bias, which is useful because it produces, unconsciously, a more balanced account of the classical rationalists, though at places (e.g. on Bacon, Hobbes) the discussion remains totally superficial.
  • 13.Blake et al., Op. cit. p. 8 for Vives, and p. 7 for Pico della Mirandola in the Platonist tradition. Pico based his attack on Aristotelian epistemology much more on the ancient-sceptical thesis of the intrinsic fallibility of our sense-perceptions.
  • 14.Bacon, Novum Organum, Book One, which deals with “method”.
  • 15.D. Hume, Treatise of Human Nature, Book 1, Part 3, Sect. 6.
  • 16.Kant, Prolegoma to any Future Metaphysics , ed. L. W. Beck (New York 1950) pp. 5ff., showing how deeply Kant himself was agitated by the problem of induction. He says, “Since Locke and Leibniz … nothing has ever happened which could have been more decisive to the fate of metaphysics than the attack made by it by David Hume”.
  • 17.Marx and Engels, Holy Family, pp. 147, 109; Marx, “Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts (1844)”, inEarly Writings , tr. R. Livingstone and G. Benton (Pelican Books, 1975), p. 281; cf. “Feuerbach is the only person who has a serious and critical attitude to the Hegelian dialectic and who has made real discoveries in the field” (p. 381).
  • 18.L. Feuerbach, Vorläufige Thesen zur Reform der Philosophie, cited A. Schmidt, The Concept of Nature in Marx (London, 1973), p. 24.
  • 19.Feuerbach, Op. cit. and inPrinciples of the Philosophy of the Future, cited Lukács, “Moses Hess and the Problems of Idealist Dialectics”, in Lukács, Political Writings 1919–29 (London, 1972) p. 204 ff. And cf. Lukács’ own critical comments at pp. 206ff.
  • 20.The real break here comes with Mach, not Comte, though Machism itself is prepared by the strong undercurrent of empiricism that swells up in the early and middle parts of 19th century. It is perhaps worth pointing out here that Kant’s First Critique played a significant role in this historical renovation of empiricism, specifically through Whewell’s writings on inductivism and in the distinction that the Scottish engineer William John MacQuorn Rankine would draw in the 1850s between the “hypothetical” and the “abstractive” methods in science. Here “hypothetical” is a resonance of Kant’s notion of the purely regulative function and character of the “ideas of reason” (cf.Critique, op. cit., “Appendix to the Transcendental Dialectic” pp. 373ff. and its basic proposition that “If we review our cognitions in their entire extent we shall find that the peculiar business of reason is to arrange them into a system”, and the whole discussion of this aspect of theCritique in H.W. Cassirer,Kant’s First Critique, London 1968, Chapter 14.) Rankine’s “abstractive” method, on the other hand, was a throwback to Kant’s phenomenalism, and in this form was picked up again by Kirchhoff and Mach, to become central in the conventionalism of Duhem and Poincaré. (For Kirchhoff, cf. Ludwig Boltzmann,Theoretical Physics and Philosophical Problems: Selected Writings, ed. B. McGuinness, Dordrecht 1974, p. 16: “In his comprehensive work on mechanics Kirchhoff very clearly sets himself as a task merely to describe natural phenomena as simply and perspicuously as possible, renouncing all explanation, and since then what in physics used to be called explanation has repeatedly been called a mere description of the facts”). The leader of Marburg neo-Kantianism, Hermann Cohen, will likewise transform the First Critique into the epistemological basis of positivism in science, cf.Kants Theorie der Erfahrung (Berlin, 1885).
  • 21.Feuerbach, Lectures on the Essence of Religion, cited in Lenin,Philosophical Notebooks, inCollected Works, vol. 38 (Moscow, 1972), pp. 81, 75.
  • 22.Feuerbach cited Schmidt, Op. cit. p. 25. Of course, this was the element in Feuerbach that exerted the deepest influence on Marx.
  • 23.Cf. Ludwig Büchner, Force and Matter (New York, 1891) p. 205, where Feuerbach is called “the philosopherpar excellence of emancipated and self-contained humanity”. But, to materialists like Büchner it was not Feuerbach’s humanism but his atheism that exerted the greatest appeal. Or, more precisely, his humanism was received as atheism. This accounts for the otherwise anomalous fact that. after praising Feuerbach for his “humanism”, Büchner goes on to collapse “human” beings into nature, in chapters that are simply unparalleled for their crudeness; for example, see his reflections on “madness” which begin, at p. 227, “Mad people, and people who are mentally diseased, always have diseased brains”.
  • 24.Cf. Engels, “Ludwig Feuerbach”, op. cit., p. 349.
  • 25.Ibid. p. 344. Note carefully, “We all became Feuerbachians”.
  • 26.Feuerbach himself divided philosophy, historically, into “idealism” and “realism or empiricism”, identifying with the latter. The “later tradition” refers specifically to Lenin but also to Colletti.
  • 27.Cited Schmidt, op. cit., p. 26. The whole notion of “sensuous objects”, so central to the argument in theManuscripts, is Feuerbachian through and through, see Colletti,op. cit. p. 11 ff.
  • 28.Feuerbach cited in Lenin, Materialism and Empirio-criticism (Moscow, 1967), p. 188.
  • 29.Engels, Op. cit., p. 348; Lenin,op. cit., p. 188.
  • 30.Early Writings, p. 355; a view that Marx will later emphatically reject.
  • 31.Holy Family, p. 154.
  • 32.Incorrect, because Bacon says something quite different, e.g. “To the immediate and proper perception of the Sense I do not give much weight, but I contrive that the office of the Sense shall be only to judge of the experiment” (Novum Organum, 1. 98, and his “Plan” for The Great Instauration.)
  • 33.Holy Family, p. 150f. All this may be due to Engels, but it is pointless arguing like that. Marx himself much earlier (e.g. 1842) had a far more sophisticated conception of the whole matter. Cf. as one example of this, “The Supplement to Nos. 335 and 336 of the Augsburg Allgemeine Zeitung on the Commissions of the Estates in Prussia”,Collected Works, op. cit., p. 295: “one would have to demand of the author that he should make a more thorough study of Nature and rise from the first sensuous perception of the various elements to a rational perception of the organic life of Nature... Just as Nature does not confine itself to the elements already present, but even at the lowest stage of its life proves that this diversity is a mere sensuous phenomenon that has no spiritual truth, so also the State … must not and cannot find its true essence in a fact apparent to the senses”. It is tothis sort of conception that Marx will laterreturn in the 1850s.
  • 34.Holy Family, p. 152. But for Locke, see note 10 above. Their judgement about Hobbes is as strange as the conception of Bacon’s empiricism is wrong. For Hobbes inclined to an extreme form of rationalism, fairly unique in the English tradition, distinguishing “science” from mere “cognition”; cf. the famous passage in De homine,Opera Philosophica, vol. 2 (London 1839), p. 92: “Scientia intelligitur de theorematum, id est, de propositionum generalium veritate...Quando vero de veritate facti agitur, non proprie scientia sed simpliciter cognitio dicitur”, i.e. science (in thestrict sense) deals with propositions that can be demonstrated with mathematical necessity, and not with mere truths of fact. Further, note how Hobbes denigrated the role of experimental observations in the strongest possible terms: “If experimentations of natural phenomena are to be called philosophy [science – JB], then pharmacists are the greatest physicians of all”. Given all this, it is strange to say that Hobbes failed to “prove” Bacon’s empiricism!
  • 35.This is probably the only passage in Marx that directly attacks the notion of “innateness”. It is a view not at all easy to reconcile with his notion of “species-powers”, “drives”, “dispositions” and so on. Pure 18th century materialism.
  • 36.For Mach, cf. R. S. Cohen, “E. Mach: Physics, Perception and the Philosophy of Science” in Boston Studies, Vol.6: E. Mach Physicist and Philosopher (Dordrecht, 1970), p. 130: “To Mach metaphysics is an illusion of knowledge, a deception of the human spirit”. After Feuerbach and Mach, European thought will have to wait for the young Wittgenstein before any equally destructive idea of “metaphysics” is again proposed.
  • 37.Dewey apud Della Volpe,op. cit. infra p. 134. Here the basic error of “idealism” is located in “the hypostatization of a logical function into a supra-empirical entity” (Dewey’s terms).
  • 38.P. Frank, Modern Science and its Philosophy (Harvard 1950), with useful biographical details on the formation of the Vienna Circle.
  • 39.Frank, Op. cit. pp.174–5, referring to Cassirer’s later work,Determinismus und Indeterminismus in der modernen Physik (Göteborg, 1937). Colletti,Marxism and Hegel, Ch. 7 will likewise use Cassirer against “metaphysics”. On the other hand, it only shows Cassirer’s deep philosophical ambivalence that Della Volpe can criticise him precisely for his “excessive” rationalism.
  • 40.The programme was called “Physicalism”. On its disintegration cf. M. W. Wartofsky, “Metaphysics as Heuristic for Science”, Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science, vol. 3 (Dordrecht, 1967), p. 123f. Craig’s effort was directed towards building a system containing only “observational terms”. This, he found, was possible but at the cost of an infinite set of postulates. For Craig’s theorem called the “eliminability theorem”, see “On Axiomatizability within a System”,Journal of Symbolic Logic, 18 (1953) and his later paper “Replacement of Auxiliary Expressions”,Philosophical Review, 65 (1956).
  • 41.On this aspect of Wittgenstein’s brief flirtation with logical positivism cf. P. Hacker, Insight and Illusion (Oxford, 1975), p. 104 ff., “experiential propositions which are not directly and conclusively verifiable by reference to phenomenal experience are hypotheses... Propositions about the past, about laws of nature, etc., are hypotheses”.
  • 42.Cited Lenin, Philosophical Notebooks, p. 68. “Convenience” was, of course, a central notion in Mach’s theory of explanations in science, and likewise basic to Duhem’s conventionalism. Thus inThe Aim and Structure of Physical Theory (New York, 1962), Duhem saw the sole function of “abstract” reasoning in science as one of ordering or “cataloguing” the innumerable “facts” of our experience at successively higher levels of synthesis (laws, theories). In the medieval period conventionalism bore the less euphemistic name “fictionalism”. It was through this conception of the nature of our cognitive claims that Osiander sought to defuse the revolutionary implications of Copernican astronomy and to render them palatable to the reactionary, theological, opposition mounted by the Church.
  • 43.For an analysis of Berkeley’s phenomenalism, see G. Buchdahl, Metaphysics and the Philosophy of Science: The Classical Origins, Descartes to Kant (Oxford, 1969).
  • 44.For a penetrating and lucid critique of Newtonian empiricism, cf. P. K. Feyerabend, “Classical Empiricism”, in The Methodological Heritage of Newton, eds. R. E. Butts and J. W. Davis (Toronto, 1970). Here, Feyerabend dismantles the radical circularity that results from joining Newton’s philosophy of science with his actual procedure as a scientist. The two crucial moves that Feyerabend detects in Newton’s empiricism are (1) the identification of what Newton, in hisphilosophy of science, will call “phenomena” with his own actual experimental results, carefully selected and grossly idealised to conform to the theory that Newton hopes to “prove” (inductively, of course), and (2) the identification of these so-called “phenomena” (viz. his results) with “experience”. “It is therefore quite easy to turn part of the new theory into its own foundations by first presenting selected phenomena in its terms and by then pronouncing these phenomena to be the experience that has proved the theory ‘positively and directly’. Both identifications go almost unnoticed. Attacks upon the theory are soon answered by pointing out how firmly it rests on experimental fact. Attacks upon empiricism are answered by quoting the successes of the empirical rule of faith such as the theory of colours”. An earlier version of Feyerabend’s critique of classical empiricism can be found in “Problems of Empiricism, Part 1”,Beyond the Edge of Certainty: Essays in Contemporary Science and Philosophy, ed. R. Colodny (New Jersey, 1965). This phase of Feyerabend’s writings, 1965 to 1970, undoubtedly represents his best work, before the abrupt descent into methodological anarchism announced by “Against Method”,Minnesota Studies in the Philosophy of Science, vol. 4 (Minneapolis, 1970).
  • 45.For example, what does Marx mean when he writes, “Sense perception must be thebasis of all science?” That all our knowledge is grounded in “experience”, as classical empiricism maintained? In which case, what is experience? Or that the process of cognition starts with inductions and then proceeds by a more complex path? In which case, how does our knowledge acquire certainty? Or finally, that all our cognition regulates itself by reference to an “empirical base”? In which case, what is this “base”? In fact, it is pointless to take these questions seriously, simply because, in 1844, Marx endorsed this view on an ontological basis, with no regard for its implications at any other level. Later, of course, he wouldreject it completely, and make this very view a central part of his critique of vulgar economy. (e.g.,Theories of Surplus Value, Part One, p. 92, “coarse grabbing and interest in the empirically available material”).
  • 46.Bogdanov and Russian Machism are covered by D. Grille, Lenins Rivale: Bogdanov und seine Philosophie (Cologne 1966).
  • 47.Cf. Von Mises. “Ernst Mach and the Empiricist Conception of Science” in Mach: Philosopher,op. cit. and Frank,op. cit.
  • 48.Lenin, Materialism and Empirio-Criticism.
  • 49.Op. cit. p. 28.
  • 50.Op. cit. p. 56.
  • 51.But apodicticity is the hallmark of Lenin’s Materialism. It accounts for the circularity of so much of the argument there. A good example is the way he deals with Yushkevich, pp. 160ff.
  • 52. Heinrich Hertz, The Principles of Mechanics Presented in a New Form, tr. D. E. Jones and J. T. Walley (Dover, 1956), esp. the forty-page philosophical introduction which famously starts, “We form for ourselves images (innere Scheinbilder) or symbols (Symbole) of external objects; and the form we give them is such that the necessary consequents of the images in thought are always the images of the necessary consequents in nature of the things pictured” (p.1).
  • 53.Boltzmann, Theoretical Physics (n. 20 above). The young Wittgenstein’s picture theory of meaning was consciously modelled on the Hertz-Boltzmann model of scientific knowledge.
  • 54.Mach, cited Cohen, art. cit.
  • 55.Boltzmann, Theoretical Physics, p. 95–6.
  • 56.Boltzmann, Theoretical Physics, p. 225.
  • 57.Lenin, Materialism, p. 94.
  • 58.Lenin, Materialism, p. 169.
  • 59.Bacon, Novum Organum, Or True Suggestions for the Interpretation of Nature (1620),Aphorisms, Bk. 1, 50.
  • 60.Lenin, Materialism, p. 113.
  • 61.Op. cit., p. 114.
  • 62.Cf. G. W .F. Hegel, Logic, Part One of the Encyclopaedia, trans. W. Wallace (Oxford, 1975), p. 63.
  • 63.Lenin, Materialism, p. 117. As sensationalism here only means empiricism, this amounts to defining materialism as empiricism + a realist ontology.
  • 64.Colletti, Marxism and Hegel, p. 119.
  • 65.Lenin, Materialism, p.281. But Frank,op. cit. p. 9 uses Rey to argue that “Objective experience is not something which is outside and independent of our minds”.
  • 66.Hegel, Logic (Wallace), p. 67.
  • 67.Galvano Della Volpe, Logica come scienza storica (Rome, 1969), Ch. 2, where Della Volpe argues that Hegel, like Leibniz, simply “intellectualises” our sensations and consequently fails to establish a real basis for [fondare] the intellect itself beyond the “speculative notion” as a form accounting for its own contents. The element common to all the critiques referred to is the notion that our sensations form an indispensable element in our cognition and as such refer back to a “instance” external to thought itself, namely, to matter. For Della Volpe, the basic epistemological characteristic of this instance (of the material or the sensible) is its “discreteness” [discretezza]. A conceptual or rational equivalence of instances or particulars, or conceptual identity or unity, mediated through the discreteness of our sensations or of matter, establishes what Della Volpe callstautoheterology. A principle of non-contradiction, understood in a deeper epistemological sense, that is, by reference to the discreteness of matter, is thus essential to Della Volpe’s conception of “dialectic”.
  • 68.Della Volpe, op. cit. p. 155 ff.; adiluted form of Platonism because the latter is retained as support for the thesis that “instance and concept (parte e specie) are not the same thing”. Otherwise, of course, Della Volpe is as hostile to Plato as he is to Hegel.
  • 69.Many Galileos: for example, 1) the Galileo of Herschel, Mach, Heisenberg and the orthodox empiricist school. Herschel says, “Galileo refuted the Aristotelian dogmas respecting motion by direct appeal to the evidence of sense and by experiments of the most convincing kind” (cited Feyerabend, “Problems of empiricism”, art. cit.). But about how “convincing” Galileo’s experiments were see E. J. Dijksterhius,The Mechanization of the World Picture (Oxford 1961) and Koyré,op. cit. infra. For Mach’s Galileo, see D. Shapere,Galileo: A Philosophical Study (Chicago 1974). For Heisenberg’s Galileo, cf. Werner Heisenberg,Das Naturbild der heutigen Physik (Hamburg 1965) p. 60 and the idea that Galileo first enunciated “das Grundprinzip, das die Wechselbeziehung zwischen Hypothesen und Erfahrung festlegt”; this is argued on the basis of Galileo’s letter to Carcarilla, 5 June 1639, where Galileo in fact says the reverse of what Heisenberg takes him to be saying. 2) The empirico-rationalist Galileo of Geymonat (op. cit. n. 112 below), who balances between “rigorous demonstration” and “sensory experience”. This is likewise Della Volpe’s Galileo, though, in Della Volpe, he inclines more towards empiricism. 3) The more discernibly classical-rationalist Galileo of Ernst Cassirer, anticipating Kant’s own “critical” concept of experience. 4) The consciously Platonising, thoroughly mathematicist, purely rationalist Galileo of Alexandre Koyré,op. cit. infra.  And 5) the counter-inductivising Galileo of Feyerabend,Against Method (London 1975).
  • 70.Cf. Feuerbach, “Thinking posits the discreteness of reality as a continuum, the infinite multiplicity of life as an identical singularity”, cited Lenin, Philosophical Notebooks, p. 83; and see Della Volpe,Logica, Ch. 4, for discreteness or the punctual nature of matter.
  • 71.Dell Volpe, Logica, pp. 179-80; an open, conscious, validation, by a Marxist, of eliminative inductivism.
  • 72.H. W. B. Joseph, An Introduction to Logic (Oxford, 1925), cited Della Volpe, p. 171.
  • 73.Cf. Della Volpe, Logica, p. 184 for the “corrigibility” of scientific laws, p. 186 for the importance of “prediction”, pp. 170-71 for experimental verifictions that turn “hypotheses” into “laws”. For Della Volpe, as for Popper, predictivism has more than a merely methodological significance, it is a rationality-criterion, an expression of the “honesty” that characterises science against metaphysical dogmatism.
  • 74.Logica, p. 205, which refers to “il contraddistinguersi del marxismo come metodo non solo dall’ idealismo e le sue ipostasi ma altresi dal positivismo con la sua idolatria dei ‘fatti’” and positivism’s “ripugananza alle ‘ipotesi’”. Up to 1956, in fact, both editions of Della Volpe’s work were entitled Logica come scienza positiva.Positiva was subsequently changed tohistorica. The book itself contains a nuanced and not entirely disapproving assessment of logical positivism (pp. 251ff). Here again, the main thrust of the critique is directed against the purely conventionalist elements in positivist thought (with Della Volpe citing Lenin on Mach).
  • 75.Lukács, History and Class Conciousness (London, 1971), p. 5.
  • 76.Della Volpe, Logica, p. 175 for “scientific” or “material” ontology as against “formal” or “metaphysical” ontology.
  • 77.Schmidt’s book is undoubtedly valuable for its many correct insights into the theme he sets himself. He is, for example, much more sensitive to the classical German heritage in Marx. But the book as it stands is quite confused and this basically because of the assumption it makes that Marx evolved all in one piece. A significant index of this is his omission of any discussion of Marx’s pre-Feuerbachian views, for example, those elaborated in and around Marx’s doctoral dissertation. The discussion in Schmidt starts with a Feuerbachian Marx, and because it assumes perfect continuity, his own exposition is fraught with the tensions of Marx’s development.
  • 78.Op. cit., p. 29. As argued earlier, sensualism is strictly an ontological empiricism with an only implicit epistemological (or sensationalist ) content.
  • 79.Schmidt, Concept of Nature, pp. 115–16.
  • 80.Op. cit, p. 116.
  • 81.Op. cit., p. 115f. There is nothing wrong with rendering “epistemology” genetic, but it cannot be done in the way Schmidt suggests.
  • 82.Op. cit., p. 121–22.
  • 83.Cf. Lukács, “Moses Hess”, Op. cit., p. 204, note 47, citing Marx’s letter to Engels, 24 April 1867.
  • 84.Marx, Early Writings, p. 389; emphasis mine. (All references in this section are to theManuscripts.)
  • 85.Cf. Sartre, Critique de la raison dialectique (Paris, 1960), pp. 18 ff. Soren Kierkegaard, active in the very decade that Feuerbach and Marx turned to the critique of Hegel, devoted a lot of his work to a refutation of Hegel. Much later, Jean Wahl,Le malheur de la conscience dans la philosophie de Hegel (Paris, 1929) would attempt a sort of reconciliation, by Kierkegaardianising thePhenomenology. The respective fates of Feuerbach and Kierkegaard are an interesting index of the climate of European thought in the closing decades of the 19th century and the early part of this century. Kierkegaard left an indelible imprint through existentialism (for the importance ascribed to him, cf. the Gallimard collectionKierkegaard vivant, Paris 1966, with essays by Sartre, Marcel, Heidegger, Paci, Jaspers, and Wahl). Feuerbach, by contrast, was rapidly forgotten and has come back into attention purely as a function of the revived interest in Marx’s early writings. The difference lies, of course, in the fact that Feuerbach advocated an ontology, Kierkegaard aLebensphilosophie. By the 1870s, Europe was no longer interested in metaphysical refutations of metaphysics. It found its typical symbols in Mach on one side, Nietzsche on the other. Between them, Mach and Nietzsche exhaust the whole trajectory of the European intelligentsia over the next forty years.
  • 86.Early Writings, pp. 396, 393.
  • 87.Hegel, Logic,Op. cit. p. 175. Over against this Hegelian notion of what Della Volpe will later call tautoheterology stands the “abstract identity” of formal logic. Abstract identity = tautology.
  • 88.Marx, Early Writings, p. 388.
  • 89.Early Writings, p. 398.
  • 90.Early Writings, p. 399.
  • 91.Early Writings, p. 399.
  • 92.Early Writings, p. 400.
  • 93.Early Writings, pp. 349, 355.
  • 94.Early Writings, p. 355, “Only when science starts out from sense perception in the dual form of sensuous consciousness andsensuous need…”.
  • 95.Early Writings, p. 389.
  • 96.Early Writings, p. 390.
  • 97.Early Writings, p. 390.
  • 98.Early Writings, p. 391. D. McLellan, Marx before Marxism (London 1970), p. 200 in fact says that Marx “later crossed out” the very sections I have been talking about.
  • 99.Early Writings, p. 391.
  • 100.Early Writings, p. 328-29.
  • 101.Capital, vol.1 , tr. Ben Fowkes (London 1976), p. 284.
  • 102.Schmidt, Concept of Nature in Marx, p.27. All physicalism must end with an operationalist theory of meaning. And that exactly is what Schmidt does when he writes, “We only really know what a natural thing is when we are familiar with all the industrial and experimental-scientific arrangements which permits its creation” (p. 122), with which compare the identical conception of the positivist P.W. Bridgman,The Logic of Modern Physics (New York, 1927). For Bridgman, only those concepts have any “meaning” in science that can be understood in terms of the experimental operations that they allow, or prescribe, or enable.
  • 103.From the preface to the English edition of The Concept of Nature in Marx, p. 10, referring to a 1967 essay in German called “For a New Reading of Feuerbach”. The swing back to Feuerbach was predetermined by the confusions latent in Schmidt’s argument.
  • 104.Op. cit., p. 27–8.
  • 105.On the other hand, when they return to Feuerbach in The German Ideology (London, 1965) pp. 57-59, Marx and Engels revert to the sort of interpretation Schmidt proposes. They contrapose sensuousness as contemplation to sensuousness as physical (sensuous) activity. Thus, these pages simply fail to draw out the content of the distinction that Marx establishes in the first thesis. Again, it is beside the point to see in this retrogression the hand of Engels.
  • 106. Early Writings, pp. 391, 389 and passim. With all of which cf. the terminology of the rationalist psychology of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, e.g., Juan Huarte’s “generative powers”, Leibniz’s “innate dispositions”, Spinoza’s “native powers of the intellect”. With “drive” cf. Aristotle’shorme (Ὁρμή),  which he sees implanted in the whole of nature. The Aristotelianhorme or drive manifests itself asorexis (desire).
  • 107.Early Writings, pp. 386, 395, 357.
  • 108.Early Writings, p. 352–353.
  • 109.But earlier than Kant, in the whole Rationalist tradition, of course, and before that in Renaissance humanism.
  • 110.Marx, Early Writings, p. 354; I have italicised “psychology”.
  • 111.Marx, Early Writings, p. 389; italics mine.
  • 112.Holy Family, p. 177.
  • 113.Cf. Pico’s claim, “The very nature of sense is various, not only because of variations in the object of sense, but because of variations in the human constitution, which is also various in its own nature”, in Examen vanitatis doctrinae gentium (1520). Thus Ernst Cassirer,Das Erkenntnisproblem in der Philosophie und Wissenschaft der neueren Zeit, Bd. 1 (Berlin, 1911) distinguishes this early Platonism “from the truly modern form of Platonism which grew up on the basis of the exact sciences”. Ludovico Geymonat,Galileo Galilei, tr. Stillman Drake (New York, 1965; Italian orig. 1957) makes basically the same point: “The Platonic legacy of Marsilio Ficino had passed to the philosophers of southern Italy, and not into the cultural heritage of Florence, which was dominated by the practical spirit of Machiavelli, and it was there that Galileo grew up” (p. 33).
  • 114.See N. Chomsky, Language and Mind (New York 1968), pp. 70 ff. Also see Chomsky’s note 11 at p. 83 for Kant and Leibniz. For Descartes, cf. Blakeet al.,Theories of Scientific Method, pp. 99f. “However much Descartes may speak of ‘innate ideas’ … the fact nevertheless remains that for Descartes, as for Aristotle, the process by which these ‘innate ideas’ are actually brought into explicit consciousness is one which as a matter of fact begins with experience of particulars”. (I shall come to Hegel later.) Colletti’s formulation of the problem is thus not only wrong in accepting a crude version of innate ideas as the only one, but also incomprehensible in the terms in which it is put: “The alternative is simple: either one assumes that the real objects to be known are given, or else it has to be that the known ‘object’ is already givenqua knowledge itself, as ‘innate’ knowledge” (Marxism and Hegel, p. 86) . The latter part of this sentence is simply devoid of sense.
  • 115.Leibniz in his letter to Queen Sophia Charlotte of Prussia, 1702, reprinted in M. Hollis, The Light of Reason. Rationalist Philosophers of the Seventeenth Century (London 1973), p. 333.
  • 116.Kant, Anthropology  from a Pragmatic  Point of View, p. 7; cf. alsoCritique of Pure Reason, p. 55, “it must be admitted that the Leibnizian-Wolffian philosophy has assigned an entirely erroneous point of view to all investigations into the nature and origin of our cognitions, in as much as it regards the distinction between the sensuous and the intellectual as merely logical, whereas it is plainly transcendental, and concerns not merely the clearness or obscurity, but the content and origin of both”.
  • 117.Cf. Galileo, The Dialogue Concerning the Two Chief World Systems, tr. S. Drake (Berkeley 1953), day 1, where he says, “Taking man’s understanding intensively, insofar as this term denotes understanding some proposition perfectly, I say that the human intellect does understand some of them perfectly , and thus in these it has as much absolute certainty as nature itself … its knowledge equals the divine in objective certainty, for here it succeeds in understanding necessity.”
  • 118.G. Lukács, Geschichte und Klassenbewußtsein (Berlin, 1968), pp. 217-220; Lukács, History and Class Consciousness, pp. 117f. But as the example of Descartes shows, geometricism was often a purely expository device, a way of ordering an argument more rigorously, cf. Descartes’ Geometrical Appendix to theSecond Replies (1641). Descartes would repeatedly make the point that “the complete mathematization of physics is impossible” for “as soon as mathematics ceases to be pure. They require a datum to which they are applied and which they interpret, but which they accept without themselves being able to justify”. See also the fifth rule in hisRegulae ad directionem ingenii where he refers disparagingly to “those philosophers who proceed to the neglect of experience (neglectis experimentis) and imagine that truth will spring form their brain like Pallas from the head of Zeus”, Descartes,Philosophical Writings, tr. Norman Kemp Smith (London 1952), p. 23.
  • 119.B. Spinoza, On the Improvement of the Understanding (1661), tr. J. Katz (New York ,1958) pp. 12, 35, 25 andpassim. Cf. also Katz’s introduction, p. xiv, “How Spinoza thinks that truth makes itself manifest … is still vigorously debated… He seems to think of truth as constituted by proper deduction from premises, or as making a particular statement coherent with a system of statements, or even as building up our statements by starting with definitions”. It is interesting that Marx very early on in his youth rejected precisely the “mathematical” dogmatism of his own earlier metaphysic of law, cf. the letter to his father dated 10 November 1837: “First came what I was pleased to christen the metaphysics of law, that is, foundational propositions, reflections, and conceptual determinations that were separated from all actual law and from every actual form of law, just like in Fichte, only in my case it was more modern and less substantial. Moreover, the unscientific form of mathematical dogmatism – where the subject runs around the matter, here and there rationalizing, while the topic itself is never formulated as a richly unfolding living thing – was from the very beginning a hindrance to grasping the truth. The triangle allows the mathematician to construct and to demonstrate, yet it remains a mere idea in space and doesn’t develop any further… By contrast, in the concrete expression of a living concept world, as in law, the state, nature, and all of philosophy, the object must be studied in its development … and the reason of the thing itself must be disclosed as something imbued with contradictions and must find in itself its unity” (tr. Paul Schafer,The First Writings of Karl Marx, p. 74). Jean Hyppolite,Hegel. Préface de la Phénoménologie de l’Esprit (Paris 1966), p. 202 notes that for Hegel the opposition between mathematical truth and philosophical  truth was a fundamental one. See Hegel’s own contrast betweenhistorische und mathematische Wahrheit  in the Preface to the Phenomenology (Op. cit., pp. 96ff) and the implied criticism that “die Bewegung des mathematischen Beweises gehört nicht dem an, was Gegenstand ist, sondern ist ein der Sache äußerliches Tun”, basically the same point that Marx makes, of course. All this was before the peculiar dissociation between “proof” and “truth” within mathematics itself that was brought about by Gödel’s incompleteness theorems (1931).
  • 120.Early Writings, p. 392.
  • 121.Feuerbach, cited Lenin, Notebooks, p. 67: “unableitbares, ursprungliches Wesen”, about nature.
  • 122.This has been the traditional interpretation of Hobbes; cf. De Corpore (1655), chapter 6, on method (cited Hollis ,Op. cit., p. 178ff.). Sections 13ff. of chapter six deal with “definitions”. In their discussion of the chapter Blakeet al.,Op. cit. ask how Hobbes’s “principles” are themselves established if not through induction. But with Hobbes’s whole conception both of “definitions” and of the analytic method, compare both Bacon’s notion ofform (Novum Organum, 2.13, “the form of a thing is the very thing itself, and the thing differs from the form no otherwise than as the apparent differs from the real, or the external from the internal”, and 2.20, where form or “true definition”  “consists in this, that it furnishes an idea of  the true thing”) as well as Marx’s conception of form (e.g.form of value ). The analysis-synthesis conception that Hobbes takes over from Galileo goes back earlier than Galileo to the logical thought of the Renaissance.
  • 123.Feyerabend, “Classical empiricism”, p. 151. [Reprinted in P. K. Feyerabend, Problems of Empiricism (Philosophical Papers Vol. 2) (Cambridge, 1981), where this passage is at p. 35.] Both Feyerabend and Koyré are emphatic about Aristotle’s empiricism, though the former agrees that the theory of “powers” and “activities” transgresses the limits of empiricism (art. cit., p. 232, note 31). On the other side, Hegel,Lectures on the History of Philosophy, is emphatic in the opposite view, rebutting the notion of Aristotle’s empiricism in some extremely careful analyses of theDe Anima. For Della Volpe, Aristotle’s greatness is his “materialism”, taken to mean specifically the transcendental use of the principle of non-contradiction (Op. cit. p.149), in other words,  the material substratum is itself or has its roots in – “nell’atto del percepire, cioe nella conoscenza ch’e gia la sensazione in atto”.
  • 124.For the successive drafts of this rule, see Koyré, “Newton’s Regulae philosophandi”, republished inNewtonian Studies (Chicago 1968), pp. 269ff. Here, Koyré subjects the whole Newtonian conception of “hypotheses’’ to painstaking analysis, and suggests that Newton’s polemic is directed against Descartes.
  • 125.See the analogy, a superb one, that Feyerabend draws between Lutheran fideism and classical empiricism, art . cit.
  • 126.One “solution” to all this is the notion that all our cognitive claims about the world are purely “conjectural”. For example, Karl Popper, Conjectures and Refutations (London 1969), chapter one, where he says, “all laws, all theories, remain essentially conjectural or hypothetical”. On the other hand, Engels,Dialectics of Nature (Moscow 1974) pp. 240, 232, proposes a more complex relationship between “laws” and “hypotheses”. He sees the notion of “laws” in a traditional sense (pre-conventionalist), but the process of their discovery as one of the continuous proposal of “hypotheses”. Unfortunately, this conception rests on the crude distinction that Engels draws between observations (or “facts”) and theories (or explanations). Della Volpe inclines Engels in Popper’s direction.
  • 127.Hegel, Logic, p. 63.
  • 128.Sartre, “Materialism and Revolution”, in Literary and Philosophical Essays (London 1968), p. 188: “Materialism in a metaphysics hiding beyond positivism”.
  • 129.Op. cit. p. 28, nullifying Schmidt’s whole concept of “mediation”.
  • 130.Timpanaro, On Materialism, pp. 80, 34. I think Sartre’sCritique fails to avoid the tension between tautology and heterology. Like Marx in theManuscripts, he tries to overcome it through a dialectic of intersubjectivity, hence the crucial role, both in theManuscripts and in theCritique, ofbesoin, in Sartre the practico-inertmotor of the dialectic.
  • 131.Hegel, Logic,loc. cit., “So long, then, as this sensible sphere is and continues to be for empiricism a mere datum, we have a doctrine of bondage”. Timpanaro is right – “epistemology has been charged with the task of founding the absolute liberty of man” (p. 35, and n. 8 at p. 81f.).
  • 132.Hegel, Lectures on the History of Philosophy , tr. E. S. Haldane and F. Simon (London, 1968), vol. 1, p. 20, from the Introduction.
  • 133.J.H. Randall, Aristotle (New York, 1960), p. 170.
  • 134.Randall, Op. cit. pp.65, 129f., summarisingMetaphysics, Book Theta.
  • 135.W. Von Humboldt, Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues (Berlin 1836), cited Chomsky,Current Issues in Linguistic Theory (The Hague, 1969) pp. 17f.
  • 136.Chomsky’s most explicitly philosophical discussion of this is in Cartesian Linguistics: A Chapter in the History of Rationalist Thought (New York, 1966) andLanguage and Mind, Ch. 3. The identification of “generative grammar” withcompetence arises only in Chomsky’s later work, where it is first signalled byAspects of the Theory of Syntax (Cambridge, Mass., 1965). Chomsky’s whole work arose as a polemic against the empiricist (or behaviourist) accounts of language-acquisition represented notably by Bloomfield and Skinner. Structuralising discussions of Chomsky, e.g., P. Petit,The Concept of Structuralism: A Critical Analysis (Dublin 1975) show simply no interest at all in the cognitive foundations and implications of Chomskyan linguistics. Colletti’s hostility to the innateness “hypothesis” has already been alluded to. For Timpanaro, cf.On Materialism, p. 199f, and p. 203, n. 147, “the merits of empiricism and of its anti-innatist polemic”. If any sort of psychology corresponds to Timpanaro’s materialism, it is obviously something close to behaviourism.
  • 137.Hegel, Logic, p. 224f. Cf. Chomsky,Language and Mind, p. 67: “The Platonistic element in Humboldt’s thought is a pervasive one; for Humboldt it was as natural to propose an essentially Platonistic theory of ‘learning’ as it was for Rousseau to found his critique of repressive social institutions on a conception of human freedom that derives from strictly Cartesian assumptions regarding the limitations of mechanical explanation”.
  • 138.Hegel, Logic, p. 261.
  • 139.On Mechanism and Teleology, see Hegel, Science of Logic, trans. A. V. Miller (London 1969), pp. 711ff., 734ff.; cf. the smallerLogic, pp. 261ff. For the historical background to the rise of a “mechanistic” world picture cf. Dijksterhuis,Op. cit. and R. S. Schofield,Mechanism and Materialism: British Natural Philosophy in an Age of Reason (Princeton, 1970).
  • 140.Sartre, Being and Nothingness. An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology (London, 1966), p. 613.
  • 141.Sartre, Being and Nothingness, pp.614.
  • 142.Hegel, Logic  (Wallace), §204 (p. 267).
  • 143.Being and Nothingness, p.615. Again the hole polemical thrust of these pages lies against behaviourism.
  • 144.Hegel, Logic, §234 (p. 291).
  • 145.Logic, p. 290.
  • 146.Logic, §206 (p. 270).
  • 147.Marx, Capital, Vol. 1, p. 284. The theme is known as the “teleology of labour” and discussed in Lukács, The Young Hegel (London 1975), pp. 338ff.
  • 148.Hegel, cited Lukács, Young Hegel, p. 363.
  • 149.Hegel, Logic (Wallace), p. 268; “the End” modified to “humans”. For the “cunning” of reason,ibid., p. 272.
  • 150.Hegel, Science of Logic, p. 737.
  • 151.Marx, Early Writings, p. 398.
  • 152.Hegel, Logic (Wallace), §145 (p. 206), where he also says “the Freedom of Will is an expression that often means mere free choice, or the will in the form of contingency”.
  • 153.H. Holz, Leibniz (Stuttgart, 1958), p. 20f. where he writes that occasionalism, French materialism, Spinoza and Leibniz each in their own way attempted to overcome the dualism of Cartesian ontology. “Das Zeitalter Leibniz steht, philosophiegeschichtlich gesehen, unter dem Zeichen der Auseinandersetzung mit dem cartesischen System. So ist auch das Leibniz’sche Denken metaphysisch als Gegenzug gegen den Cartesianismus entstanden. Der cartesische Dualismus vonres cogitans undres extensa hatte die Begrifflicheinheit der Welt auseinandergerissen”. Holz subsequently makes an extremely artificial attempt to reconstruct the Leibnizian monadology as a prefiguration of dialectical materialism.
  • 154.Reported in Aristotle, Metaphysics, I, 3.
  • 155.Hegel, Lectures, vol. 1 p. 348, citing Sextus Empiricus,Adversus Mathematicos, 7, 89. The same view is ascribed by Sextus to Heraclitus. In Antiquity the radically opposite view, upholding the veracity of our sensations, was most forcefully argued by Epicurus. The main evidence for this ancient empiricism lies in Diogenes Laertius, who says, “Now in the Canon Epicurus affirms that our sensations ... and our feelings are the standards of truth”. Reason cannot “refute them, for reason is dependent on sensation”. “The reality of ... perceptions guarantees the truth of our senses”. “It is from phenomena that we must seek to obtain information about the unknown. For all our notions are derived from perceptions, either by actual contact or by analogy or resemblance, or composition, with some slight aid from reasoning”,Collected Works, vol.1, p.405f.). Anaxagoras’ fragments have been collected together inAnaxagoras. Testimonianze e frammenti , ed. De Lanza (Rome, 1966), Epicurus’s, inEpicuro: Opere,  tr. G. Arrighetti (Turin, 1960).
  • 156.Hegel, Lectures on the History of Philosophy, vol. 1, p. 373; cf. Marx,Notebooks on Epicurean Philosophy, inCollected Works, vol. 1, p. 436, “with the Sophists … it is ideality itself which, in its immediate form, thesubjective spirit, becomes the principle of philosophy”, and the remarks that follow this in the Second Notebook.
  • 157.Hegel, Lectures, p. 374.
  • 158.Hegel, Lectures, p. 385.
  • 159.Hegel, Lectures, p. 386. Again, cf. Marx,Notebooks, p.439, “Subjectivity is manifested in its immediate bearer [Socrates] as his life and his practical activity…apart from this practical activity, his philosophy has no other content than the abstract determination of the Good”.
  • 160.Plato, Phaedo, ed. G. Stallbaum (Leipzig, 1866), p. 72e,hemin he mathesis ouk allo ti e anamnesis tynchanei ousa. The connection I have drawn between Plato and the earlier tradition is stated as follows by Marx,Notebooks, p.490f.: “As the nous of Anaxagoras comes into motion in the Sophists … and this immediate daemonic motion as such becomes objective in the daemon of Socrates, so alsothe practical motion in Socrates becomes a general and ideal one in Plato, and the nous expands itself into a realm of ideas”. Likewise, in the 2nd Notebook, “With Plato motion becomes ideal; as Socrates is the image and teacher of the world, so Plato’s ideas, his philosophical abstraction, are its prototypes. In Plato this abstract determination of the good, of the purpose, develops into a comprehensive world-embracing philosophy” (p. 439). But the interpretation that then follows of the Theory of Ideas is a fairly traditional one. The term “purpose” in Marx’s text refers to the notion ofaition in Socrates. Thus in thePhaedo (Op. cit., p.99b) Socrates will criticise Anaxagoras for confusing the “true purposes” or “ends” of human activity (theaitia) with those conditions that render the execution of such purposes possible (e.g., the fact that humans have bodies): “It shows an inability to distinguish between that without which this real cause would not be a cause at all (aneu hou to aition ouk an pot’aie aition)”. (This is also cited by Hegel in hisLectures, p. 342.)
  • 161.Hegel, Lectures, vol.2, p.32f.; cf. Humboldt, “Die Erlernung ist…immer nur Wiedererzeugung”.
  • 162.Hegel, Lectures, p. 43. So we must add Hegel to a list that includes Kant, Leibniz, and Descartes. To repeat, none of the major proponents of the theory of innate ideas ever denied the role of “experience” or “perceptions”, etc., in the manifestation of those “ideas”.
  • 163.Hegel, Lectures, p. 45. Note well, “the source of knowledge in manifold”.
  • 164.Cited Hegel, Lectures, p.64. The basic study of Plato’s dialectic remains J. Stenzl,Studien zur Entwicklung der platonischen Dialektik von Sokrates zu Aristoteles (Leipzig, 1931).
  • 165.Marx, “Die moralisierende Kritik und die kritische Moral”, cited Schmidt, Op. cit., p. 50.
  • 166.Hegel, Lectures, p. 140. On the other hand, W. Heisenberg,Physik und Philosophie (Verlag Ullstein, 1959), p. 44 writes that modern physics vindicates Heraclitus more than anyone else.
  • 167.Hegel, Lectures, p. 141.
  • 168.Hegel, Lectures, p. 203. Hegel also says, “In the Kantian philosophy we for the first time have that (sc. Aristotle’s) conception once more awakened in us … life has there been made an end to itself” (p. 160).
  • 169.I. Kant, Groundwork of the Metaphysic of Morals, in H.J. Paton,The Moral Law (London 1966). Without this Aristotelian-Kantian ethical rationalism, the Marxist tradition will simply continue to suffer from pure ethical pragmatism. Marx himself unreservedly accepted the notion of human nature “as an end in itself”.
  • 170.Marx, Capital, vol.3 (Moscow 1959), p. 800.
  • 171.Engels, Dialectics of Nature, pp. 21-22. The passage is unparalleled for the admiration it expresses, and the sheer enthusiasm it shows, for an earlier period of European thought. Generally, both Marx and Engels are severe in their judgements about most things. How often do you find words like “giants” in their writing?
  • 172.Cf. Geymonat, Galileo, p. 71ff.
  • 173.All citations taken from Blake et al., Theories of Scientific Method, pp. 11ff., referring mainly to hisFrammenti letterari e filosofici (Florence, 1925).
  • 174.Thus Cassirer, Das Erkenntnisproblem, says about da Vinci, “So gründet Leonardo seinem Idealbegriff der Wahrheit und der Vernunft in dem fruchtbaren ‘Bathos der Erfahrung’, während umgekehrt der Erfahrungsbegriff selbst seinem Wert aus dem notwendigen Zusammenhang erhält, in dem er mit der Mathematik steht… Die Erfahrung selbst ist nichts anderes als die aussere Erscheinungsform der Vernunftbeziehungen und Vernunftgesetze”.
  • 175.Koyré, Études galiléennes, 3 vols. (Paris 1939), cited Geymonat,Op. cit., p. 178.
  • 176.Alexandre Koyré, “Galileo and Plato”, in Metaphysics and Measurement: Essays in Scientific Revolution (London 1968), p. 38. Cf. “Aristotelean physics is based on sense-perception, and is therefore decidedly non-mathematical. It refuses to substitute mathematical abstractions for the colourful, qualitatively determined facts of common experience, and it denies the very possibility of a mathematical physics on the ground (a) of the non-conformity of mathematical concepts to the data of sense-experience, (b) of the inability of mathematics to explain quality and to deduce movement” (p. 5). This opposition of “quality” and “mathematics” forms a basicleitmotif of Koyré’s entire Galileo interpretation. Koyré was a student of Husserl, but was influenced, presumably (if at all!), by the early Husserl of theLogische Untersuchungen, with his sharp attack on “psychologism”.
  • 177.Geymonat, Galileo, pp. 179, 13, 181. Geymonat discusses both theDialogue and theTwo New Sciences in some detail. While the whole book can be seen as a mild polemic against Koyré, Geymonat’s own formation being more strictly positivist, he does not fully accept Della Volpe’s Galileo either. For example, he writes, “Della Volpe appeals to the decisive role which Galileo attributed to experimental verification, andleaves aside the problem of interpreting the role he attributed to mathematics” in Galilean science (p. 185). And note the tone of caution in passages such as these: “Why not suppose that Galileo regards mathematics more in its technical aspect, as an aid to logic, than metaphysically, as the expression of a more stable and harmonious reality underlying the fluctuations of phenomena?” (p. 108). Or, “Perhaps Galileo wanted only to prove to everybody that mathematical demonstration even though it absorbs into itself the experimental, is something independent of experiment, and that the two are developed on entirely separate planes” (p. 181).
  • 178.Koyré, Op. cit. p. 90.
  • 179.Claude Bernard’s major work, Introduction à l’étude de la medicine expérimentale (1865), was translated asAn Introduction to the Study of Experimental Medicine (New York 1957). Despite its Althusserian undertones, Hirst provides a good short account of Bernard’s views on experiment inEconomy & Society, 2 (1973). Della Volpe,Logica, p. 173 was likewise impressed by Bernard’s capacity to avoid both apriorism and empiricism.
  • 180.Koyré, Op. cit., p. 90.
  • 181.Geymonat, Galileo, p. 51.
  • 182.Lenin, Materialism, pp. 123ff., 56.
  • 183.Lenin, Materialism, pp. 129-30; italics mine.
  • 184.Della Volpe, Logica, p. 169f., and Appendix 1.
  • 185.Logica, p.201; italics mine. The passage reads, “Cosi le fondamentali ipotesi marxiane del valore-lavoro et del connesso plusvalore, etc., tali ipotesi fondamentali, hanno acquistato la verità-realtà di leggi quando la practica esperienza storico-economica del capitalismo di monopolio degli ultimi cinquant’anni ha confermato che un fenomeno grave come quello della crisi, ad esempio, non si puo spiegare che con la contraddizione organica dell’economia di profitto capitalistica … contradizione prevista ... nella ipotizzata connessione basilare di valore-lavoro e plusvalore appunto”; then going on to cite the lines from Lenin I quoted above (p. 87). The idea of relating the “truth” of Capital to the growth of monopoly capitalism was probably suggested to Della Volpe by Maurice Dobb, whom he quotes on p. 202. Mandel is another classic example of the “predictive power” argument, e.g. in his introduction to Ben Fowkes’s translation ofCapital, vol.1, where he replies to Popper as follows: “This is obviously based upon a misunderstanding of the very nature of the materialist dialectic, which, as Lenin pointed out, requires constant verification through praxis to increase its cognitive content. In fact, it would be very easy to ‘prove’ Marx’s analysis to have been wrong, ifexperience had shown for example that the more capitalist industry develops, the smaller and smaller the average factory becomes” (p. 24), and so on.
  • 186.Logica, p. 202 “del criterio della practica che convalida ossia verifica la ipotesi tramutandalo in legge”.
  • 187.Logica, p. 186, “Onde si debba sostituire in ogni campo laprevisione scientific (ipotesi)”. This is a thoroughly Popperian sentiment, almost down to the last word, except that Popper himself is more consistent. He asks, whatform must our cognitive claims take to count as “predictions”? See the  revealing autobiographical details inConjectures and Refutations, Ch. 1.
  • 188.Logica, p.189 “che tali ipotesi valutativa sia verificabile practimente ossia attraverso l’esperimento storico...”
  • 189.Logica, p.188 “la practica umano-sociale oesperimento storico”.
  • 190.Marx to Kugelmann, 11 July, 1868 (Selected Correspondence, p. 251).
  • 191.Hegel, Logic (Wallace), p. 110.
  • 192.Galileo, Il Saggiatore, cited Koyré,Op. cit. p.34, note.
  • 193.Capital, vol.1, p.433.
  • 194.Galileo, cited Feyerabend, Against Method, p. 71. Feyerabend develops this line of argument into the notion of the “mutability” of all “experience”,  or its “fluidity”;  cf. p. 89, “Experience now ceases to be the unchangeable fundament that it is both in common-sense and in the Aristotelian philosophy”. The notion of the “fluidity” of experience is then likewise one that underlies Kuhn’s model of the paradigm-dependence of our “perceptions”,The Structure of Scientific Revolutions (Chicago 1968). Kuhn’s thesis was a fusion of (a) the central role that Koyré ascribed to ontological shifts in any scientific revolution and (b) Gestalt theories of perception.
  • 195.Galileo, Dialogue, day 3 (tr. Drake, p. 328).
  • 196.All this alludes of course to the most radical proponent of this conception, Gaston Bachelard, who completely rejects the notion of any sort of “givenness” in science, e.g. in L’activité rationaliste de la physique contemporaine (Paris, 1951), p. 87, “unless we choose completely to alter the meaning of words, we cannot really say that the corpuscules with which contemporary science deals are givens (donneés). They are certainly not givens of experience, but nor are they really given at a hidden level (donneéscachés). They are established by invention, not by discovery (Il faut plutôt les inventer que les découvrir)”. Earlier, inLa dialectique de la durée (1936): “We have reached a level of knowledge at which scientific objects are what we make them, no more or no less…”. Experiments to Bachelard imply techniques that are themselves only technical materialisations of “reason”, so that their “positive results” in no sense entail a rehabilitation of “the absolute positivity of experience as such”. InLe Rationalisme appliqué (Paris 1962), he makes the point as follows: “Technical materialism is absolutely not a philosophical realism. It corresponds basically to a transformed reality, or an adjusted reality, or a reality that bears the imprint of human intervention, or a sign of reason”. Thus the “reality” of cognitive reason is one that changes constantly (cf. Feyeraband, n. 194 above). E.g. “the ‘electrical reality’ of the 19th century is quite different from the ‘electrical reality’ of the 18th.” One of the better known arguments for this is Bachelard’s analysis of the successive notions of “substance” inLa philosophie du non (Paris, 1966), where Bachelard remarks that the “realism of substance” that permeates classical chemistry holds true only as a very crude first approximation (Op. cit., p. 70ff.), as a sort of blind, spontaneous philosophy of science.

      The influence of Bachelard on Althusser has been grossly exaggerated. If there is any definite philosophical ancestry to Althusser’s conception of “Science”, then this is more easily traceable to Spinoza and the identification of mathematical truth as the pure model of all cognitive truth (cf. n. 119, p. 56–7 above). What Althusser encounters inCapital is really the dialectic in its Hegelian sense. But Althusser’s positivism, his sustained polemic against the whole of classical philosophy (Spinoza excepted) precludes a “Hegelian” reading ofCapital. The solution is then found in a systematic reconstruction of the dialectic in the image of a Spinozist-mathematicist deductivism. Now Lukács had already noted, in a profound comment (History and Class Consciousness, p. 143), that “history was an insuperable barrier to the (classical) Rationalist theory of Knowledge”. Thewhole tendency of classical German philosophy following Kant was precisely towards the resolution of this “problem” through the reconstitution of rationalist epistemology on a dialectical terrain. Thus one inevitable consequence of Althusser’s positivistic retrogression to classical rationalism is therenovation of this problem in its more or less classic form. Recall Lukács again (cited p. 55 above) that “the principle of systematization is not reconcilable with the recognition of any ‘facticity’”. This is where Bachelard comes into Althusserianism, for precisely Bachelard’s central thesis is that within cognitive reason thereis no such “facticity”, no givenness, but that all scientific objects are constructed objects. Althusser does not go all the way, however, and this is what accounts for the rapid disintegration of his school into those who, like Balibar, veer back to “history”, and others, in England, who deny that there can be a “science of history” at all. Althusser, caught in between, remains diplomatic and centrist.

  • 197.Marx, Early Writings, p. 398.
  • 198.Cited Koyré, Op. cit., p. 13.
  • 199.Dialogue Concerning Two New Sciences, cited Geymonat, Op. cit., p. 179.
  • 200.Da Vinci, Frammenti,Op. cit., p. 87.
  • 201.The initial move comes with conventionalism. In Materialism, p. 297ff. Lenin sees this general drift away from justification as ahealthy move towards the thesis of the “relativity” of all our cognitions, but argues that Duhem et al., ignore “dialectics”, they collapse this relativism into idealism.
  • 202.Leibniz, Philosophical Writings, p. 182.
  • 203.This is a central point in Feyerabend’s critique of empiricism, e.g. “How to be a Good Empiricist”, in Philosophy of Science: The Delaware Seminar, ed. B. Baumrin (New York, 1963), reprinted elsewhere several times over due presumably to its powerful undercurrent of liberalism. The cue is taken from K. Popper,The Logic of Scientific Discovery (London, 1974), Ch. 5 which is called “The Problem of the Empirical Basis”. Here, Popper proposes the notion of “basic statements” [Basissatze] that take the form of “singular existential statements” as a solution to the problem of the “objectivity” of the empirical basis. But already here, in hismagnum opus, Popper conceded that which “basic statements” one chooses to accept as “true” or “false” was a matter of “decision”,  i.e. the problem of an ‘empirical basis’ isnot, to Popper, the same as that of an ‘observational basis’ (the two are commonly confused), and it is in respect to the latter that “decisions” in the conventionalist sense become important or even crucial. For this element of Conventionalism in Popper, see the index, s.v. “decisions”. Against Popper, Wartofsky,art. cit. argues that therecan be no “singular statements” of the sort required for Popperian refutations, as all language is “fraught with irremediable universality”, and withthis then compare Hegel, in the mesmerising sections of thePhenomenology that deal with the dialectic of sense-certitude.
  • 204.Imre Lakatos, “Falsification and the Methodology of Scientific Research Programmes”, Criticism and the Growth of Knowledge, eds. I. Lakatos and A. Musgrave (Cambridge 1970), p. 98. Much of the argument at this point is indebted to Lakatos’s attempt to salvage Popperianism against disintegration, Lakatos and Feyerabend being simply the two faces of neo-Popperianism.
  • 205.Lakatos, “Falsification”, pp. 106–7; cf. Popper, Op. cit. p. 50, “In point of fact, no conclusive disproof of a theory can ever be produced”.
  • 206.Schmidt, Op. cit. p. 118 more or less proposes this: “Marx agreed with the Enlightenment that thought which was not directed towards the accomplishment of practical tasks became merely whimsical”. His evidence for this is the Second Thesis!
  • 207.Piaget’s work, like Chomsky’s, has fundamental importance for Marxism. Lucien Goldmann was the first Marxist to appreciate its significance. As early as 1948–52, at a time when most Marxists would scarcely have shown any interest at all in such matters, Goldmann (Recherches dialectques, pp. 118-45) reviewed Piaget’s work in two short articles. The first of these, “La psychologie de Jean Piaget”, underlined what Goldmann himself saw as the main or possible points of convergence between the “dialectical materialism” of Marx and the genetic epistemology of Piaget. These Goldmann described as (1) Piaget’s own dialectical method in the analysis of intelligence, characterised by its double rejection of merely rationalist or merely empiricist accounts of human intelligence, and specifically by its rejection of “toutes les oppositions rigides – instinct-intelligence, pensée-action, norme-fait – sans cependant jamais tomber dans l’électisme” (p.122). (2) Piaget’s adaptivism, centred on the two fundamental notions in his work of “assimilation” and “accommodation”, and Marx’s conception of labour as a general human activity. “Le role de la ‘nature’, de la ‘matière’, de l’objet,est identique dans la psychologie de Piaget et dans le matérialisme historique” (pp. 122f.). (3) Piaget’s polemic against classical and Russellian logic in the direction of a “dialectical logic of totalities” (p. 125). And finally, (4) Piaget’s constructivism, or his conception that between “action”, “activity”, etc. and the general development of human intelligence ontogenetically, there is a close and inseparable link. Here, Goldmann himself would refer back to theTheses on Feuerbach and write that “Piaget arrives atabsolutely analogous conclusions” (p. 126). It is this last theme that Goldmann resumes in his second review, “L’epistémologie de Jean Piaget”, seeing in Piaget’s work a coalescence of Brunschvig’s contructivist view of “the mind” (and of Janet’s emphasis on the role of behaviour). In this review, Goldmann sees the major significance of the “dialectical tradition”, from Pascal through Kant and Hegel into Marx, and after Marx, into Piaget, in the two-sided polemic launched by it against both empiricism and rationalism, though he argues that “neither Hegel nor Marx ever succeeded in explaining in a theoretically satisfying way the double, deductive-cum-empirical, nature of thought” (p. 134).  Goldmann wrote these reviews at a time when Vygotsky’s work, banned by Stalin and hardly known in the West, was probably the only exemplar of a Marxist-genetic theory of concept-formation; and at a time when the major efforts towards a “Marxist psychology”, e.g. Pierre Naville,Psychologie, marxisme, matérialisme (1946), more or less consciously espoused Watson’s behaviourism, true to their own “materialism”. It was, of course, against the behaviourist accounts of language-acquisition that Chomsky’s own work was later directed, and it is to the early polemical responses to associationism and stimulus-response theories that Piaget’s constructivist views are finally traceable.
  • 208.A. Gramsci, “Il materialismo storico e la filosofia di Benedetto Croce”, Opere di Antonio Gramsci (Einaudi 1948), t. 2, p. 143.
  • 209.See Jacques Texier’s excellent introduction,   Gramsci (Paris, 1966), esp. pp. 68–78.
  • 210.J. Piaget, Main Trends in Psychology  (London, 1973) p. 45. Piaget makes it clear both in this work and elsewhere that he does not accept the hypothesis of “innateness”. InLe structuralisme (Paris 1968) p. 52 he even opposes the constructivist view of the growth of intelligence to innatist conceptions. This accounts for his cautiously, or implicitly, critical attitude to Chomsky (Op. cit. p. 63f.) and for Chomsky’s similar reaction to Piaget (Language and Mind, p. 80). However, this ambivalence is, to a large extent, one inherited from the traditional but now archaic opposition within psychology between preformationalism and interactionism (and that this is what Piaget still seems to have in mind is clear fromStructuralisme, p. 52, “Au total il n’y a que trois solutions – préformation, créations contingents ou construction”). Preformationism, on the other hand, arose and developed specifically as a deterministic, evolutionary, and biological theory of human intelligence, whereas the hypothesis of “innateness” was revived by Chomsky precisely to account for the creativity or spontaneity of language-acquisition. Secondly, the case of Lorenz himself should have suggested to Piaget that there is no necessary contradiction between positinga priori forms on the one hand, either biological, as with Lorenz, or mentally-specific, as with Chomsky, and retaining a basic role for “interaction”.
  • 211.J. Piaget, The Origins of Intelligence in Children (New York, 1952), where the subject of “curiosity” is dealt with in detail, through experiments on his own children. For the notion of “deductive constructions” which “experience” by itself cannot explain, cf.The Construction of Reality in the Child (London, 1954).
  • 212.Cited by J .Hunt, Intelligence and Experience (New York, 1961) p. 149 ff. However, Gestaltism, together with theDenkpsychologie of the Würzburg school, formed the first systematic critiques of sensationalist-empiricist psychology.
  • 213.Lukács, Geschichte und Klassenbewußtsein, p. 242;History and Class Consciousness, p. 132. When I first read this passage, I reacted quite sharply because I still had to distinguish the principle of experimentalism as a determination of human activity in general from scientific experiments in particular (of course, Lukács does not make any such distinction). In retrospect, with this distinction established, Lukács’s view becomes perfectly correct for scientific experiments as such.
  • 214.K. Marx, The Civil War in France (Chicago, 1934) p. 90.
  • 215.K. Marx, The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte (Moscow, 1972), p. 14.
  • 216.See J. M. Cammett, Antonio Gramsci and the Origins of Italian Communism (Stanford 1967), p. 42, summarising the contents of “Socialism and Culture” (1916) (published in vol. 8 of the Einaudi collection).
  • 217.R. Luxemburg, “Organizational Questions of Social-Democracy”, in Rosa Luxemburg Speaks (New York 1970), p. 130.
  • 218.V.I. Lenin, “An appeal to the party by delegates to the Unity Congress who belonged to the former ‘Bolshevik’ Group”, Collected Works, vol. 10 (Moscow, 1965), p. 310; L. Trotsky,Terrorism and Communism (Michigan, 1961), p. 101.
  • 219.Capital, vol.1, p. 177 (Moscow edition), following the Moscow translation here against Fowkes, p. 283.
  • 220.Theories of Surplus Value, Part 2, p. 117.
  • 221.Grundrisse, p. 706, and cf. Marx’s expression “general intellect”.
  • 222.Grundrisse, p. 700.
  • 223.Grundrisse, p. 712, translating Ausübung as “practice” with Nicolaus rather than “exercise” with Fowkes (apud Schmidt).
  • 224.Early Writings, p. 251 (“Critique of Hegel’s Philosophy of Right, Introduction”) where Marx writes, “Theory is capable of gripping the masses when it demonstrates ad hominem”.
  • 225.Early Writings, p. 327.
  • 226.Capital, vol. 1 (Moscow tr.), p. 423.
  • 227.Ibid.
  • 228.Early Writings, p. 327.
  • 229.Early Writings, p. 327.
  • 230.T.S. Eliot, The Hollow Men; Baudelaire, “Teeming city, city full of dreams”; Eliot, “Unreal City / Under the brown fog of a winter dawn, / A crowd flowed over London Bridge, so many,/ I had not thought death had undone so many”; Benjamin on Baudelaire, “The Paris of his poems is a sunken city”; Shelley, “Hell is a city much like London—A populous and a smoky city”. Cf. also the wholemotif of “ghostliness” that dominates the writings of Kafka. In his conversations with Janouch, Kafka describes Taylorism as “defil[ing] and degrad[ing] not only the work but, above all, the human being who is a component of it”. “A Taylorized life is a terrible curse… The conveyor belt of life carries one somewhere, but one doesn’t know where. One is a thing, an object, rather than a living organism”  (Gustav Janouch,Conversations with Kafka, London 1953, p. 115) The contrast that Henri Lefebvre draws betweenpraxis andmimesis inMétaphilosophie. Prolégomènes (Paris, 1976) is brilliant. The reverse aspect of this Taylorised and automatic, active-passive, mimetic quality of life under urban capitalism is the displaced symbolism of creativity in literature and art, for example, Valéry’s poetry, where the sea comes to symbolise movement, unconscious and creative life, and even more obviously in the manipulation of language itself.
  • 231.Benjamin, “On Some Motifs in Baudelaire”, Illuminations, tr. Harry Zohn (New York, 1968), p. 175.
  • 232.In the Manifesto of Futurism which was first published inLe Figaro in 1909, it is impossible to grasp the deeper significance of futurism, surrealism and, more generally, of the renovated modernism of the twentieth century unless one explores the role that “automaticity” and “mechanism” play, both technically and symbolically, in these art-currents. If the fascination for gadgets, technical objects, machines, and plasticity in general was still an embryonic one in the bourgeois civilisation of Baudelaire’s day, then, by the First War, it became pronounced, exaggerated and almost obsessive.
  • 233.W. Benjamin “Über einige Motive bei Baudelaire”, Charles Baudelaire. Ein Lyriker im Zeitalter des Hochkapitalismus (Frankfurt 1974), pp. 127ff, tr. Charles Baudelaire (London 1973) pp. 132ff. where Benjamin explores the motif of the city and the crowd in great detail. The citations from Marx are from volume 1 ofCapital, the chapter on “Machinery and Modern Industry”. Benjamin understood the point made in the footnote above better than Lukács. That is why his literary appreciations are profoundly historical and lacking in any of the insipid, pietist moralism that permeates Lukács. Cf also Benjamin’s perceptive remarks on film in Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit (Frankfurt, 1963).
  • 234.Nicholas of Cusa, cited Colletti, Marxism and Hegel, p. 242.
  • 235.Capital, vol 3 (Moscow), p. 88; Grundrisse, p. 610f.
  • 236.Lukács, History and Class Consciousness, p. 89.
  • 237.Engels, Condition of the Working Class in England, Marx/Engels,Collected Works, vol 4 (Moscow, 1975), pp. 466, 415.
  • 238.Marx and Engels, German Ideology, p. 42.
  • 239.Early Writings, p. 256.
  • 240.Hegel, Science of Logic (Miller), pp. 783ff., 818f.;Logic (Wallace) pp. 261, 283f., 290f.
  • 241.From Kautsky’s article in Neue Zeit, 1901–2, cited Lenin, ‘What Is to Be Done?’,Selected Works, vol 1 (Moscow, 1961), p. 129;Collected Works, vol 5 (Moscow, 1961), p. 383.
  • 242.Lenin, “What Is to Be Done?”, Collected Works, vol.5, pp. 374ff. Of course, the Lenin who built the Bolshevik Party is not this Lenin, andcould not have been this Lenin. The conscious downgrading of class spontaneity is an element that rapidly fades from Lenin’s thought after 1905. This requires a separate investigation.
  • 243.This is brought out by Texier, Gramsci, who makes it the unifying basis of Gramsci’s philosophical and political conceptions. Very interesting is Texier’s comment on the way Gramsci understood theTheses on Feuerbach. “Gramsci regarded them as a basic text and referred to them constantly. However, he refused to interpret them in the Crocean manner to mean a supersession of philosophy in the name of praxis; rather he saw in them the affirmation of the unity of philosophy and praxis and consequently a new conception of philosophy itself” (p. 31). Again, “Does Marxism or the philosophy of praxis derive from the ‘realist’ conception [from materialism – JB] or is it, on the contrary, a continuation [prolongement] and critical surpassing [dépassement] of the “subjectivist” and idealist conceptions of being and cognition? To Gramsci the answer leaves no room for doubt. The philosophy of praxis – it is enough to recall the first twoTheses – derives from classical German philosophy, i.e. from idealism. Materialism fundamentally failed to grasp the nature of human activity … in failing to see reality as the result of man’s transformative action.It separated human knowledge from practical activity. Because it failed to grasp human creativity, both the nature of knowledge and that of truth remained impenetrable for it” (p. 65). In Togliatti’s writings on Gramsci, by contrast (cf. Togliatti,Gramsci, Rome 1967), this praxiological content loses all philosophical significance and degenerates into a politics of “national peculiarities”. For example, at p. 130, one reads, “Nel modo come Gramsci interpreta e rinnova la dottrina del marxismo rivoluzionario e quindi implicita l’affermazione della necessita della avanzata verso il socialismoper una via nazionale”.
  • 244.A. Gramsci, Prison Notebooks (London 1971), pp. 190, 334, 364f.
  • 245.This refers specifically to Luxemburg’s early essay, “Stagnation and Progress of Marxism” (1903). I have no idea if Luxemburg ever elaborated on the theme of “spontaneity” in more than a purely aphoristic and inchoate way.
  • 246.Lukács, “Moses Hess”, Op. cit., p. 195.
  • 247.Early Writings, p. 252.
  • 248.Early Writings, p. 201 (Marx to Ruge, May 1843).
  • 249.K. Marx, Critique of the Gotha Programme (Moscow 1971), p. 9.
  • 250.Marx, Op. cit., p. 29. This is already argued at length in the first volume ofCapital (Fowkes’s translation), pp. 613f. “As Robert Owen has shown us in detail, the germ of the education of the future is present in the factory system; this system, this education will,in the case of every child over a given age, combine productive labour with instruction and gymnastics, not only as one of the methods of adding to the efficiency of production, butas the only method of producing fully developed human beings”. And cf. “The possibility of varying labour must become a general law of social production, and the existing relations must be adapted to permit its realization in practice. That monstrosity, the disposable working population held in reserve, in misery, for the changing requirements of capitalist exploitation, must be replaced by the individual man who is absolutely available for the different kinds of labour required of him; the partially developed individual, who is merely the bearer of one specialised social function, must be replaced by the totally developed individual, for whom the different social functions are different modes of activity he takes up in turn” (p. 618). For the deeper significance of all this, cf.Theories of Surplus-Value, Part 2 , p. 118.

Neil Davidson (1957-2020)

At Historical Materialism, we are devastated by the loss to our movement of Neil Davidson, who was a source of unflinching support to the journal, book series and conferences. We will be publishing two books by him in the book series, and we strongly encourage you to purchase his works that are available from Haymarket Books https://www.haymarketbooks.org/authors/86-neil-davidson and from Pluto Press https://www.plutobooks.com/author/neil-davidson/

In honour of Neil, a special page on the Brill website with a number of his articles free to download:

https://www2.brill.com/Neil_Davidson

Other articles available for download can be found here:

Crisis Neoliberalism and Regimes of Permanent Exception

https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/0896920516655386

Neoliberalism and the Far-Right: A Contradictory Embrace

https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/0896920516671180

and here:

Neoliberalism as the Agent of Capitalist Self-Destruction

The National Question, Class and the European Union: An Interview with Neil Davidson

and here:

IS Journal Writers: Neil Davidson (1957–2020)

10 May 2020: Added to the Neil Davidson Archive in the Encyclopaedia of Trotskyism On-Line (ETOL):

STUC conference (letter) (2001)

Scottish Revolution – They Took the High Road (2003)

What did capitalism do for us? (2004)

The ghosts of struggle haunt festival city (2004)

Good Tradition (book review) (2004)

How was this kingdom united? (Interview) (2004)

‘Beyond expectations’ (strike report extract) (2004)

Bourgeois Revolutions – On the Road to Salvation for all Mankind (2004)

A History of Mutiny (2005)

The myth of Britishness (2005)

SSP get set for Livingston by-election (2005)

Islam and the Enlightenment (2006)

The 1926 general strike – nine days of hope (2006)

No defence for the British Empire (2006)

Third World Revolution (2006)

Should Scotland become independent? (2009)

[Thanks to Einde O’Callaghan]

https://www.marxists.org/history/etol/writers/davidson/index.htm

You can also look at his Academia.edu page: 

https://glasgow.academia.edu/NeilDavidson

And since nothing replaces listening to Neil in his, er, “inimitable” accent, please check these talks out: 

Neil Davidson Audios

Please also read wonderful obituary of Neil Davidson by Jamie Allinson 

In memoriam: Neil Davidson, 9 October 1957 – 3 May 2020

as well as the following:

Obituary: Neil Davidson, 1957–2020

An Appreciation of Neil Davidson (1957-2020)

--

The Editors
Historical Materialism

Historical Materialism Seventeenth Annual Conference – Survival Pending Revolution: Historical Materialism in a Pandemic Age

* The editorial board of Historical Materialism recognises that the ongoing pandemic has rendered all planning uncertain. It is by no means guaranteed that universities in the UK and elsewhere will be open as usual in the Autumn term, nor can we calculate the personal, financial and material toll of the current public health emergency on comrades’ ability to participate in the conference. We recognise, however, that the conference has become an important point of reference, and a kind of community, for many of us, and hope to be able to hold it in some form. We thus remain flexible in terms of the dates and modality of the conference (for instance, enabling more distanced participation than in the past) and will continuously review the situation and communicate with the HM community.

It is a commonplace in the left’s theoretical imaginary that crises have a revelatory function, as hitherto repressed antagonisms and marginalised contradictions come to the fore. With everyday life across most of the planet in conditions of sequester and the circuits of capital rudely halted by the SARS-CoV2/Covid-19 pandemic, the secular damage to social reproduction and human survival wreaked by predatory austerity regimes is daily manifest in harrowing reports from the clinical frontlines. Society’s reliance on the reproductive and repressive capacities of the state is writ large, yet shadowed by the often malevolent incompetence of capitalist governments, as well as the rich opportunities for the consolidation of authoritarianism offered by a global public health emergency. At the same time, many of the social implications of the pandemic – implicating mobility, access to health and social care – long pre-existed the outbreak, as a long tradition of disability studies and struggles has demonstrated. From the sudden discovery of the social centrality of precarious and proletarianized care and service work to the sudden irruption of prisons into public consciousness, from the recrudescence of xenophobic fantasies to the emergence of multiple forms of social solidarity, the pandemic is foregrounding many of the critical dimensions of our present, and eliciting political transformations that still remain radically under-determined.

This year’s annual Historical Materialism Conference invites papers and panels that seek – speculatively, experimentally, concretely – to explore how critical Marxist theory and radical practice can respond to the potentially profound changes that the pandemic is occasioning. While clichéd theoretical wisdom will argue that Marxism has failed to confront the centrality of the ‘politics of life’ to capitalist modernity, that it suffers a kind of biopolitical deficit, we think it is necessary to recover and foreground the rich seams of ecological, epidemiological and feminist Marxisms that have long attended to the nexus of nature, health and capitalist development and its articulation along axes of gender, sexuality, race, ability and class. But it is also imperative to think through and ‘scale up’ the revolutionary insights that have emerged organically out of anti-capitalist practices of, so to speak, biopolitics from below – the experiments in dual biopower through community health programmes which the Black Panthers once crystallised under the resonant slogan ‘survival pending revolution’.

For more information about the conference or the call for papers, see here.

Against the Tide

Fascism and the Masses: The Revolt Against the Last Humans, 1848 ...

A Review of Fascism and the Masses: The Revolt against the Last Humans, 1848–1945 by Ishay Landa

Aleksandar Matković

Independent Researcher

salematkovic@gmail.com

Abstract

This article provides an overview of Ishay Landa’s book Fascism and the Masses: The Revolt against the Last Humans, 1848–1945. First, according to Landa, our preconceptions of fascism are still largely framed by the idea that it was a mass movement, and, moreover, a movement of the masses. This is what Landa seeks to deconstruct: for if it turns out that fascism was an anti-mass movement, rather than the other way around, then the ‘standard’ political diagnosis must also be reversed. This article follows the structure of Landa’s book: in it, this ‘standard’ political diagnosis is traced back to what Landa calls left-Nietzscheans (including Alain Badiou and the Frankfurt School, or the ‘Nietzschean economists’, Werner Sombart and Max Weber), but it is extended to today’s far-right Nietzscheans – such as Dugin, Nick Land, Alain de Benoist, and others, as well. Unlike other reviews, this contemporary aim is highlighted in the article as the raison d’être of the book. Towards the end, the article makes its second contribution by highlighting those thinkers which hold conceptions close to Landa’s (the idea of fascism as a preventive counter-revolution and an anti-mass movement, for instance, have their predecessors in the Italian anarchist Luigi Fabbri, and the Hungarian economic historian Karl Polanyi), and calls for a more nuanced reception of the works of the Frankfurt School.

Keywords

capitalism – fascism  – Frankfurt School  – Ishay Landa  –  liberalism  –  masses

Ishay Landa, (2018) Fascism and the Masses: The Revolt against the Last Humans, 1848–1945, New York: Routledge.

‘The time has come, I feel, to make a decision’ – so Landa ends the Epilogue of his new book on fascism and the masses (p. 417). While it takes more than 400 pages to get there, it is in this concluding chapter that the aim of the book is revealed to the reader. For all its treatment of history, the book is undoubtedly aimed at our present time, advancing a broad critique of Nietzscheanism that, although rarely addressed, still underpins the contemporary (self-)understanding of fascism. Examples are not hard to come by: what Landa calls ‘The New Right’, AKA post-World War Two and contemporary alt-right authors such as (to repeat Landa’s list): the German Armin Mohler, the French Alain de Benoist, the Italian Giorgio Locchi, and more recently the US Americans Paul Gottfried and Richard B. Spencer, the English writers Nick Land and Jonathan Bowden, and the Russian Aleksandr Dugin, which the author rightly designates as a ‘neo-Nietzschean movement’ (p. 400), adding, in a footnote: ‘To be noticed is the international spread of the theory.’ (p. 417.) The contemporary contextualisation of the book, found in thisEpilogue, is conspicuously absent from current reviews.[fn]Cf. McKenna 2018; Lancaster 2019[/fn] Yet, this Epilogue is much more than an expected critique of the far-right of today. This chapter also addresses what Landa callsleft-Nietzscheans: including Alain Badiou and the Frankfurt School, or the ‘Nietzschean economists’, Werner Sombart and Max Weber, for their idealisations of earlier stages of capitalist production. This is why Nietzsche is Landa’s main interlocutor: Nietzsche is seen as the nineteenth-century anti-Marx (both as a witness of capitalism’s emergence from up-front, and as the Marxian obverse – the ur-critic of the masses in the wake of the revolutions of 1848). Landa rejects the notion that Nietzsche’s political impact was/is neutral, and that it works ‘somewhat like an energy drink; drink it who may, the effect will be the same’ (p. 411). Rather, Nietzsche appears to have simultaneously incited the right and diluted the left – and to have done all that so as to resist the historical rise of the masses.It is at this juncture that Landa’s critique of Nietzscheanism crosses with the critical study of fascism and its relationship to the masses: for our preconceptions of fascism are still largely framed by the idea that it was a mass movement, and, moreover, a movementof the masses. This is what Landa seeks to deconstruct: for if it turns out that fascism was ananti-mass movement, rather than the other way around, then the standard political diagnosis must also be reversed.

The Liberal Phobia

The book thus starts with Nietzsche’s critique of the masses and expands into ‘the European body of anti-mass literature’ (p. 5), which includes, among many others, the likes of Gustav Le Bon, Emil Lederer, Hannah Arendt, William Kornhauser, Fritz Stern, the Spanish Nietzschean José Ortega y Gasset, and some members of the Frankfurt School. The opening three chapters seek to ground such expansive literature in its proper historical context. Originally departing from Ortega y Gasset and his essays on the ‘revolt of the masses’, Landa devotes the first half of the book to depicting the rise and consolidation of the masses in history or, at least, within the framework of capitalist modernity: their demands for democracy and how they institutionalised themselves, and the general quest to ameliorate the lot of society’s lower strata, via the struggle for obtaining labour-protection, the reduction of labour hours, attainment of healthcare, pensions and insurance, and so on and so forth. In that sense, modernity was an extreme manifestation of popular sovereignty (p. 13). This is depicted in a political sense (for example, the nation and questions of demography), as well as the social (for example, unions and the role of women) and cultural senses (from sports to mass consumption and Americanism), without prioritising any of them. Surely, such a variety of topics can be demanding for the reader. But the point of the book is not simply a critique of ‘anti-mass literature’ as it is, but, more interestingly, a critique of how it is periodised.

          Namely, like the author’s previous book dealing with fascism (The Apprentice’s Sorcerer: Liberal Tradition and Fascism),Fascism and the Masses also takes on the liberal precursor to fascism. Both books can be said to trace how various fascisms developed from tensions already found within liberalism itself. InThe Apprentice’s Sorcerer (to quote the first book), ‘An indispensable historical precondition for fascism was the inherent tension between the political dimension of the liberal order and its economic one.’[fn]Landa 2010, p. 21.[/fn] The history of this ‘liberal split’, as Landa names it, is traced from James Fox and Burke to Schapiro, Hayek and Mises, to as late as Milton Friedman, even, showing a line that is followed all the way up to the twentieth century. Thus, in Landa’s first book on the topic, the question was not whether there is a similarity between fascism and Europe’s political traditions, but rather how to understand it. In Fascism and the Masses, the same question is re-contextualised and re-examined through the reactions of both political strands to the ‘revolt of the masses’ and to the rise of capitalist mass society.

          This whole conundrum can be explained in a sentence: liberalism wasn’t prepared for the masses. From Delacroix’s early, ‘angelic’ depiction of the masses of Paris led by the female figure of ‘Liberty’ in his celebrated painting of 1830, to the ‘demonic’ depiction of London’s populace in Poe’s 1840s ‘The Man of the Crowd’, the rise of masses is observed as its significance is transformed in the eyes of Europe’s bourgeoisie. With a stance akin to detached ‘connoisseurs’ of the masses – that foreign and exotic object – the ‘would-be theorists of the masses’, as Landa likes to call them, were increasingly influenced by the second,condemning, reaction towards the modern mass. Hence, ‘no matter whether we are dealing with Hippolyte Taine, Nietzsche, Gabriel Tarde, Scipio Sighele, Le Bon, Ortega, or any other would-be mass expert, the preconceptions of the writer, mostly negative and judgmental, are projected onto the crowd, without in any way engaging it or any of its perceived members.’ (p. 87.) Describing ‘how he felt when lying awake in bed in his London apartment, one night in 1880, unable to fall asleep on account of the horror of lying so close to “a monster whose body had four million heads and eight million eyes”’ (p. 126), the Victorian novelist Thomas Hardy provides just one, vivid example of the deep-seated fear of the mass by Europe’s upper- and middle classes.

          For Marxists, this is a particularly interesting approach: for it shows how, as the transition from Manchesterian capitalism to the first battles for the welfare of the masses unfolded, this literal mass-anxiety escalated, as well. Corresponding to such a process of mass empowerment, afear of the masses on the part of the upper class undoubtedly spread across the European continent. Analogous with Marx’s critiques of the waning of the revolutionary role of the bourgeoisie, and the assumption of its reactionary role after the disintegration of feudalism, seen also in the transformations of its political economists,[fn]Cf. Grossman 2017, p. 139.[/fn] Landa’s book sheds light on the other side of this Marxian coin, namely the increasing resentment of the liberal bourgeoisie against mass society. This is evident in the concrete social struggles of the period, in a wide array of cultural developments, and – first and foremost – in the failures of Europe’s wars to quell the rise of the masses, of which the most emblematic remains the First World War, a failure which finally led to the emergence of fascism. Liberalism simply was not prepared for mass society – and when it came, it was at pains to come to terms with it.

The Transubstantiation of Fascism

Fascism arose out of a failed redemption – the redemption of the European bourgeoisie through the Great (First World) War, and its failure to escape the threat of the proletarian masses. In the book’s first chapter entirely dedicated to fascism (‘Fascism and mass politics’), Landa reverses the age-old narrative about fascism, whose (unfounded) premises could be summed up in a nutshell: that the masseswanted fascism, that the masseselected it, and that it was themasses whoprofited from it.

According to this narrative, the First World War was the outcome mass euphoria, of essentially the same kind that led to fascism later on: Landa, on the contrary, presents textual evidence by different writers expressing aloathing for peace and a longing for a redemptive war, precisely since peace was perceived as dominated by the masses and favouring their cause. Such luminaries as Ernst Jünger and Max Weber provide some of the examples included, alongside Hitler’s inspiration by the Boer War or the zealous affirmation of war on the part of another self-proclaimed disciple of Nietzsche, who went by the name of Benito Mussolini. These, and other examples, attest, according to Landa, to a ‘bellicose mood [that]predated the war, forming, in reality, one of its indispensablepreconditions. And he argues further that this enthusiasm for war was grounded, quite centrally, in an effort to dislodge the masses from their perceived position of increasing hegemony, and to re-unite the nation behind the upper- and middle-classes: ‘One of the main purposes of the war was thus to forge internal unity within the different nations, heal the rifts and wounds paradoxically created by the long peace.’ (p. 148.) This, as we shall see, is one the main legacies which fascism, in Landa’s reading, took over from those abhorring the advancing masses of ‘the Last Humans’.

The book’s subsequent chapters could best be described as a valuable deconstruction of a set of several sub-myths, emanating from the same logic that first manifested itself in the claim that the European masses were longing for war and welcomed it with exuberance. The alleged bellicose exultation before the war – according to this argument – continued to fuel mass desires after the war, clamouring for a ‘second round’ of revanchism that fed the proliferation of fascist movements in the interwar period. Yet, argues Landa, if anything the very opposite happened, since the First World War could be seen not as ignited by mass hysteria, but as a failed upper-class project of national regeneration. This project failed because it was unable to check the further expansion of mass society and bring unity to the nation – something which European fascism would equally seek to do in the interwar period, leading up to another colossal conflagration.

With regard to the rise of fascism, the very same argument seemed to repeat itself all over again with the myth of its electoral success amongst the masses: Landa deflates this second myth by offering a detailed analysis of the successes of National Socialists in Germany. Scrutinising the results of the last parliamentary elections in Weimar Germany, he shows that, in reality, the Nazi achievements were ‘primarily the result of a migration of votes taking place within the middle-class, liberal and conservative camp’ (p. 167), and that its inroads into working-class constituencies were comparatively much more limited and affected mostly conservative, agrarian and unorganised workers.

The third, and possibly the most perverse consequence of this narrative is the idea of ‘fascist consumerism’ or a fascist ‘welfare state’, and the collective guilt associated with it, a notion that over the past few decades has been avidly propounded by many historians, from George Mosse to Götz Aly. This prevalent notion is also closely related to the belief that fascism was extraneous to the traditions of high culture, being an offshoot of anti-culture or mass culture. The origins of this conviction can be traced to the interwar period, when liberal and conservative opponents of fascism tried to shift the responsibility for the emergence of their nemesis from their own, elevated social circles, down the social ladder, towards the lower classes and their supposed hatred of culture. As a notable example Landa discusses Klaus Mann’s writings, which evinced a reluctance to confront the failings of high culture and instead tried to depict Nazism as driven by modern ‘Persians’, enraged outsiders, invading and desecrating ‘the supreme citadel of high culture’ (p. 221). Klaus Mann’s apologetic interpretation of the Western tradition, particularly its German branch, is interestingly compared to that of his celebrated father, Thomas Mann. The latter, having begun as a conservative author, knew better than to exonerate German high culture, whose irrationalism and elitism he intimately understood. The difference between the father and son’s positions is highlighted by way of a comparison between their respective renditions of the myth of Faust, so central to German culture. Landa shows how in Klaus’Mephisto (1936), cultured collaborators with the Nazis are depicted as deserting high culture, betraying its cause. By contrast, in Thomas’ post-WarDoctor Faustus (1947) the main protagonist, Andreas Leverkühn, exchanges his soul for a period of artistic creativity in a grand act of Nietzschean defiance of morality. Leverkühn’s choice is diagnosed as deriving from high culture itself, reflecting its intrinsic barbarity, and not some invasion or vulgarisation. In the aftermath of the war both interpretations lived on, but it was increasingly tempting and facile to go along with Klaus, and shift the blame to mass culture, instead of pondering, with Thomas, the culpability of cultural elitism.

After 1945, the blame-the-masses argument also took a somewhat different inflection, where the masses were seen aspassive rather thanactive supporters of fascism: the notion of culture industries. In many of the works produced by representatives of the so-called Frankfurt School, the modern masses in capitalist countries were seen as submissive recipients of indoctrination and quasi-fascist ideology from the ground up; as if behind the arabesques of jazz, to paraphrase Adorno, awaits the military march. A very similar anti-consumerism still haunts the contemporary left despite the fact that we are living in an age of austerity, and such a stance needs to be updated. This is one of the highlights of the present book. To challenge the idea that fascism could seamlessly emerge out of the normal operations of the culture industry, Landa conceptualises commercial culture as an ‘arena in which, under “normal” times when no special political force is applied to administer its procedures, a fierce contention takes place between different ideologies and class-based perspectives.’ (p. 248.) That is why fascists in power consciously and systematically acted totransform and domesticate the culture industries, which in themselves are no more regressive than they are progressive. For Landa, mass culture is, thus, ‘a heterogeneity made of conflicting vantage-points, conservative, utopian, liberal, radical, reactionary or simply trite and insipid’ (p. 249). This is how Landa solves the riddle of the fascists’ investment in cinema and the production ofpopular films: by using mass culture to disseminate inherently elitist ideology, the fascists attempted ‘one might say, toartificially transform them [the actually existing culture industries] into something much more resembling Adorno’s image of the culture industry as a pliant tool for social domination, indoctrination, distraction and pacification.’ (p. 252.) The masses, in that sense, were the object more than the subject of the Nazi cultural effort: in the theatre of war, Landa concludes, the masses ‘were cast, at most, as extras’ (p. 268). Yet what these ‘extras’ actually received, through both war and cinema, is a message quite opposed to the one that we have become habituated to expect: from Nietzsche to Julius Evola and Ernst Jünger, the new fascist gospel, whether philosophical or cinematic, preached disgust with mass-consumption and exhorted against the indulgent and benign spirit of an allegedly emasculated modernity, alien to the ideal of the warring aristocracy. From Jünger’s critique of the bourgeois evasion of pain and suffering and his horror at the masses enjoying the benefits of a long and peaceful life, to the homilies of Mussolini, Hitler and Goebbels against the modern quest for generalised comfort and pleasure, fascism was characterised by a pervasive anti-mass conviction. ‘National Socialism and fascism’, wrote Goebbels in 1939, ‘have in common above all the contempt for a comfortable and therefore pleasant life.’ (p. 292.) To present fascism as mass driven, a cataclysmic acting-out of mass yearnings and fantasies, is therefore ‘a remarkable transubstantiation’ (p. 6) of a movement which, across Europe, understood and presented itself as a militant rejection of mass society. ‘Thus, whatever its liturgy,’ Landa writes, ‘in substantial terms fascism represented a maximal neutralization of mass politics, the negation of the masses’ power and the confiscation of their organizational weapons.’ (p. 183.)

The Counter-revolt

Landa’s argument is structured around the idea of fascism as counter-revolution, originally articulated by Luigi Fabbri (although, curiously, Fabbri is not mentioned in the book). Yet, it should be noted that Landa insists on expanding this argument from the working class to the mass: ‘The emphasis will be on the all-embracing nature of the fascist assault on mass society: while the struggle against working-class organizations, as Marxist historians have rightly emphasized ever since the 1920s, was pivotal in these efforts, fascism cannot be reduced to this single aspect, however vital.’ (p. 20.) The argument is important since it underscores the utopian potential of mass society, pointing beyond the rigid structures of class hierarchy: ‘The fascists, in truth, were the ones adhering to class as a rigid, insurmountable historical reality, and dreading its abolition.’ (p. 24.) The goal of fascism is to maintain class-divides, by defusing not simply the working class, but the masses more broadly speaking. Here we reach the goal of fascism in Landa’s view – not the integration of the masses as much as their elimination, their transformation into manageable and pliantalternativecollectives: ‘Here it should be emphasized that concepts like “the nation,” “the race,” “the people” or “the people’s community” that were so central to the fascist vocabulary, are not to be confused with the masses, since they were in fact opposites. These entities represented everything that the masses shouldbecome.’ (p. 8.) The goal was the diffusion of the masses, and not, as many liberal historians would argue, but also including the theorists of the Frankfurt School, the integration of the masses: in an important way, fascism can be seen as acounter-hegemonic movement, in the sense that its ideologists and militants regarded the masses as the hegemon in modern society and culture (p. 20). Landa is well-aware that the masses are not immanently progressive (as he notes while discussing the idea of theLumpenproletariat on p. 41). But he also refuses the inverse view, that presents them as inherently reactionary (as we have seen, he considers mass culture, for example, as a broad range of disparate ideological dispositions).

While the book does not mention him, this same anti-mass commitment on the part of fascism was observed and analysed by an author who must not be forgotten. In his The Essence of Fascism, Karl Polanyi saw fascism as countering the very basis of socialisation founded on a shared idea of the intercrossing of individuality and communality in both communism and Christianity – that of the mass individual (which Landa mentions in passing, importantly eluding the mistake of drawing an opposition between the mass and the individual). For Polanyi, this mass individual fulfils the promise of human development and maturity far more than the isolated individual of historic liberalism, precisely the one that became gripped by fear of the masses, manifested in the picturesque anxiety of Thomas Hardy, mentioned above. And, as Polanyi wrote apropos fascism in hisGreat Transformation:

[T]here was a striking lack of relationship between its material and numerical strength and its political effectiveness. The very term ‘movement’ was misleading since it implied some kind of enrolment or personal participation of large numbers. If anything was characteristic of fascism, it was its independence of such popular manifestations. Though usually aiming at a mass following, its potential strength was reckoned not by the numbers of its adherents but by the influence of the persons in high position whose good will the fascist leaders possessed, and whose influence in the community could be counted upon to shelter them from the consequences of an abortive revolt, thus taking the risks out of revolution.[fn]Polanyi 1944, p. 246.[/fn]

Learning from Bogdanov

Red Hamlet: The Life and Ideas of Alexander Bogdanov (Historical ...

A Review of Red Hamlet: The Life and Ideas of Alexander Bogdanov by James D. White

Paul Le Blanc

Department of History, La Roche University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

paul.leblanc@laroche.edu

James D. White, (2019) Red Hamlet: The Life and Ideas of Alexander Bogdanov,Historical Materialism Book Series, Chicago: Haymarket Books.

Abstract

Alexander Bogdanov is a central figure in the history of Russian Marxism, co-equal with Lenin in the early formation of Bolshevism. His life’s work embraced medicine, natural science, mathematics, political economy, sociology, philosophy, education, political theory and more. The Bogdanov/Lenin split involved the crystallisation of a distinctive variant of Marxism that up until now has not been widely available. James D. White’s very substantial biography Red Hamlet: The Life and Ideas of Alexander Bogdanov is part of a collective project retrieving and making available contributions of an extremely important revolutionary thinker. The present critical appreciation of White’s study, and critical overview of Bogdanov’s ideas and life, is meant to advance an expanding explorationof Bogdanov’s insights and approaches that may enhance our understanding of the past, present and future.

Keywords

Bogdanov – Marxism – Communism – Lenin – Bolsheviks

The amazing Alexander A. Malinovsky is better known by his revolutionary last name, which he took from his wife, Natalia Bogdanovna Korsak (herself a revolutionary as well as a nurse and a midwife). Up until now, among those who do not know the Russian language, only fragments of Bogdanov have proved available. Although he was the primary target of Lenin’s philosophical polemic Materialism and Empirio-Criticism, we have not been able to read, except for snatches and excerpts, the Bogdanov texts that provoked, and responded to, what Lenin had to say. The sole complete work of his that has been easily accessible is a remarkable 1908 work of left-wing science fiction,Red Star.[1]

          Born in 1873, he was widely commemorated in the Soviet Union upon his death in 1928 – for example, by Nikolai Bukharin, at that time one of the top leaders of the Russian Communist Party:

In the person of Alexander Alexandrovich we have lost a man who in terms of his encyclopedic knowledge occupied a special place not only in the Soviet Union, but was one of the most significant minds of all countries. This is one of the rarest qualities amongst revolutionaries. Bogdanov felt equally at ease in the refined atmosphere of philosophical abstraction and in concrete formulations of the theory of crises. The natural sciences, mathematics and social sciences: he was an expert in these fields, he could survive battles in all of these areas, and he felt ‘at home’ in all of these spheres of human knowledge. From the theory of fireball lightning to the analysis of blood to the broadest generalizations of ‘Tectology’ – this was the true scope of Bogdanov's theoretical interests. An economist, a sociologist, a biologist, a mathematician, a philosopher, a doctor, a revolutionary and, finally, an author of the beautifulRed Star – in all of these areas he was an absolutely exceptional figure in the history of our social thought. … The exceptional strength of his mind, his nobility of spirit, his loyalty to ideas – all these qualities entitle him to the lowering of our banners at his grave.[2]

State–Labour Relations and Spaces of Dissent: Whither Labour Activism?

Undervalued Dissent: Informal Workers’ Politics in India by Manjusha Nair

A Review of Undervalued Dissent: Informal Workers’ Politics in India by Manjusha Nair

Niloshree Bhattacharya

Presidency University, Kolkata

niloshree.soc@presiuniv.ac.in

Abstract

This review-essay explores informal workers’ politics with respect to state–labour relations in India. Locating informal workers’ movements in the context of neoliberal economic reforms, this essay focuses on how transformations in the nature of the state may close ‘democratic spaces of dissent’ and probes the possibilities of new forms of resistance. This essay explores the agency of informal workers while taking into account their structural locations within the political economy of the state. It compares ‘legitimate’ and claimed spaces of political mobilisation, critically analysing the historical development of state–labour relations in post-colonial India. In the context of the disempowerment of labour and the shrinking of legitimate spaces of dissent, it asks what the future of labour activism might hold, and argues that while some spaces of democratic dissent are shrinking, new avenues, offering the possibility of new forms of resistance, are simultaneously opening up.

Keywords

informal workers’ politics – social movements – industrial relations – India – informal sector – labour

Manjusha Nair, (2016) Undervalued Dissent: Informal Workers’ Politics in India, Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

It is surprising that notwithstanding the predominance of the informal sector in India, there have been relatively few studies on informal workers’ politics. Scholars interested in the study of workers’ movements have usually focused on formal employment and trade-union movements.[1] However, the very nature of the informal sector, located outside of governmental regulations and yet being intricately drawn inside of it, as a huge mass of labour floating in a land with no laws and always being implicated by it, makes it quite a challenging task to grasp informal workers’ politics. Manjusha Nair’s book is a valuable contribution towards understanding the precariousness of informal work, and the possibilities and challenges of informal workers’ politics in the context of transformations of the economy and the state. Nair explores how shifts in the domain of interventions of the state during neoliberal globalisation closed channels of mobilisation for informal workers. In this essay, I investigate whether these very processes of transformation of the state and economy may not only close channels but also have the potential to open up new avenues of mobilisation, making way for new forms of resistance.

Manjusha Nair explores informal workers’ politics in India by studying two different labour movements in Chhattisgarh, a regional state in Central India. One was a mine workers’ movement that emerged in 1977, which succeeded, and the other was an industrial workers’ movement that arose during the 1990s, which failed. She explains the success and failure of the movements by analysing the nature of the state–labour relations in two different time periods. She argues that the second movement failed because of de-democratisation of dissent in state–labour relations in the wake of the 1990s. In other words, the rise of a new kind of state driven by market fundamentalism and right-wing ideologies de-democratised labour politics in India.

The book is a result of eighteen months’ extensive fieldwork in the mining town of Dalli-Rajhara and the city of Bhilai in Chhattisgarh. Dalli-Rajhara mines would supply iron ore to the Bhilai Steel Plant, one of the first public-sector steel plants in India, built in 1960. In spite of the presence of trade unions in the Dalli-Rajhara mines, the workers formed a new union called the Chhattisgarh Mukti Morcha (CMM) under the charismatic leadership of Shankar Guha Niyogi. CMM was a successful movement and it led to the formalisation of employment of the informal mine workers. After thirteen years, workers in the Bhilai industrial area started a strike when they learned that the Associated Cement Company (ACC) was planning to reduce the number of workers. They sought the help of CMM as it was a similar movement, and Shankar Guha Niyogi agreed to mobilise these workers. However, the movement of the industrial workers in Bhilai did not succeed; it was suppressed by the police and paramilitary forces, many lost their jobs, and Shankar Guha Niyogi was assassinated. Manjusha Nair considers these events as ‘two bundles of phenomena that represent the two movements’ (p. 23), which she studies with a comparative and historical methodology. Her book tries to answer a single question: why did the first movement succeed and the second fail, even though they had similar concerns and composition. The only marked difference is the time-period of the two movements. Hence, she concludes that the state–labour relations had transformed to such an extent by the 1990s that the movement of the Bhilai industrial workers was set to fail.

‘Cultures of Democratic Dissent’ and Agency

Overall, the book is well-organised and lucidly written, with a systematic presentation of its analysis. While reading it, one keeps hoping to discover more layers and complexities in the analysis, but finds instead the application of neat categories which are not problematised adequately. This is possibly because of the theoretical framework that she employs. She observes that a ‘culture of democratic dissent was embedded in these otherwise despotic state–labour relations’ (p. 8) and the mine workers succeeded because they used the space and culture of democratic dissent well. ‘Democratic dissent is the ability of workers to organise contention through the channels of trade union activism, political party formation, and social movements’ (p. 6). Using Frances Fox Piven’s concept of ‘interdependent power’,[2] she argues that the mine workers of CMM had interdependent power which came from simultaneous engagement in militant unionism, social-movement repertoires, electoral politics and community-building. In the case of the first movement, economic nationalism, redistributive development within a framework of political rights for citizens provided a legitimate space for democratic dissent. Whereas, in the case of the second movement, market fundamentalism, the ideology of growth and the rise of the right wing led to withdrawal of the legitimacy of dissent. In this simplistic model of two time periods, one is left with a lot of questions. Can one explain the success or failure of a movement by the presence or absence of certain conditions alone? What else was different (if at all) in the movements themselves? Did workers’ perceptions concerning their lives and engagement in politics in the two different time periods make the movements different? Were those differences not significant enough for the success and failure of the two movements? From the perspective of the author’s theoretical model, it seems that success and failure are always structurally determined. It is as if the informal workershad a ‘space’ which was given to them (by the state) but which was taken away later (again, by the state), and hence the second movement could not succeed.

Social-movement scholarship has several strands, and one strand emphasises the ‘political-opportunity structures’ available for movements that facilitate their emergence and success. The author clearly follows this particular theoretical perspective. But, in social-movement scholarship, a unilateral application of the ‘political opportunity structure’ perspective is considered inadequate. Perceiving movement strategising as a balance between ‘opportunities–threats’ for challengers and ‘facilitation–repression’ for authorities gives insufficient attention to the discursive and dramaturgical practices that shape understandings of movement participants.[3] However, in subsequent chapters Nair gives an account of how the subjectivities of mine workers were integrated with the ideology of nation-building and electoral politics. Drawing from experiences of the mine workers, the author describes how the Dalli-Rajhara mines were constructed and imagined as a national space, and how ‘the boundaries between workers and citizens, and between formality and informality, reached beyond the workplace and shaped the geographies that the residents inhabited’ (p. 72). She argues that, while the Chhattisgarhiya workers did not physically belong to this ‘national space’, the hegemonic nation-construction process was the dominant political culture which brought within its fold the subjectivities of the mine workers. She demonstrates that the mine workers were successful because of the ‘presence of a democratic space of contention that the workers used to the fullest extent’ (p. 76) by challenging the different arteries of the state simultaneously. One wonders, however, what role did the subjectivities of workers play in theuse of this available space for contention? What was the sense of collective identity, how did they make sense of their lives, how did their discontent get shaped and how did that enable the efficient use of the democratic spaces? It seems as if the movement was one homogenous entity, where the structural potential of the political climate after the Emergency led them to act upon the spaces provided to them by the political-opportunity structures.

In a previously-published article, Manjusha Nair explores some of the above questions, which do not feature in the book. She delineates the narratives of the workers’ contention in the two movements where she argues that ‘unlike the vivid collective memories of the Dalli mine workers, the Bhilai industrial workers’ memories were fragmented and personalised’.[4] Nair accounts for the weak sense of collectivity and agency in the memories of the industrial workers, which, she perceives, emerged from the different lived experiences of being workers and citizens, from facing different opponents (the state and industrialists) in different times (1977 and 1990) and in different spatial contexts (the mining township and urban town).[5] She argues that the differences in their narratives and their construction of identities were ‘due to the temporal changes in worker rights and social citizenship in India’ (ibid.). Even though she delves into how workers made sense of their lives in changed contexts, the differences in their sense-making is posited as a result of structural conditions alone, clearly decapitating the agency of actors. The industrial workers exercised a ‘passive agency’ characterised by ‘fraternal signifiers and filial emotions rather than one of action and direct agency’.[6] Incidentally, the Maoist movement was strong in the Bastar region of Chhattisgarh around the same time. From the accounts of the industrial workers, the author shows that the industrial workers (with their passive agency) were ‘happy’ at the growth of the Maoist movement, as it gave them a sense of another imagined future. But the radicalism of the Maoist movement did not fit well with the industrial workers’ politics of ‘nationalist’ trade unionism. If workers’ agency in the current context is passive, then we are led to the question: can any form of resistance emerge from workers in the current context of neoliberal globalisation and the transformed nature of the state? Does this imply that forms of resistance which may emerge in the current context arenecessarilyoutside of the state, as the state is no longer the protector of the rights of its citizens, the ‘giver’ of legitimate political spaces of contention, and because actors can no longer realise their agency in the changed structural conditions?

Legitimate vs. Claimed ‘Spaces’

The author compares two movements that occurred in distinctly different eras. Earlier, the state established plants in the region of Chhattisgarh as public ventures, ideologically located within the logic of the nation’s growth. The marked shift since the 1990s has been informed by a ‘singular logic of profit and growth from both state and business’ (p. 105). Nair employs David Harvey’s framework of ‘accumulation by dispossession’[7] to understand the new mode of development in Chhattisgarh. The author highlights the ‘role of the local state in engendering this accumulation through extraction of mineral resources’, and that this had been possible because of the close association of the local state with Indian capital. It is undeniable that there has been a shift from the Nehruvian socialist state to a state which is predominantly pro-capitalist, with a neoliberal ideology since the 1990s. However, the extraction of mineral resources in both periods has not been strikingly different. Whether for the sake of the nation’s growth under the Nehruvian project of modernity, or guided by a neoliberal ideology dominated by the market, mineral resources were extracted in both these periods. The author maps out the number of projects that were sanctioned in the state of Chhattisgarh since 2000, facilitating an extractive economy within the neoliberal developmental regime. Not only from the author’s account but also from the numerous struggles that have erupted against displacement in the recent past in the country, it is evident that in the neoliberal era there has been a marked increase in dispossession. Dispossession from rights over natural resources such as land, water and forests has consequently given rise to struggles on the part of various marginalised populations all over the country. The argument that market fundamentalism during the 1990s, characterised by an extractive economy, contributed towards the failure of the movement is problematic on two grounds. One, extraction of mineral resources has only increased during the 1990s and is not a new process. Two, accumulation through dispossession has intensified since the 1990s, and, consequently, we have seen numerous protests and struggles by marginalised populations, quite regardless of whether there has been any legitimate space of democratic dissent, and some have been surprisingly successful.

To take the case of the protests of Dongriya Kondhs in the Niyamgiri Hills of Odisha against the mining company Vedanta: where does one locate the democratic space of dissent? Through a memorandum of understanding between the government of Odisha and Vedanta Aluminium Limited, and an environmental clearance from the Ministry of Environment and Forests, the state facilitated the extraction of mineral resources in the region in 2003. The Dongriya Kondhs, theadivasis of the region, through sustained mobilisation emerged victorious and Vedanta’s mining project was rejected. This is only one such instance of resistance against dispossession that has erupted in the country on the part of various marginalised populations, who do not have any ‘space’ of democratic dissent but rather haveclaimed such spaces through political mobilisation. Of course, informal workers’ politics and resistances against dispossession have different sets of actors, histories and contexts, but their success and failure probably cannot be explained by reference to the changing nature of the state during neoliberal globalisation. The actual situation is quite possibly the contrary; these very changed contexts have paved the way for new forms of resistance.

Shrinking Spaces and Growing Informal Labour

The distinctiveness of informal workers lies in their complex relationship with formal trade unions on one hand and the state on the other, and consequently their politics is located in the spaces between the two. Manjusha Nair, through her detailed ethnography of the two movements, unravels this particular characteristic of informal workers and their politics. To understand this, four inter-related and overlapping contexts are important: one, the trajectory of trade-union movements in India; two, the relationship of globalisation and labour; three, the changing nature of the state during globalisation; and four, the state–labour relations. Supriya RoyChowdhury comments on the nature of labour in these contexts:

In a period of marketisation, labour is disempowered on several dimensions: the numerical decline of the organised workforce; weakening trade unions; and, frequently, the politically right-ward turn of social democratic parties which shift to neo-liberal, market oriented policies. In such a context, there is a political vacuum in terms of agencies, which would advocate and struggle for labour rights.[8]

Socialism in One Genre: On Cai Xiang’s Revolution and Its Narratives (Geming/Xushu)

cai xiang

A Review of Revolution and Its Narratives: China’s Socialist Literary and Cultural Imaginaries, 1949–1966 by Cai Xiang

Christopher Connery

Department of Literature, University of California Santa Cruz

cconnery@ucsc.edu

Abstract

This is a review of the English translation of Shanghai-based scholar Cai Xiang’s Revolution and Its Narratives (originally published in Chinese asGeming/Xushu in 2010) in the context of other writing – in China and elsewhere – on socialist literature. It is also an analysis of the contemporary Chinese left and its relation to the socialist past. Cai’s book is valuable not only for the imaginativeness with which he treats the literature of the 1949–66 period, but also for its ability to represent a version of Chinese socialist critical discourse, of which there are few representatives in English. The essay treats the politics of socialist memory, the nature of Chinese political mobilisation, and discourse about class in the socialist period.

Keywords

socialist memory – socialist realism – mobilisation – class – crises of Chinese socialism

Cai Xiang, (2016) Revolution and Its Narratives: China’s Socialist Literary and Cultural Imaginaries, 1949–1966, edited and translated by Rebecca E. Karl and Xueping Zhong, Durham, NC: Duke University Press.

Labelling China as capitalist puts many self-identified Chinese leftists in high dudgeon: What about the economic dominance of the state-owned enterprises? What about the prohibition – albeit steadily weakening – on private ownership of rural land? What about the name of the governing party? No-one on the left is blind, of course, to China’s actually-existing political economy, yet the recourse to exnomination – elsewhere a tool of the right – is quite pervasive in left circles. Hence, perhaps, the related appeal to the virtual socialist state, to which many on the left are committed. I once had a conversation with a prominent Shanghainese leftist about private cars, whose numbers have led to the ruin of Chinese cities and the degradation of its air. I said that when the Chinese market reforms began in the late seventies, the data on private cars and their environmental and urban effects were widely known. For the future of its cities, China had the advantages of the latecomer: it could choose the Amsterdam/Copenhagen path or the Los Angeles path. As we know, it chose Los Angeles. My friend told me not to worry, that the CCP could abolish private ownership of cars overnight, and if necessary it would do so. Responding to formulations such as the ‘Beijing Consensus’, which argues that contemporary China represents a developmental path superior to and distinct from the ‘Washington Consensus’, Lin Chun proposes a ‘Chinese model’ based on a different China that does not exist: ‘a normative Chinese model would stand by its socialist commitment, opposing any reforms that depart from that commitment rather than concealing or legitimizing the departure’.[1] How will that socialist China appear? Is it the deeper and more-massive force, capable of bursting through the present subduction zone in some historico-tectonic thrust? Is it summonable into existence through demiurgic will? Does it await its proper place in a point on the telos when the forces of production will have matured in their proper sequence – this time without the stage-skipping errors of the twentieth-century peripheral revolutions? The pundits on the Chinese left are, like their comrades elsewhere in the world, relatively silent on questions of transition or emergence.

What divides the left from the liberals in China is not, for the most part, the orientation toward the future. There is general consensus across the political spectrum about the desirability of the ‘moderately prosperous society’ and ‘national rejuvenation’, the former a Confucian-era social ideal and the latter the restoration of the dignity and prosperity that ‘China’ – this is in quotation-marks because the formation of the current entity ‘China’ took place within the history of global conflict[2] – was deemed to have lost since the Opium Wars. Although most on the left call for significant increase in social-democratic protection for the rural and urban poor, any discourse smacking of class war is still generally anathema on all sides, and there is remarkably little call on the left for significant redistribution of wealth. Even a central pillar of China’s current global economic strategy – the ‘one belt, one road’ infrastructural development of Eurasia – is hailed equally by capitalists who see business opportunities and by socialists who see a renewed efflorescence of Bandung-era Third Worldism.

The Politics of Periodisation

But consensus breaks down in relation to the pre-reform era, to non-capitalist China, to what some call ‘the socialist era’. As the opening sentences of Cai Xiang’s Revolution and Its Narratives declare:

In my opinion, the deep division within contemporary Chinese thought or theory does not mainly reside in how to understand and criticize existing social problems. Rather, major divisions exist more in the field of history. (p. 1.)

The General Theory of Permanent Revolution

brazilian

A Review of Na Contracorrente da História: documentos do trotskismo brasileiro 1930–1940 [Against the Current of History: Documents of Brazilian Trotskyism, 1930–1940], edited by Fúlvio Abramo and Dainis Karepovs

 

 

Carlos Eduardo Rebello de Mendonça

Institute of Social Sciences, Rio de Janeiro State University

carloseduardorebellodemendonca@gmail.com

 

 

Abstract

This is a review of a recently updated collection of documents by members of the Brazilian section of the International Left Opposition that shows the concept of Permanent Revolution being developed independently of Trotsky.

Keywords

Trotsky – Permanent Revolution – Brazil

Fúlvio Abramo and Dainis Karepovs (eds.), (2015) Na Contracorrente da História: documentos do trotskismo brasileiro 1930–1940, São Paulo: Sundermann.

The Particular Relevance of the Work

This book is a revised and enlarged edition of the original collection of documents from the Brazilian section of the International Left Opposition, the Internationalist Communist League (Liga Comunista Internacionalista; hereafter LCI), the original 1987 edition comprising documents from the period up to 1933, to which were added documents from the period up to the late-1939 split from the LCI (at the time renamed the Leninist Workers’ Party – POL – as a national section of the Fourth International) of its most important cadre Mário Pedrosa over the controversy with Trotsky on the class nature of the Soviet state (Pedrosa, in exile in New York City during the late 1930s, sided with James Burnham in questioning the ‘Degenerate Workers’ State’ position held by Trotsky). Pedrosa’s split with the Fourth International is considered the close of the early period of Brazilian Trotskyism. Pedrosa’s break, occurring against the backdrop of the increasing general repression of the Vargas dictatorship in Brazil, followed by Trotsky’s murder, meant that when the Brazilian Trotskyist movement resurfaced after WW2 and Vargas’s fall in 1945, it was to do so under different leadership and over different issues. Pedrosa himself, since the 1950s and up to his death in 1981, remained a man of the Left, but his political life since then was mostly an offshoot of his activities as an art critic and international museum curator.

This is, therefore, a collection of documents that can be tackled as a self-contained whole, as they bear witness to the local development of an historical process all too well-known to historians of the Communist movement: the 1920s internal struggles among the Bolsheviks, Trotsky’s exile, the transition of his oppositional movement from a mostly Soviet perspective to an international one, the movement’s brief spells of influence in the late 1920s and early 1930s, followed by a rapid nadir prompted by Stalin’s purges and the rise of fascism, culminating in Trotsky’s murder in 1940 in Mexico.

Histories of the early development of the international Trotskyist movement are generally tied to Trotsky himself, to the development of his views on the issues of the period and – last but not least – to the unchallengeable ascendancy exerted by the Old Man over his followers, such that a history of the early ‘Trotskyist movement’ tends to be merely the political history of Trotsky and his circle. The early history of the national sections of the movement, conversely, is mostly the history of what Trotsky said and wrote on the issues this movement had to face nationally (‘Trotsky on…’). This, however, is not the case with the Brazilian section, which, according to the collection’s general foreword by Pierre Broué, developed its activities in ‘almost total absence of written interchange with the International Secretariat of the Opposition, with Trotsky and [Leon] Sedov’ – even when compared with other Latin American sections, such as the Mexican and Argentinean ones (p. 25). This unique trait of the Brazilian section means that, firstly, the section developed independently of Trotsky’s immediate guidance, and that its leaders had to formulate theoretical work in the absence of a blueprint devised by the Old Man: there is no collection of Trotsky’s writings titled ‘Trotsky on Brazil’. This allowed for the emergence of a specifically Brazilian movement and a specifically Brazilian praxis. Secondly, this relative independence was produced, among other things, by the relative political insulation of Brazil herself from world- and Latin American political developments – something that adds to the work’s general relevance.

Fortunately, the collection of writings contained in the book was begun, in the late 1980s, in the Workers’ Movement Documentation Centre of the University of Campinas (CEMAP) by the then still-living member of the original LCI cadre, the journalist and activist Fúlvio Abramo (1909–93). As Abramo writes in the second foreword to the book, the Brazilian section of the LO did not emerge from a factional clash among the rank-and-file of an already-developed Communist Party; it developed out of what was felt as theinsufficient development of a newly constituted CP: ‘the Party was new and lacked members with a modicum of ideological capabilities: Marxists could be counted on the fingers of a single hand’ (p. 31). The Brazilian CP had developed out of a previously existing petit-bourgeois radicalism (with a mostly Comtean Positivist tinge) that had itself developed over the political clashes associated with the 1889 transition from an outwardly constitutional monarchy to a presidential republic. The CP’s original leadership was mostlyenragé petit-bourgeois, and kept at the helm by the subsequent organisation of the party within the authoritarian framework devised by the 1920s Comintern (Zinoviev’s ‘Bolshevisation’). The Brazilian LO, therefore, developed over theideological critique of the CP’s leadership. The LCI leadership was also composed of ‘middle-class’ intellectuals (Pedrosa, Lívio Xavier, Costa Pimenta) – albeit more conversant with Marxist theory and in touch with a group of Hungarian expatriates, former Red Army servicemen with a surer grasp of Soviet questions (pp. 32, 34).

          What was the nature of this ideological logjam? In Abramo’s view, the divide out of which the Brazilian section of the LO developed had mostly to do with the Marxist characterisation of the nature of Brazilian society, since ‘out of the characterisation of the type of society where one lives, comes the character of the change (revolution) one intends to materialise’ (p. 31). The ‘middle-class’ character of the existing Party leadership imposed a mode of political activism that was to remain within the bounds of bourgeois democracy. It was not simply an issue of copying strictures that came from the ICCI: very early on, Brazilian communism had already enjoyed an autochthonous ideological foundation, expressed in the 1926 handbook by the pharmacist and activist Octávio Brandão, Agrarismo e Industrialismo [Agrarianism and Industrialism]. As the title itself indicates, this handbook proposed a sociological interpretation of Brazilian society in terms of a (mechanical) dialectics between two opposing principles: ‘Agrarianism’ (not only agriculture as an economic basis, but the mores, the politics and the ways of living of a mostly-rural society) versus ‘industrialism’ (i.e. bourgeois modernity). Since ‘industrialism’ was the ‘superior’ principle, the incoming Brazilian revolution was of necessity liberal-bourgeois…

As Abramo remarks, this conception (a mash-up of Hegel with Comtean Sociology) was also profoundly faulty in terms of practical politics, in that it confined the activity of the CP to the liberal-bourgeois state apparatus. As Abramo, again, outlines, the early formation of a section of a Left Opposition alongside the Brazilian CP had to do not with a class change in the rank-and-file, but simply with the existence of more theoretically-aware activists, above all the lawyer and teacher Mário Pedrosa, a would-be student of the Lenin School of cadres who had refused to go to Moscow after Trotsky’s exclusion from the Central Committee and returned to Brazil after a season of Marxist studies in Germany and France (p. 33). Abramo stresses that, since the LCI developed mostly as an intellectual opposition, this opposition concerned itself chiefly with the actual understanding of the dynamics of the class struggle as it developed in 1930s Brazil on the social and political levels.

The oppositionists’ principal charge against the incumbent CP leadership had to do, firstly, with what practical political activity a communist party should busy itself with in the conditions of late-1920s Brazil – a supposedly bourgeois republic on the American model ruled in practice by a caucus of commodity-exporting agrarian oligarchies that managed to get ‘elected’ in (mostly fictive) ballot-casting events – given that this particular facade was breaking down: in October 1930, a military coup, aided by dissident oligarchies, put the governor of the Southern Rio Grande State Getúlio Vargas in power as provisional President, in accordance with an anti-oligarchical blueprint. At such a juncture, the LCI’s first complaint was that the Communist Party’s politics mostly involved striking an alliance of sorts with various petit-bourgeois demagogues and the dissatisfied Young Turk junior army officers [tenentes] leading most of the contemporary military uprisings. In the words of LCI activist Aristides Lobo, in the tract that opens the collection, such a policy made the Party limit itself to a struggle for the political leftovers of current petit-bourgeois politics, and accept being led by ‘peddlers of sacred images and other instalment-sold trinkets, unreformed exploiters of the proletariat’ (p. 49).

But in 1930 backward Brazil, should the political task of a fledgling Communist Party not rather have been, of necessity, that of working alongside middle-class bourgeois radicals in order to deepen and radicalise such necessary bourgeois reforms as extending the franchise, empowering the destitute, achieving land reform, putting controls on international finance capital, and so on? We seem to find ourselves fully in the middle of the discussion of Trotsky’s theory of the Permanent Revolution and its cause, Combined and Uneven Development. But then, at the time, in Trotsky’s own words to his American followers during 1934, the ‘theory’ wasn’t yet a theory, a ‘law’, a definite and necessary causal link, but only a case-history – or a couple of such cases – or namely, ‘as a law [uneven and combined development] is rather vague. It is more of a historical reality.’[1] And there lies the particular relevance of the 1930s Brazilian literature.

How far Permanent Revolution Goes

At its inception, Trotsky’s notion of ‘Permanent Revolution’, torn asunder from its original context in the text of Marx and Engels where the Russian revolutionary had found it, was simply an extraordinary statement intended to explain an extraordinary case: namely, the Russian one. Trotsky seems to have started with the idea that the development of capitalism in Russia was a case of what Gramsci would – independently, and basing his account on the Italian case – call a ‘Passive Revolution’, i.e., that the capitalist development of Russia was sponsored by the tsarist state apparatus in the face of the military pressure exerted by the Western European powers, and that this political development melded together the economic interests of the Russian bourgeoisie with the maintenance of a feudal-absolutist political apparatus and of backward social-relations, in such a way that the accomplishment of bourgeois modernity would depend upon putting the bourgeoisie aside, depriving it of social and political power. The Russian Revolution, as Trotsky describes it – bothex ante andex post – was bourgeois in character, proletarian in agency – a ‘passive revolution’ turned upside down.[2]

In the case of China, however, Trotsky seemed to believe in the early 1920s that semi-colonial China, in the absence of a feudal state, could achieve something like a standard bourgeois revolution in which the native bourgeoisie would lead the process of self-determination against the occupying colonial powers. It was only sometime before 1926 that he began to argue that the clear hostility of the Chinese bourgeoisie and its Kuomintang political leadership towards the native workers’ movement expressed the sheer impossibility of such a bourgeoisie building a fully-fledged bourgeois modernity – either politically (a functioning liberal-bourgeois democracy, even one expressing unmistakably bourgeois class rule), socially (land reform, the end of openly-hierarchical social relationships and unfree labour) or even economically (a minimally autonomous process of capitalist reproduction, what the economists of the ECLA/CEPAL would call in the 1950s ‘development from the inside [desarollo hacia adentro]’). Even then, Trotsky hesitated in turning uneven and combined development into a general law of capitalist development: the Chinese case was another extraordinary occurrence, requiring a purely historical, contingent, explanation.[3]

Hence the importance of the early twentieth-century Brazilian case, in which one has, firstly, since 1889, a formally independent bourgeois republic – itself the successor to a post-Napoleonic constitutional and formally-parliamentary monarchy on the British model; secondly, a culturally – if not ethnically – unified country, putatively ‘Western’, speaking a single European language (and with, therefore, no question of a linguistically and culturally distinct Amerindian peasantry, as was the case in most Latin American countries); thirdly, a legal set of acknowledged social relations, since the 1888 abolition of slavery and the 1916 adoption of a general Civil Code on the lines of Code Napoléon, based on wage labour and private bourgeois property; and, finally, a commodity-exporting economy tied to the capitalist world-market. Nevertheless, one of the common tropes of early twentieth-century Brazilian political discourse was precisely that of the general self-awareness of the sharp divide between the ‘formal’ country on one hand and the actual one on the other – with the ‘actual’ country being seem as politically oligarchic, socially unequal and economically backward. Therefore, the chief issue at stake was: could it be that ‘combined and uneven development’ is not an historical particularity – or a collection of such peculiarities – but instead a general law, expressing the general contradictions of bourgeois modernity? Could it be that such modernity was necessarily and generally incomplete, always a combination of advancement and backwardness? Could it be that bourgeois modernity is fully achievable only through socialist-revolutionary means – anytime, anywhere?

Combined and Uneven Development in Brazil

Shortly before Vargas’ taking power in October 1930, Mário Pedrosa, jointly with his close collaborator Lívio Xavier, wrote a tract that was to stand as an alternative to Agrarismo e Industrialismo: his and Xavier’sDraft for an Analysis of Brazil’s Economic and Social Situation. This tract practically resurfaced during the 1980s, as it was originally published in the LCI’s underground paper,A Luta de Classe [Class Struggle], the issue in which it was published being shortly afterwards seized by the police, with the copies destroyed, so that the work left no impression and played no role in contemporary Brazilian political debate. What Abramo and Karepovs have published in the present collection is a retranslation into Portuguese of a prior French version.

The resurrected tract, however, still manages to be intriguing, as it begins with the phrase: The capitalist mode of production and accumulation – and therefore bourgeois private property – were imported directly from the metropolis to the New World (pp. 62, 63 – my italics). As to the question concerning what type of class society existed in colonial Brazil, while Octávio Brandão chose to answer it according to theforces of production and their material outlook – therefore stressing the agrarian, supposedly non-capitalist character of the regnant mode of production – Pedrosa and Xavier chose, on the contrary (in an application of what Lukács considered the hallmark of ‘orthodox Marxism’, theviewpoint of the totality) to respond according to production relations, stressing the continuous existence of amonetary economy and its implicitly bourgeois character. For ‘the wealth of those societies in which the capitalist mode of production prevails appears as an immense collection of commodities’[4] – hence the superiority of Pedrosa’s and Xavier’s analysis, grounded on a very sound (and, for the time and place, very unusual) understanding of the Marxist method.

The existence of chattel slavery and its role as the basis for colonial plantation production, as well as its association with other forms of unfree labour (debt bondage, sharecropping etc.) inclined most Brazilian Marxists since the 1930s to think of the country’s ruling mode of production as pre-capitalist. That analysis, grounded simply on the observation of existing material forms of production, failed to step behind the phenomenological traits of the process to seek out its structural traits. What Pedrosa and Xavier remarked was that in the plantation colonial system, chattel slavery was introduced in order to prevent the emergence of a class of small independent producers, and therefore to grant a labour-power supply necessary to commodity production: ‘the dependence of the worker towards the capitalist as owner of the means of production had to be created through artificial means, namely: land appropriation by the state, its subsequent conversion into private property, and the introduction of African and Amerindian slavery’ (p. 63).

In view of the subsequent voluminous Marxist historiography on the relationship between the colonial system, its mercantile character, and the subsequent development of capitalism, Pedrosa’s and Xavier’s dictum – to simply declare the colonial plantation system as capitalist – was undoubtedly timely. The fact is, however, that they were not scholars engaged in a drawn-out process of comparative historiography, but political activists intent on devising a blueprint for political action.

What justified the ancillary role of the Communist Party in contemporary political developments in Brazil, its playing second fiddle to middle-class ‘radical’ movements, was the idea that, the existing relations of production being non-capitalist, in order to overcome the existing socio-economic backwardness some kind of classical, standard bourgeois revolution was still necessary (a belief held also in non-Marxist circles, as with the political caucus behind Vargas, the ‘Liberal Alliance’). What Pedrosa and Xavier proposed was that Brazilian backwardness was not a ‘vestige’, a ‘relic’, a collection of remnants of past ages, but that such backwardness was the functioning, actually-existing superstructure necessary to the reproduction of the regnant capitalist economy: ‘in the new [i.e. postcolonial] states, directly tied to Imperialism, the national bourgeoisie enters the arena of world politics already wizened and reactionary, its democratic ideals corrupted from the very start’ (p. 68). The centrality of commodity-export to the reproduction of the economy as a whole implied a high degree of economic instability, as the economy depended chiefly on foreign demand – ‘imperialist penetration playing the role of an emetic, accelerating and deepening economic and class contradictions’ (p. 68). Hence the necessity (Brazil’s export economy had been hit hard by the 1929 Crash) of compensating for such instability by means of a state-led blueprint for internal investment, something that rallied peripheral regional oligarchies to the support base of the movement that had toppled the hitherto ruling coffee-exporting São Paulo oligarchy. Note, however, that such a project of authoritarian bourgeois modernisation has nothing ‘democratic’ about it, as it implies an authoritarian mobilisation of economic resources and the regularisation of capitalist exploitation. Therefore, in the words of Xavier and Pedrosa, the notion of a ‘liberal’ bourgeois revolution, as a political cause in Brazil, was stillborn: ‘In Brazil all classes are dependent on the Executive Branch and the most hackneyed liberal catchphrases seem subversive to the Government [….] So-called liberals support police repression when directed against workers’ organisations’ (p. 70). Just as the colonial enterprise had earlier (re)created chattel slaveryex nihilo, as a necessary prerequisite to capitalist accumulation, the ever-recurring authoritarian political developments in Brazil were not an absence or pathology of liberal-bourgeois rule, but its very mode of operation.

In a rejoinder to Pedrosa’s and Xavier’s tract, their comrade Aristides Lobo elaborated on the contrast between formal andactual relations of production: Brandão had previously mused on the imminence of the coming bourgeois revolution by speaking of a class of small farmers, pointing to the fact that at the time, in the State of São Paulo, some 78% out of the total of rural workers were tenants [colonos] themselves, or members of a tenant’s household. As Lobo elaborates, by the standard terms of lease of the time, the tenant was allowed to farm a patch in exchange for services rendered to the landowner – such services being usually to tenda thousand coffee-treesyear-round, in exchange for said right to farm, plus a meagre yearly fee (the fee mentioned by Lobo is 100$000,cem mil-réis two times the asking-price for a posh meal at a fashionable São Paulo hotel of the time).[5] As Lobo concludes, such tenants, ‘if we want to define exactly their place on the social ladder, are on a rung below the seasonal wage-earner [camarada], or, to be precise, midway between the temporary worker and a slave’ (p. 80). In a nutshell, thecolono was a disguised rural proletarian producing a surplus-value in exchange for his self-maintenance and a yearly pittance. Therefore, ‘this erroneous notion held by the Party amounts to an implicit approval of a hypocritical bourgeois conception [i.e. an ideological fiction of a ‘fair deal’]. Being equally reactionary, they [i.e. both conceptions] meld into one.’ (p. 80.) Both were equally reactionary in that both disguised, under the notion of fair exchange between formally equal parties, the reality of the most ‘abnormal’, extreme class exploitation supported not by backwardness, but by the normal functioning of the bourgeois economy.

From the Particular to the General

In this point resides the present importance of the collection, besides its value as a piece of purely historical scholarship: what Pedrosa, Xavier, Lobo and others are advancing is the notion of ‘combined and uneven development’ as not only an extraordinary combination of factors in a particular historical juncture, but a general mechanism, a ‘law’ – the step forward that Trotsky himself was at the time loath to take. Instead of thinking of bourgeois society as moving necessarily towards the kingdom of formal equality and representative democracy, what the labyrinthine historical intrigue around the rise of the bourgeoisie in tsarist Russia, KMT China and Vargas’s Brazil tell us is that the bourgeois order is the kingdom ofcapital as a general social relation, to which democratic ideologies are immaterial; as in the LCI tract dealing with the upcoming 1933 elections for a Constituent Assembly (that would write the short-lived 1934 Constitution, superseded in 1937 by Vargas’s coup, instituting ade jure personal dictatorship), ‘every conscious worker knows that the bourgeois state, as a tool for the rule of the bourgeoisie, does not stand solely on the Parliament, whose functions are relatively secondary and whose existence is conditional, possibly ceasing from one moment to the next, whenever bourgeois interest so demands’ (p. 90). It is an extreme – and usually rejected – Marxist notion of bourgeois rule, bypassing its elements of ideological consensus-building (Althusser’s Ideological State Apparatuses) and stressing instead its ‘core’ of naked coercion; it is the rule of the bourgeoisie as it appears in Trotsky’sTerrorism and Communism.

Note, however, that the LCI opposed the Stalinist liquidationist, ‘Third Period’ line held by the CP, advocating instead for workers’ candidacies and for work inside the Constituent Assembly. In the conditions of the time, this was mostly a moot point; but then the LCI also argued, as against the Stalinists, for work inside the new corporatist quasi-state trade unions (these ‘unitary’ unions – only one for each particular trade and geographical area – since comprising the basis for the Brazilian system of industrial relations) organised by Vargas’s regime. Instead of agitation for a fictitious ‘Red Union’ (according to ‘Third Period’ strictures) what communists should do, according to the LCI, is ‘to unite with the EXISTING workers’ organisations to fight for common, well-defined, accepted-in-advance goals [….] If […] the majority of the proletariat were communist […] a United Front wouldn’t be necessary, as the chief condition for a proletarian revolution would have been achieved.’ (p. 109.)

What the LCI opposed was the idea that the abstract interests of the working classes could somehow exist outside the masses themselves, kept unsullied and pristine in an Olympian abode such as the (Stalinist) Party Apparatus. There is no revolutionary practice without revolutionary theory, but no revolutionary theory can become a material force without being tried in the task of guiding concrete working classes’ political activities. At the same time, in a 1933 draft thesis on the Brazilian situation, the LCI caucus stated that Stalinism, in undeveloped countries like Brazil, defined the prospective activities of the Communist parties in terms of instalments: to move away from colonial backwardness towards a developed, ‘mature’ bourgeois democracy. The fact was that such an abstract bourgeois democracy, in Brazilian conditions, could be conceived only as a metaphysical entity, since thepractical reality of police and boss repression continued unabated before and after the fall of the oligarchic republic and the relative constitutionality of the early Vargas regime up until 1937. Therefore, what the LCI advocated was for the acknowledgement that

the distinction made by the Communist International programme [in the IC’s Sixth 1929 Congress], between countries ‘immature’ and ‘mature’ for socialism, has nothing Marxist about it [….] The Russian Revolution […] confirmed flatly the perspective of the Permanent Revolution in the sense given to it by Marx, that each revolutionary stage is present in the bud of the preceding stage, hence the uninterrupted development of the revolution, leading directly towards the Dictatorship of the Proletariat. The working class, as Trotsky said in 1905 […]could not assure the democratic character of its dictatorship without breaking from its democratic framework. (pp. 125, 126 – italics mine.)

Commodities, Price Formation and the Technologies of Power behind Markets

Market Threads | Princeton University Press

A Review of Market Threads: How Cotton Farmers and Traders Create a Global Commodity by Koray Çalışkan

Lorena Lombardozzi

Department of Economics, The Open University

lorena.lombardozzi@open.ac.uk

Abstract

This review-article discusses, through the lens of Çalışkan’s Market Threads: How Cotton Farmers and Traders Create a Global Commodity, how the mainstream economic conceptualisation of markets and prices conceals the power dynamics that underpin capitalism and explain social outcomes. Focusing on detailed empirical evidence of how vertical structures and agents – namely markets, farmers and traders  – interact through cotton,the book analyses how the global, regional and local dialectically create a world market. I argue that although Çalışkan’s book does not grasp entirely such complexity, by demystifying the economic constructions built around methodological individualism, rationality and equilibrium, it does put forward an acute and innovative analysis of social relations of production and exchange of global commodities which suggests a way to overcome inadequate epistemological and ontological paradigms in the social sciences.

Keywords

cotton – commodity market – trade – value – price – farmer

Koray Çalışkan, (2011) Market Threads: How Cotton Farmers and Traders Create a Global Commodity, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

1       Looking at the Same Things, Explaining them in a Different Language

Market Threads is an insightful book. It was written by a political scientist who has used an ethnographic approach to investigate a topic that has inspired countless academics across various disciplines. Dr Çalışkan currently works as an Associate Professor of Strategic Design and Management at The New School–Parsons, and has published widely in the field of political economy and on the anthropology of capitalism. The book, based upon his doctoral thesis, develops in two-hundred and eight pages an empirically-grounded investigation into how cotton, one the most widely-used commodities, circulates in the world economy. More precisely, this book investigates how structures and agents, namely markets, farmers and traders, interact through cotton. Indeed, cotton is claimed to be the protagonist of the book. That notwithstanding, it is used as a lens with which to investigate social relations of production and exchange in Egypt, Turkey, and globally.

Due to its ground-breaking potential, cotton has filled the pages of a multitude of classic and contemporary academic works. Historically, cotton has triggered capitalistic development, as an input of production in the first industrial revolution,[1] and as a means of worker-exploitation in the global division of labour. Being a core ingredient of Western consumerism, many have investigated its ‘enforced commodification’ across the Global Souths. This literature has explored post-colonial relations, in the sphere of critical Marxist political economy and/or dependency theory.[2] More recently, studies on cotton have focused on global value-chains and financial markets. In the latter sphere, by emphasising the role of capital liberalisation and deregulation following the post-2008 economic crisis, many macroeconomists have been feeding academic journals with a seemingly endless number of papers on ‘financialisation’, ‘price transmission’ and ‘speculation’. It should be noted that neither the table of contents nor the book itself contains those three terms. Indeed, while useful for describing global patterns of profits arising from commodities in neoliberal capitalism, sometimes such analysis wants for empirical significance, methodological efficacy, or, indeed, anything original to contribute. Indeed, theoretical categories can sometime become empty labels expressing contradictory ideas, which nonetheless represent the passe-partout to gaining voice within the academic arena. Perhaps these categories are missing because in 2010, the year of the book’s release, they were not popular. Yet, this book does not hide behind pre-conceived definitions and circumvented narrow concepts by compensating for their absence with detailed and dense empirical material and an original theoretical framework. The book goes beyond the dichotomy of formalists and substantivists. Drawing from actor-network theory, it vividly engages with the concept of ‘economisation’, which refers to ‘the assembly and qualification of actions, devices and analytical/practical descriptions as “economic” by social scientists and market actors’.[3] Markets, agencies, encounters, prices and market maintenance are shown in regard to their socio-material nature. Through (1) theories of the economy; (2) institutional and technical arrangements and (3) methods of valuation, the book’s aim is to investigate the process of marketisation within societies.[4]

That said, the principal contribution of this book is methodological. The book interconnects primary data, participant observations, interviews, professional experience and a veritable cornucopia of secondary data collected over, as it correctly and proudly emphasises, two years of multi-site fieldwork. Those elements are presented in a realistic writing-style, and they reveal the ‘open-endedness’ of ‘theeconomic’, which cannot be found in any international economics textbook. Rural and urban, local and global, formal and informal, past and future, capitalism from below and from above: those are just a few of the dichotomies that this research has implicitly acknowledged, and embraced in its analysis. By bypassing the normative foundations of methodological individualism,[5] the author has used an inductive approach which allows the book to unveil real-life phenomena.

2       An Ontological Critique of the Market and Price

Another major contribution of this book is its deep and acute understanding of markets. The author untangles not only the market as a concept per se, but also its modalities of representation and operationalisation through the study of the cycle of cotton. Referring to Foucault, he claims that the predominant neoclassical theory not only describes, but also plays an active role in shaping, the understanding of markets, ‘modern economics and modern economic markets [being] mutually constructive’ (p. 7). The epistemological implication is pervasive and relevant: neoclassical economics not only gives us the language to talk about ‘economic issues’, but also provides the presuppositions to make its concepts sound real and legitimate. Therefore, power relations regulate epistemology and knowledge too. In this way, Çalışkan’s book represents an act of resistance, a response to such intellectual hegemony, and possibly a platform for new radical contributions. For instance, Çalışkan attempts to contextualise financial markets for their specific materiality, identified as a neoclassical necessity due to their confined and enfranchised forms of transactions. Furthermore, the book refrains from the restrictive understanding of the market as the physical locus of social-productive interaction, and it retrieves its historical, social and institutional specificities organically integrated with non-marketthings and agencies.

The second chapter of the book maps the circulation of two thousand bales of cotton travelling from the US to Turkey. The transactions of cotton are not only analysed through the core transaction of buying and selling, but expanded towards what most mainstream economists might define as ‘informalities’ or ‘distortions’. These are manifested via networking, the exchange of gifts, dinners etc., defined in this book as the ‘technology of power’ (p. 60). The author argues that such maintenance activities make the commodity-markets work.

In particular, three factors are listed as active components of the market: capital,knowledge andnetworks. These concepts have already been investigated in the literature along the lines of inclusiveness, social capital and moral economy by many anthropologists and social scientists. For instance, the idea of gift as a source of reciprocity and obligation is not new; it draws upon the work of Mauss and others. Nevertheless, the mainstream literature has defined these phenomena either as clientelism or corruption, linking them to the institutionalists’ ideas of rent-seeking, transaction costs and ‘bad governance’. Another strand of the literature has looked at these factors as part of ‘social capital’, which is embedded in the market and, by solidifying networks, is instrumental for economic growth. However, social capital remains obscure, and power relations are not explained. Hence, knowledge and networks have never been analysed as intrinsic parts of the social relations of production and for their role in commodity-exchange. The originality ofÇalışkan’s work resides in the idea of considering socio-technicalarrangements of market maintenance as part of the commercial transaction of cotton itself. The use of these ‘technologies of power’ proves that price does not reside in the correspondence between supply and demand driven by homogenous agents, but rather inheres in a combination of different premeditated actions and transactional forces. The author demystifies with stark lucidity the real meaning of transactions beyond the sterile concept of price, and he recognises that those norms are part of economic relations that shape patterns of domination.

By surmounting the mainstream analysis of ‘price’, the book introduces the concept of ‘prosthetic price’. This is the outcome of actions made by artificial, technical and human devices. Çalışkan explains how the prosthetic price, while the sine qua non condition for traders to enter the market, is not employed in the actual exchange of the commodity but precedes the price accepted for the transactions by providing a directional signal. The argument here is that the price is produced mostly as a result of agents’ bargaining power, underpinned by local social factors and power–knowledge relations (p. 55). The micro-mechanisms of cotton-trading in the futures market have revealed important implications dismissed by neoclassical theory. First, suppliers and buyers are interchangeable, and second, they do not follow the objective of rational utility maximisation but, instead, adopt different methods of valuation. This thesis is proven in the book through powerful examples of prosthetic prices.

A further aspect tackled in the book is the role of product differentiation and ‘sub-marketisation’ in shaping prices. That is, when a trader demands or offers cotton on the market, the specificities of the product affect the price negotiation. This apparently descriptive passage in the book reveals that the quality of the commodity is a crucial variable not sufficiently addressed in mainstream economic analysis. Indeed, the poor specificities of the commodity can act as an entry-barrier to the market. The author acknowledges also that a central concern of the traders is not the price per se but its unforeseeable or unexpected evolution. Those concerns cannot be addressed by reading textbooks but rather only through consultation with reports that inform on stocks, production and mill-use. However, those contain only partial pieces of information. Those who govern the market are precisely those who manage the entire body of information, through informal trust and networking. Thus, it has been rightly emphasised by the author that, rather than a peaceful meeting-point born of free will, the market is a place of conflict, tension and exclusion, and the result depends on the interests of the strongest players. Such outcomes have been meticulously elucidated through considerable empirical evidence.

In conclusion, by underlining the social and cultural nature of the markets, and by acknowledging the institutions that define the power relations embedded in those markets, this section provides several perspectives from which to confute the mainstream approach to the economy. The author not only suggests that value and price are decoupled at multiple stages, but also that they define neither the quantity nor the quality of the labour necessary to the production of the commodity. In turn, the circuits of finance maintain the minimum necessary contact with the real system of production, just so as to extract the value of living labour at its source. Those markets are not neutral, and are instrumental for the interests of the merchant class.

3       The Empirical Case Studies

As mentioned, the book relies on a rigorous qualitative-inductive approach. Four chapters contribute to the empirical multi-level analysis of the markets through the two case studies of Turkey and Egypt. Parallel dynamics of cotton are sometimes compared between the Turkish and the Egyptian context.

The analysis of Turkey is developed through a clear division of the analytical subjects: Chapter 3, ‘Markets’ Multiple Boundaries in Izmir’, narrows down the investigation into price-production among local traders in Turkey. It is a highly-detailed ethnographic description of how local actors, merchants, and pit employers are strictly embedded into cultural and historical institutions, so as to create the price. Another form of prosthetic price for the purpose of exchanging cotton is introduced. The rehearsal prices are used to make bids or offers in the pit. So again, the author provides examples of how a market features various sites and various prices exist even within the same geographical unit. Chapter 5, ‘Growing Cotton and its Global Market in a Turkish Village’, looks at the asymmetric relations between cotton farmers and traders. Tackling issues of labour-time, ethnicity, age, gender, and intra-household dynamics, the author reveals the complex bio-economic cycle that regulates production and exchange-relations in the small community of Pamukkoy. This, in my opinion, is one of the most valuable and thought-inspiring sections of the book. Different and complex power relations linked to land-access and credit-traps are described through the bonds between traders and farmers, created by the exchange of cotton. In addition, he emphasises that such diminished power is also the result of intersubjective self-perception. For example, because cotton farmers’ skills are underestimated by traders and by farmers themselves, being a farmer in the Turkish market negatively affects their power relations. As a result, conventional markets are not perceived as the places where the price is set up, whereas ginning factories are, because that is where traders’ power is manifested. It is shown that the asymmetries and inter-temporalities of prices and markets are constructed through forms of resistance and bargaining-power, and reinforce dynamics of path-dependency. In conclusion, while cotton-exchange is identified by the author as the cause of the relentless disappearance of the subsistence mode of production, nevertheless, the causal factors related to the exploitation of labour or to the ownership of the means of production are not explored in detail. Yet, the political topography obtained through this ethnographic research could have immense potential if connected to implications for the macroeconomic national policies.

What has been omitted in the Turkish case, in the Egyptian case-study occupies a considerable part of Chapter 4, ‘A Market without Exchange: Cotton Trade in Egypt’. This chapter focuses implicitly on the role of the state and the peasantries to understand the dynamics of economic liberalisation. This chapter looks at the causes that overturned the competitiveness of Egyptian cotton, in particular following the privatisation of the Alexandria Cotton Exporters’ Association: ‘a case study of how a trading regime without organized exchange can be fully integrated into the global market’ (p. 105). Avoiding technical irrelevancies, the author describes how privatisation enabled the conditions for foreign and private capitals to take control of the Association, and to trade cotton through more flexible circumstances than the public one. Market-oriented reforms, by allowing private business to adopt looser regulations on labour and prices, made public companies look uncompetitive. In reality, this had been made possible by creating unfair competition in respect of labour-costs and rights, price flexibility, bureaucratic exemption, etc. Trade liberalisation and privatisation have impoverished local farmers by individualising commercial and production tasks and risks, in the absence of institutional support that might allow them to survive in the market. As a result, Egyptian cotton production went from constituting over 65% of world-output in the 1980s to less than 20% after ten years, with a sharp decline in the output of the finest cotton. Coincidentally, this decline has corresponded to the commercial success of highly-subsidised US cotton. In conclusion, this chapter provides a concise but neat example of the historical and geo-political hegemonic processes directed by the USA, which have shaped the world of cotton across continents in the last century. It reveals how changes in key political and economic institutions have brought disastrous consequences upon local sectors in low-income countries. Nonetheless, such an insightful overview does not engage with the problems of global governance and false ‘multilateralism’, which have contributed to the crisis and poverty in the Global South.

Although for security reasons the author did not conduct fieldwork research in Egypt with the same degree of depth as in Turkey, nevertheless Chapter 6, ‘Cotton Fields of Power in Rural Egypt’, reveals the power-relationships and struggles of the local agrarian actors through micro-ethnographic accounts. The neoliberal policies previously described negatively affected networks and power across three dimensions. The first dimension that the author emphasises is the escalation of violence and insecurity in the countryside, with many farmers killed or injured in rural areas. The second dimension is poverty: because of withdrawal of investment in agriculture, child labour was highly involved in the process of hoeing and sowing. However, such is the author’s delicate and thoughtful contextualisation of what children’s expectations were, their accounts have not been filtered through euro-centric values. Indeed, he describes a situation in which children perceive work as a normal practice. The third dimension is informality: the acknowledgement that spontaneous mechanisms of survival have created new informal arrangements of commodity production which guarantee the conditions for the perpetuation of the capitalistic mode of production. He argues that the system ‘locate[s] farmers in a simultaneous engagement in relation to production and exchange in which all the actors of cotton growth and circulation deploy heterogeneous strategies of money making or surviving by constantly transgressing the invisible border between formality and informality’ (p. 66). This statement deserves some attention, firstly because it implies the overcoming of production, exchange and ‘valuation’ as separate spheres. Secondly, because it proves that cotton farmers have been the most disenfranchised class in the politics of Egypt.

4       Conclusion

The book analyses how the global, regional and local together create a world market. This is an objective that most researchers using ethnographic materials struggle with, namely, to make their research externally valid without overgeneralising concepts. In Çalışkan’s book, ample evidence is provided at various scales of analysis. At the macro level, the author underlines how the international Western players have dominated the cotton sector thanks to the different trade-policy standards exercised domestically, and imposed internationally by international financial institutions. Particularly interesting is the detailed explanation of how structural adjustment programmes have undermined the Egyptian cotton sector. When in the book’s Conclusion he argues that ‘global processes as derived encounters are made and informed by regional relations of marketing’ (p. 194), such relational dynamics between local and global agents could be disentangled even further. Indeed, in this book the reader jumps from an ontological critique of the theory of markets and price to an ethnographic immersion in Turkey and Egypt. For such reasons, sometimes the connections between layers of analysis are not very explicit. However, by the end, the fil rouge of the book is clearly revealed to be its empirical evisceration of ‘price’ and ‘marketisation’.

One of the most interesting theoretical contributions of the book is the empirically informed demystification of the financial utopia we commonly call price. Price equilibrium as conceived in the neoclassical textbooks does not exist; it is a narrow and myopic way of understanding market exchanges. Price is instead a fluid tool used by competitors to beat each other in the market. The concept of prosthetic price, meant as a moment of the process of price realisation, the peak of a veritable iceberg of procedures, people, law, institutions and ultimately power, is an example of this attempt.

Another important point to reflect upon is the book’s original interpretation of the so-called gift economy, defined by Cheal as a ‘system of redundant transactions within a moral economy, which makes possible the extended reproduction of social relations’.[6] Considering that knowledge in trade leads to power, and that networking is fundamental to obtaining information, gifts are here perceived as a vehicle to strengthen human ties by acting as the lubricant for market maintenance. The market is not neutral, and in order to survive it has to be continuously maintained through non-market forms. From this perspective, the concept of ‘economisation’ is a theoretical framework valid for not only identifying what has been ‘marketised’ (and what has not), but also for acknowledging that economic market constructions require suitable institutions to survive.[7]To put it metaphorically, we can think about the market as a volleyball match: thus the ball is the commodity, the game is the market space, and the strategy is the multiple forms of productive, unproductive and socio-institutional activities the author describes. The match’s result depends not only on the players’ actions during the factual exchange of the ball, but also on the defence and attack-positions deployed throughout the game, and even earlier while preparing the match strategy. The book warns about the risk of misunderstandings that arise by merely watching the ball in motion. The empirical insights provided through ‘technologies of power’ could be expanded in relation to the major debate surrounding the mainstream ideas of market equilibrium and individual rationality. In particular, Çalışkan’s book could inspire further exercises on the demystification of such often-simplistically-explained ontological paradigms.

Finally, through cotton, light is shed on various dark corners of many disciplines and strands of thought. He acknowledges the limitations of neoclassical and institutional economics, which do not explain how society shapes price-making and reproduces context-specific and complex non-market and market practices. By cross-referring to economics, sociology and anthropology, the book engages with Hayek’s epistemological analysis of subjective information and with Polanyi’s concept of ‘social embeddedness ... [to take into account] that economic processes take place within a social network’ (p. 6).

Nevertheless, by also looking at heterodox alternatives, he rejects anything that might constrain the analysis within sectors, and binary static structures, such as the global value-chain literature or the system of provision approach. He also rejects the Appadurai’s social life of things framework, as it fails to account empirically for ‘things-in-motion’ (p. 11).

In developing very sophisticated reflections, he nevertheless does not engage with potentially relevant debates within agrarian political-economy, institutional economics and heterodox theory on methodology that would create an exciting dialectic between these and Çalışkan’s own contribution. This can be interpreted as a mere stylistic choice, but, more likely, it is the outcome of the methodological and epistemological challenges that the book has undertaken. When arguing that an analysis of the market requires a ‘radical break’ in both political economy and economic sociology (p. 207) this raises the question of what the common ground might be where heterodox social sciences meet. Nevertheless, an important point can be drawn: there is still a huge gap in the language used by different ‘sectors of knowledge’, which discourages interdisciplinary work.

In his review of the literature he dismisses the idea of a hierarchical order of production and exchange, and refuses to analyse them as separable entities (p. 11). Based on these perspectives, the author avoids the theoretical debate on whether value is created in the cycle of production or in the sphere of exchange; similarly, in regard to how the epistemological theorisation of a multitude of values clashes with the relationship between price and value and with the labour theory of value itself. Yet, how such dialectical and fluid systems of exchange and marketisation might serve to reproduce, alter or stop the capitalist regimes of accumulation, exploitation and class inequality is not deeply explored. Nonetheless, this is a choice amenable to a neat and alternative understanding of the modality of circulation and valuation of things and societies as a whole, proper to the ‘economisation’ framework.

          This book, in overcoming the existing approaches, launches a new trajectory of analysis where markets are ‘neither asocial mechanisms of price setting, nor are they embedded in society’ (p. 188). In addition, Çalışkan’s book debunks the dangerously romantic view of society seen as intrinsically benevolent, and which ‘cools down’ the fury of the commodity exchange by making it less violent. It is instead reasonable to assert that his analysis suggests that an intrinsic and complex blend of forces coming from the market, the family, gender and age, resist and fight for their social and economic survival within the capitalistic system. With regard to future research, he calls for additional work to ‘study relations of economization as fields of power made and maintained by various human and non-human agents that confront each other on asymmetrical platforms’ (p. 188). In particular, he outlines three aspects which need to be investigated: a) the organisational aspects of production and exchange, b) what he calls socio-technical ‘agencements’, that revolve around market devices and rules, and c) the overcoming of the binary relational analysis between the human and non-human in favour of a more organic and active materiality. Those seem relevant and promising trajectories, able to connect theory and practice in the study of marketisation. Yet, further research is desirable in order to connect this precious body of literature to the broader understanding of class struggle and power and wealth’s asymmetrical distribution, which are the results of the contemporary predatory dynamics of financial marketisation. I hope that his forthcoming bookData Money: A Taxonomy of Cryptocurrencies and Blockchains (New York: Columbia University Press) will fulfil these expectations and advance the debate further.

References

Amin, Samir 2013, Samir Amin: Pioneer of the Rise of the South, Cham: Springer International Publishing.

Appadurai, Arjun (ed.) 1986, The Social Life of Things: Commodities in Cultural Perspective, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Austin, John Langshaw 1962, How To Do Things With Words, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Baffes, John 2004a, ‘Cotton: Market Setting, Trade Policies, and Issues’, Policy Research Working Paper Series № 3218, Washington D.C.: The World Bank, available at: <http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/571921468781805093/Cotton-Market-setting-trade-policies-and-issues>.

Baffes, John 2004b, ‘Tanzania’s Cotton Sector: Reforms, Constraints and Challenges’, Development Policy Review, 22, 1: 75–96.

Beckert, Sven 2014, Empire of Cotton: A Global History, New York, NY: Knopf.

Bernstein, Henry 2010, Class Dynamics of Agrarian Change, Halifax, NS: Fernwood Publishing.

Bhaduri, Amit 1986, ‘Forced Commerce and Agrarian Growth’, World Development, 14, 2: 267–72.

Byres, Terry 1996, Capitalism from Above and Capitalism from Below: An Essay in Comparative Political Economy, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.

Byres, Terry 2003, ‘Agriculture and Development: The Dominant Orthodoxy and an Alternative View’, in Rethinking Development Economics, edited by Ha-Joon Chang, London: Anthem Press.

Çalışkan, Koray and Michel Callon 2009, ‘Economization, Part 1: Shifting Attention from the Economy Towards Processes of Economization’, Economy and Society, 38, 3: 369–98, <https://doi.org/10.1080/03085140903020580>.

Çalışkan, Koray and Michel Callon 2010, ‘Economization, Part 2: A Research Programme for the Study of Markets’, Economy and Society, 39, 1: 1–32, <https://doi.org/10.1080/03085140903424519>.

Chayanov, Aleksandr Vasil’evič 1966, On the Theory of Peasant Economy, Homewood, IL: R.D. Irwin.

Cheal, David J. 1988, The Gift Economy, London: Routledge.

Coase, R.H. 1937, ‘The Nature of the Firm’, Economica, 4, 16: 386–405.

Daviron, Benoit and Peter Gibbon 2002, ‘Global Commodity Chains and African Export Agriculture’, Journal of Agrarian Change, 2, 2: 137–61.

Fine, Ben 2002, The World of Consumption: The Material and the Cultural Revisited, London: Routledge.

Fine, Ben and Ellen Leopold 1993, The World of Consumption, London: Routledge.

Gereffi, Gary, John Humphrey and Timothy Sturgeon 2005, ‘The Governance of Global Value Chains’, Review of International Political Economy, 12, 1: 78–104.

Gilbert, Christopher L. 1996, ‘International Commodity Agreements: An Obituary Notice’, World Development, 24, 1: 591–616.

Harriss-White, Barbara 1999, ‘Power in Peasant Markets’, in Agricultural Markets from Theory to Practice: Field Experience in Developing Countries, edited by Barbara Harriss-White, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.

Harriss-White and Judith Heyer (eds.) 2009, The Comparative Political Economy of Development: Africa and South Asia, pp. 66–87, London: Routledge.

Hayek, Friedrich August von 1986, ‘The Moral Imperative of the Market’, in The Unfinished Agenda: Essays on the Political Economy of Government Policy in Honour of Arthur Seldon, edited by Ralph Harris, Martin J. Anderson and Arthur Seldon, pp. 143–9, London: The Institute of Economic Affairs.

Khan, Mushtaq 2012, ‘Governance and Growth Challenges for Africa’, in Good Growth and Governance in Africa: Rethinking Development Strategies, edited by Akbar Noman, Kwesi Botchwey, Howard Stein and Joseph E. Stiglitz, pp. 114–39, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lapavitsas, Costas 2004, ‘Commodities and Gifts: Why Commodities Represent More Than Market Relations’, Science and Society68, 1335.

Latour, Bruno 1994, ‘On Technical Mediation: Philosophy, Sociology, Genealogy’, Common Knowledge, 3, 2: 29–64.

MacKenzie, Donald 2004, ‘The Big, Bad Wolf and the Rational Market: Portfolio Insurance, the 1987 Crash and the Performativity of Economics’,Economy and Society33, 330334.

Marcus, George E.1998, Ethnography through Thick and Thin, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Marx, Karl 1887, Capital: A Critical Analysis of Capitalist Production, Volume 1, translated by Samuel Moore and Edward Aveling, London: Swan Sonnenschein, Lowrey, & Co.

Mauss, Marcel 1990 [1922], The Gift: Forms and Functions of Exchange in Archaic Societies, translated by W.D. Halls, London: Routledge.

Nissanke, Machiko and Erik Thorbecke 2006a, ‘The Impact of Globalization on the World’s Poor’, World Development, 34, 8: 1333–1458.

O’Laughlin, Bridget 1977, ‘Production and Reproduction: Meillassoux’s Femmes, Greniers et Capitaux’,Critique of Anthropology, 2, 8: 3–32.

Polanyi, Karl 1944, The Great Transformation: The Political and Economic Origins of Our Time, New York: Farrar & Rinehart.

Schumpeter, Joseph 1908, ‘On the Concept of Social Value’, Quarterly Journal of Economics, 23: 213–32.

Smith, Adam 1789, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, Book 1 (Fifth Edition), London: Andrew Strahan and Thomas Cadell.

Wade, Robert 1988, Village Republics: Economic Conditions for Collective Action in South India, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Wallerstein, Immanuel and Terence K. Hopkins 2000, ‘Commodity Chains in the World-Economy Prior to 1800’, in The Essential Wallerstein, pp. 221–33, New York, NY: The New Press.

 

 

 


[1] Marx 1887, pp. 148–65; Smith 1789, Chapter I, p. 7.

[2] See, for instance, Amin 2013; Beckert 2014.

[3] Çalışkan and Callon 2010, p. 1.

[4] Çalışkan and Callon 2010.

[5] Schumpeter 1908, p. 91.

[6]Cheal 1988, p. 19.

[7] Çalışkan and Callon 2009.